You are on page 1of 254

TO: Holders of CFM56-2B, -2C, -3, FUEL PUMP,

73-11-11, Component Maintenance Manual, CFMI-TP.CM.020

SUBJECT: CFM56-2B, -2C, -3, FUEL PUMP, Component Maintenance Manual,


73-11-11, Revision 14, Dated October 16, 2009

The Subject Revision is attached to this letter of transmittal. Due to the extent of the changed
material, the CMM is reprinted in its entirety. The obsolete CMM should be discarded.

This CMM with the part numbers listed on the CMM Title Page is accepted by CFM. CFM has
traceability to FAA Engineering for acceptance of this CMM as complying with 14 CFR Part 33,
Section 33.4.

This Component Maintenance Manual is prepared per Air Transport Association of America (ATA)
Specification 2200.

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CFM PROPRIETARY


INFORMATION AND IS DISCLOSED IN CONFIDENCE. IT IS THE PROPERTY OF CFM
AND SHALL NOT BE USED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT
THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF CFM, INCLUDING, BUT WITHOUT
LIMITATION, IT IS NOT TO BE USED IN THE CREATION, MANUFACTURE,
DEVELOPMENT, OR DERIVATION OF ANY REPAIRS, MODIFICATIONS, SPARE
PARTS, DESIGN, OR CONFIGURATION CHANGES OR TO OBTAIN FAA OR ANY
OTHER GOVERNMENT OR REGULATORY APPROVAL TO DO SO. IF CONSENT IS
GIVEN FOR REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THIS NOTICE AND THE
NOTICE SET FORTH ON EACH PAGE OF THIS DOCUMENT SHALL APPEAR IN ANY
SUCH REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS DOCUMENT MAY ALSO BE CONTROLLED BY U.S. EXPORT CONTROL LAWS.
UNAUTHORIZED EXPORT OR RE-EXPORT IS PROHIBITED.

ALL TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN,


WITH RESPECT TO ASSEMBLY AND DISASSEMBLY, CLEANING, INSPECTION
METHODS AND LIMITS, REPAIR METHODS AND LIMITS, OPERATIONAL LIMITS,
LIFE LIMITS AND THE LIKE, HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED AND APPROVED FOR USE
WITH ENGINES AND PARTS THAT HAVE BEEN MANUFACTURED AND/OR
APPROVED BY CFM AND THAT HAVE BEEN MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
CFM TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS. CFM HAS NO
CONTRACTUAL OR LEGAL OBLIGATION FOR, NOR KNOWLEDGE OF, NON-CFM-
APPROVED PARTS AND REPAIRS. ACCORDINGLY, THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT
INTENDED TO APPLY TO NON-CFM-APPROVED PARTS AND REPAIRS.
Page 2 of 2

Questions or comments concerning distribution of this manual should be directed to:

CFMI Inc. Zone: CFMI SA Zone:

GE Aviation Services SNECMA


Attn. Distribution Service Publications Techniques,
111 Merchant Street WRS/KTSD
Room 230 Rond-Point René RAVAUD
Cincinnati, OH 45246 Site de VILLAROCHE
PH: (513) 552-3272 77556 MOISSY-CRAMAYEL Cedex
Fax: (513) 552-2816 Tel: 33 (0)1 60 59 58 54
Fax: 33 (0)1 60 59 59 59

Questions or comments concerning content of this manual should be directed to:

Appropriate Zone,
CFM
Product Support Manager
CFMI-TP-CM.020

COMPONENT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WITH
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

FUEL PUMP
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CFM PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND IS
DISCLOSED IN CONFIDENCE. IT IS THE PROPERTY OF CFM AND SHALL NOT BE USED, DISCLOSED TO OTHERS
OR REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF CFM, INCLUDING, BUT WITHOUT
LIMITATION, IT IS NOT TO BE USED IN THE CREATION, MANUFACTURE, DEVELOPMENT, OR DERIVATION OF
ANY REPAIRS, MODIFICATIONS, SPARE PARTS, DESIGN, OR CONFIGURATION CHANGES OR TO OBTAIN FAA
OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT OR REGULATORY APPROVAL TO DO SO. IF CONSENT IS GIVEN FOR
REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART, THIS NOTICE AND THE NOTICE SET FORTH ON EACH PAGE OF THIS
DOCUMENT SHALL APPEAR IN ANY SUCH REPRODUCTION IN WHOLE OR IN PART. THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT MAY ALSO BE CONTROLLED BY U.S. EXPORT CONTROL LAWS.
UNAUTHORIZED EXPORT OR RE-EXPORT IS PROHIBITED.

ALL TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO ASSEMBLY
AND DISASSEMBLY, CLEANING, INSPECTION METHODS AND LIMITS, REPAIR METHODS AND LIMITS,
OPERATIONAL LIMITS, LIFE LIMITS AND THE LIKE, HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED AND APPROVED FOR USE WITH
ENGINES AND PARTS THAT HAVE BEEN MANUFACTURED AND/OR APPROVED BY CFM AND THAT HAVE
BEEN MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CFM TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
CFM HAS NO CONTRACTUAL OR LEGAL OBLIGATION FOR, NOR KNOWLEDGE OF, NON-CFM-APPROVED
PARTS AND REPAIRS. ACCORDINGLY, THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT INTENDED TO APPLY TO NON-CFM-
APPROVED PARTS AND REPAIRS.

73-11-11
23555 EUCLID AVENUE, CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117

FUEL PUMP
704300, 708300,
AND 708600 SERIES
Part Numbers
ARGO-TECH CFM
704300-1 301-776-101-1
704300-2 301-776-102-0
704300-3 301-776-103-0
704300-4 301-776-104-0
704300-5 301-776-105-0
704300-6 301-776-106-0
704300-8 301-776-108-0
704300-9 301-776-109-0
704300-10 301-776-110-0
704300-11 301-776-111-0
704300-12 301-776-112-0
704300-13 301-776-113-0
704300-14 301-776-114-0
704300-15 301-776-115-0
708300-1 301-778-801-0
708300-2 301-778-802-0
708300-4 301-778-804-0
708300-5 301-778-805-0
708300-6 301-778-806-0
708600-1 301-779-001-0
708600-2 301-779-002-0
708600-5 301-779-005-0
708600-6 301-779-006-0
708600-7 301-779-007-0

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL


WITH
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
Copyrighted Material - This manual is copyrighted by ARGO-TECH CORPORATION ("ARGO-TECH").
The lawful owner of this copy of this document may sell or otherwise dispose of the possession of
this copy of the document but does not have the legal right to, and shall not, copy the document, in
whole or in part or distribute the document without the prior written consent of ARGO-TECH.

The technical content of this document is approved by the FAA and under the authority of
DOA nº EASA.21J.086.

73-11-11
SEPTEMBER 1, 1980
© October 2009 REVISED October 16, 2009
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Limitations

Proprietary Information - This document can only be distributed to parties who agree that the
information identified in this document as “ARGO-TECH Corporation Proprietary Information” shall
not be used or disclosed to others in the creation, manufacture, development, or derivation of any
repairs, modifications, spare parts, designs, or configuration changes or to obtain FAA or any
other government or regulatory approval to do so. Return this manual to the source from which
you obtained it if you do not agree to the preceding limitations on use. Use of this manual shall be
conclusive evidence of your agreement to the preceding limitations on use.

Use of Inspection Data - The use of any non-genuine Argo-Tech part may invalidate all
inspection limits and criteria presented herein. Argo-Tech parts are those parts listed in the
Illustrated Parts List. The instructions for the continued airworthiness of these Argo-Tech pumps
are based upon the application of the inspection limits, inspection criteria and acceptance testing
presented in this manual. These criteria were developed utilizing specific design knowledge, testing
and extensive field experience of the performance and wear characteristics on only Argo-Tech
parts. The in-service performance of an individual Argo-Tech part is evaluated by itself and along
with other Argo-Tech parts as an integrated pump subsystem. The knowledge of the in-service
performance characteristics of one individual part is necessary to establish the inspection criteria
for its own purpose, for other related pump parts and the pumping system acceptance testing limits.
This provides the basis of assured continued airworthiness. When any non- Argo-Tech part is used
in the repair and maintenance of these Argo-Tech pumps, the application of the inspection limits,
inspection criteria and acceptance testing presented in this manual may not be used to establish
the continued airworthiness of the entire pump.

Invalidation of Warranty and Support - All warranties, expressed or implied, are contingent
upon the exclusive use of genuine Argo-Tech Corporation parts. In any instance where Argo-
Tech pumps are in any way altered or re-engineered, all warranties to the user of the pump and
all liabilities of Argo-Tech to the user of the pump are voided.

73-11-11
LIMITATIONS
Page 1/2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

TO: HOLDERS OF ATA PUBLICATION 73-11-11, COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH


I P L , C O V E R I N G S E R I E S 7 0 4 3 0 0 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 , A N D 7 0 8 6 0 0 S E RI E S F U E L P U M P S .

Revision No. 14 Dated October 16, 2009

T h i s e n t i r e m a n u a l h a s b e e n r e v i s e d a n d i s b e i n g r ei s s u e d . A l l p a g e s o f t h e
manual have been revised to show the new Argo-Tech Corporation logo. Discard
y o u r p r e s e n t m a n u a l a n d r e p l a c e i t w i t h t h i s m a n u a l. A l i s t i n g o f t h e m a n u a l
revisions is provided below.

NEW MODELS
A d d e d n e w p u m p m o d e l s 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 6 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 7 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 4, a n d 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 5 p e r S B C F M 5 6
- 2 B 7 3 - 0 0 8 9 , S B C F M 5 6 - 2 C 7 3 - 0 1 2 3 , a n d S B C F M 5 6 - 3 - B 1, - 3 - B 2 , - 3 C - 1 7 3 - 0 1 4 4 .

LIMITATIONS
Added Limitations page.

RECORD OF REVISIONS
Updated Record of Revisions.

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS


Updated Record of Temporary Revisions.

HISTORY OF REVISIONS
Updated History of Revisions.

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST


A d d e d S B C F M 5 6 - 3 , - 3 B , - 3 C 7 3 - 0 1 3 7 ; S B C F M 5 6 - 2 B 7 3 - 0 08 4 ; a n d S B C F M 5 6 - 2 C 7 3 - 0 1 1 8 ,
Introduction of New Preformed Packing.
A d d e d S B C F M 5 6 - 3 , - 3 B , - 3 C 7 3 - 0 1 4 1 ; S B C F M 5 6 - 2 B 7 3 - 0 08 6 ; a n d S B C F M 5 6 - 2 C 7 3 - 0 1 1 9 ,
Introduction of New Fuel Filter.
A d d e d S B C F M 5 6 - 3 , - 3 B , - 3 C 7 3 - 0 1 4 4 ; S B C F M 5 6 - 2 B 7 3 - 0 08 9 ; a n d S B C F M 5 6 - 2 C 7 3 - 0 1 2 3 ;
Introduction of New Gears and New Fuel Pump.

LIST OF APPROVED REPAIRERS


Updated List of Approved Repairers.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


Updated List of Effective pages.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Updated Table of Contents.

73-11-11
HIGHLIGHTS
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

INTRODUCTION
A d d e d n e w p u m p m o d e l p a r t n u m b e r s t o f i r s t p a r a g r a ph .

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION


Revised Table 1, Leading Particulars.

TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING


Added proprietary statement to footer this section.
Added parts restriction paragraph 1.A.
R e v i s e d u n p a c k i n g p r o c e d u r e i n p a r a g r a p h s 2 . A a n d 2. B t o a d d r e s s b o t h o l d a n d
new types of pump closure.
R e m o v e d p r e v i o u s p a r a g r a p h 2 . G a n d r e n u m b e r e d r e m a in i n g s t e p s a s 2 . G a n d 2 . H .
Added note allowing use of equivalent tools unless otherwise indicated.
C o r r e c t e d a l l o w a b l e s e a l d r a i n l e a k a g e a n d p u m p d i sc h a r g e f l o w r a t e v a l u e s .
Revised prime procedure for relief valve assembly.
Deleted text from Table 102.
A d d e d n e w p u m p s e r i e s n u m b e r s t o p a r a g r a p h 1 0 . A . C ha n g e d i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e
for new filter element in paragraph 10.C.

DISASSEMBLY
R e v i s e d s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e r e m o v a l , p a r a g r a p h s 2 . A a nd 2 . B .
R e m o v e d p r e v i o u s p a r a g r a p h 2 . G a n d r e n u m b e r e d r e m a in i n g s t e p s a s 2 . G , H , a n d J .
Added note allowing use of equivalent tools unless otherwise indicated.
A d d e d p a c k i n g ( M 2 5 9 9 8 - 1 - 9 0 6 ) t o R e q u i r e d P a r t s R e p la c e m e n t l i s t .

CLEANING
A d d e d n o t e a l l o w i n g u s e o f e q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s un l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d .

CHECK
Added parts restriction paragraph 1.A.
Added proprietary statement to footer this section.
Added check for scoring on matched set gear teeth.
Revised spring washer check procedure and reference view.
Revised insert breakaway and locking torque values.
R e v i s e d r e f e r e n c e v i e w f o r s h e a r w a t e r c r a c k s i n s p e ct i o n v i e w .
Revised gear housing check view.
R e v i s e d d r y f i l m i n s p e c t i o n f o r r e l i e f v a l v e p i s t o n.
Added paragraph W (10).
Revised Figure 519 to include callout of Area F.

73-11-11
HIGHLIGHTS
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

REPAIR
A d d e d n o t e a l l o w i n g u s e o f e q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s un l e s s o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e d .
Added 15 micron lapping compound to materials list.
R e v i s e d l o c k i n g c o m p o u n d a n d a c t i v a t o r l i s t i n g s , r ev i s e d 2 - p a r t e p o x y l i s t i n g s ,
and added bypass valve repair insert, PFS/PEF port repair plug and preformed
packing in repair materials list.
Revised seal carrier and rotating seal ring repair procedures.
Revised insert replacement procedure for repair of pump cover assembly.
Revised impeller shaft nut and relief valve housing repair procedures.
Revised repair procedure for accelerometer mounting bore.
R e v i s e d i n s e r t r e p a i r t o o l s l i s t i n g a n d i n s e r t r e p la c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e f o r r e p a i r
of gear housing assembly.
R e v i s e d b y p a s s v a l v e s e a t r e p a i r p r o c e d u r e t o i n c l ud e n e w v a l v e s e a t i n s e r t
available from Argo-Tech.
R e v i s e d s e r v i c e b u l l e t i n p l a t e - t o - h o u s i n g b o n d i n g pr o c e d u r e t o i n c o r p o r a t e n e w
2-part epoxy adhesive.

ASSEMBLY
Added note allowing use of equivalent tools unless otherwise indicated.
Replaced LED Plate No. 250 anti-seize compound with Silver Goop thread lubricant
and alternates MIL-L-24131, CP 2101, and Dag 156.
I d e n t i f i e d i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r t o r q u e f i x t u r e , P / N 2 1 65 6 2 , a s h a v i n g n o e q u i v a l e n t .
Revised filter installation procedures for new fuel filter element.
R e v i s e d p r o c e d u r e f o r d e t e r m i n i n g s h i m r e q u i r e m e n t s.
R e v i s e d e x t e n d e d s t o r a g e i n s t r u c t i o n s t o i n c l u d e n ew s t y l e o f p u m p c l o s u r e .

FITS AND CLEARANCES


D e l e t e d m a x i m u m w e a r l i m i t f o r F i g u r e 5 0 3 , r e f e r e n ce l e t t e r A .
R e v i s e d / c o r r e c t e d m a x i m u m w e a r l i m i t s f o r F i g u r e 5 14 , r e f e r e n c e l e t t e r s B a n d D .

SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT


Added note allowing use of equivalent tools unless otherwise indicated.
I d e n t i f i e d i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r t o r q u e f i x t u r e , P / N 2 1 65 6 2 , a s h a v i n g n o e q u i v a l e n t .

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST


Added proprietary statement to footer this section.
A d d e d p a r t s l i s t i n g s f o r M 8 3 2 4 8 - 1 - 1 2 3 p r e f o r m e d p a ck i n g s ( i t e m s 5 2 0 A a n d 6 3 9 A ,
I P L f i g u r e 2 ) . I t e m 5 2 0 A a d d e d b y S B 7 3 - 0 8 4 , S B 7 3 -1 1 8 , a n d S B 7 3 - 1 3 7 , a n d
deleted by SB 73-0086, SB 73-0119, and SB 73-0141.
A d d e d n e w f i l t e r e l e m e n t p a r t s p e r S B 7 3 - 0 0 8 6 , S B 73 - 0 1 1 9 , a n d S B 7 3 - 0 1 4 1 .
A d d e d n e w p u m p m o d e l s a n d n e w p u m p g e a r s p e r S B 7 3 -0 0 8 9 , S B 7 3 - 0 1 2 3 , a n d
SB 73-0144.
A d d e d n e w p a r t , v a l v e s e a t i n s e r t ( i t e m 6 2 7 ) a n d a pp l i c a b l e n o t e t o F i g u r e 2 .
Added new part, valve seat insert (item 627) to the Numerical Index and
Illustrated Parts List.
M a d e m i s c e l l a n e o u s c o r r e c t i o n s t o n u m e r i c a l p a r t s li s t e n t r i e s .

73-11-11
HIGHLIGHTS
Page 3/4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

RECORD OF REVISIONS

REV DATE DATE REV DATE DATE


NO. ISSUED INSERTED BY NO. ISSUED INSERTED BY

1 5/31/81 5/31/81 TRW


2 10/30/81 10/30/81 TRW
3 3/15/82 5/31/82 TRW
4 2/28/83 2/28/83 TRW
5 5/31/83 5/31/83 TRW
6 8/31/83 8/31/83 TRW
7 5/31/84 5/31/84 TRW
8 2/28/85 2/28/85 TRW
9 11/30/85 11/30/85 TRW
10 8/31/87 8/31/87 ATC
11 2/28/91 2/28/91 ATC
12 4/15/95 7/31/95 ATC
13 11/1/00 11/1/00 ATC
14 10/16/09

Keep this record in the front of the manual. When you get the revisions, put
t h e r e v i s e d p a g e s i n t h e m a n u a l . W r i t e t h e r e v i s i on n u m b e r , d a t e i s s u e d , d a t e
inserted, and initials on this page.

73-11-11
RECORD OF REVISIONS
Page 1/2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

TEMPORARY SECTION ISSUE DATE


REV. NO. PAGE NUMBER DATE BY REMOVED BY
TESTING AND TS
73-2 116, 117, 118 FEB 15/89 A-T FEB 28/91 A-T

Keep this record in the front of the manual. When you get the temporary revi-
s i o n s , p u t t h e t e m p o r a r y r e v i s i o n p a g e i n t h e m a n u al . W r i t e t h e t e m p o r a r y
r e v i s i o n n u m b e r , d a t e i s s u e d , d a t e i n s e r t e d , a n d i ni t i a l s o n t h i s p a g e .

73-11-11
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Page 1/2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

HISTORY OF REVISIONS

REV REVISION REV REVISION


NO. DATE NO. DATE

1 May 31/81
2 Oct 30/81
3 May 31/82
4 Feb 28/83
5 May 31/83
6 Aug 31/83
7 May 31/84
8 Feb 28/85
9 Nov 30/85
10 Aug 31/87
11 Feb 28/91
12 Jul 31/95
13 Nov 1/00
14 Oct 16/09

Keep this record in the front of the manual. When you get the revisions, put
t h e r e v i s e d p a g e s i n t h e m a n u a l . W r i t e t h e r e v i s i on n u m b e r , d a t e i s s u e d , d a t e
inserted, and initials on this page.

73-11-11
HISTORY OF REVISIONS
Page 1/2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST

T h e f o l l o w i n g i s a l i s t o f S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s , a p p l ic a b l e t o t h i s m a n u a l , i s s u e d
b y A R G O - T E C H . S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s a f f e c t i n g t h i s m a nu a l a r e s h o w n b y t h e d a t e o f
incorporation.

Service Bulletin Date Incorporated Title

CFM56-2C May 31/81 Fuel Pump with a Reinforced


73-001R1 Front Mounting Flange

CFM56-2C Aug 31/83 Dryfilm Lubricant Added to


73-026 Impeller Shaft

CFM56-2C Feb 28/85 Introduction of Vendor Part


73-031 Number for Fuel Filter Element
(Facet)

CFM56-2C Feb 28/87 Introduction of Vendor Part


73-052 Number for Fuel Filter Element
(APM)

CFM56-2C Feb 28/87 Increase of Boost Stage End


73-054 Clearance and Impeller Back
Shroud Clearance

CFM56-2C Feb 28/87 Introduction of New Pump Part


73-055 Number 708600 with Increase
Shaft End Clearance

CFM56-2B Feb 28/87 Dryfilm Lubricant Added to


73-006R1 Impeller Shaft

CFM56-2B Feb 28/87 Introduction of Vendor Part


73-017 Number for Fuel Filter (APM)

CFM56-2B Feb 28/87 Introduction of Vendor Part


73-019 Number for Fuel Filter (Facet)

CFM56-2B Feb 28/87 Increase of Boost Stage End


73-020 Clearance and Impeller Back
Shroud Clearance

CFM56-2B Feb 28/87 Introduction of New Pump Part


73-021 Number 708600 with Increase LP
Shaft End Clearance

73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (Continued)


Service Bulletin Date Incorporated Title

CFM56-2B Feb 28/87 Replacement of Facet Filter with


73-026R1 APM Filter

CFM56-3/-3B Feb 28/87 Introduction of Vendor Part


73-030 Number for Fuel Filter (APM)

CFM56-3/-3B Feb 28/87 Introduction of Vendor Part


73-032 Number for Fuel Filter (Facet)

CFM56-3B Feb 28/87 Introduction of a New HP Housing


73-033 with a Special Elbow

CFM56-3/-3B Feb 28/87 Increase of Boost Stage End


73-036 Clearance and Impeller Back
Shroud Clearance

CFM56-3 Feb 28/87 Introduction of New Fuel Pump


73-042 Fitted with a Two-Port Special
PBP Elbow (For Information
Only)

CFM56-3/-3B Feb 28/87 Introduction of a Fuel Pump Part


73-046 Number 708600-1 without Special
Elbow for CFM56-3/-3B Engines,
Timer-Capable Or Not (For
Information Only)

CFM56-2C Feb 28/87 Introduction of ARGO-TECH in


73-060 Replacement of TRW

CFM56-2B Feb 28/87 Introduction of ARGO-TECH in


73-028 Replacement of TRW

CFM56-3/-3B Feb 28/87 Introduction of ARGO-TECH in


73-050 Replacement of TRW

CFM56-3 Feb 28/91 MFP Shaft Seal Inspection


73-047

CFM56-3/-3B Feb 28/91 Removal of Special Elbow


73-052

73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (Continued)

Service Bulletin Date Incorporated Title

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Feb 28/91 MFP Introduction of New Vendors


73-071 for Fuel Filter Element

CFM52-2B Feb 28/91 MFP Introduction of New Vendors


73-038 for Fuel Filter Element

CFM52-2C Feb 28/91 MFP Introduction of New Vendors


73-071 for Fuel Filter Element

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Impeller


73-112 Drive Shaft

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Boost Stage


73-113 Drive Shaft

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Control


73-102 Shaft Retainer

CFM56-2 Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Control


73-089 Shaft Retainer

CFM56-2B Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Control


73-057 Shaft Retainer

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Stationary


73-085 Shaft Seal

CFM56-2 Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Stationary


73-082 Shaft Seal

CFM56-2B Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Stationary


73-050 Shaft Seal

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Jul 31/95 Introduction of Service Bulletin


73-095 Plate

CFM56-2 Jul 31/95 Introduction of Service Bulletin


73-086 Plate

CFM56-2B Jul 31/95 Introduction of Service Bulletin


73-053 Plate

73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 3
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (Continued)

Service Bulletin Date Incorporated Title

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Pump Gears


73-105

CFM56-2 Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Pump Gears


73-091

CFM56-2B Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Pump Gears


73-059

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Fuel Pump


73-082 with New Solid Bronze Bearings

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Solid Bronze


73-087 Bearings

CFM56-2 Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Solid Bronze


73-078 Bearings

CFM56-2 Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Solid Bronze


73-081 Bearings

CFM56-2B Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Impeller


73-064 Drive Shaft

CFM56-2 Jul 31/95 Introduction of New Impeller


73-098 Drive Shaft

CFM56-2 Nov 1/00 Replacement of Attachment Parts


73-109 of the Fuel Filter Cover

CFM56-2B Nov 1/00 Replacement of Attachment Parts


73-074 of the Fuel Filter Cover

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Nov 1/00 Replacement of Attachment Parts


73-125 of the Fuel Filter Cover

CFM56-2 Nov 1/00 Main Fuel Pump Conversion from


SB 73-104 Bronze Bearings to Aluminum/
(708600-73-103) Bronze Bearings

73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (Continued)

Service Bulletin Date Incorporated Title

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Nov 1/00 Main Fuel Pump Conversion from


SB 73-120 Bronze Bearings to Aluminum/
(708600-73-102) Bronze Bearings

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Nov 1/00 Spare Parts Release, Oversize


SB 73-127 Bearings
(708600-73-106)

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Nov 1/00 MFP Introduction of New Bearing


SB 73-132 Seal
(708600-73-108)

CFM56-2B Nov 1/00 MFP Introduction of New Bearing


SB 73-080 Seal
(708600-73-109)

CFM56-2C Nov 1/00 MFP Introduction of New Bearing


SB 73-114 Seal
(708600-73-114)

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Nov 1/00 MFP Introduction of New Fuel


SB 73-129 Pump with New Filter Cover
(708600-73-110) Attachment

CFM56-2B Nov 1/00 MFP Introduction of New Fuel


SB 73-079 Pump with New Filter Cover
(708600-73-112) Attachment

CFM56-2C Nov 1/00 MFP Introduction of New Fuel


SB 73-113 Pump with New Filter Cover
(708600-73-113) Attachment

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Oct 16/09 Introduction of a New Filter


SB 73-0137 Packing O-rings in the Fuel
(708600-73-115) Filter

CFM56-2B Oct 16/09 Introduction of a New Filter


SB 73-0084 Packing O-rings in the Fuel
(708600-73-115) Filter

CFM56-2C Oct 16/09 Introduction of a New Filter


SB 73-0118 Packing O-rings in the Fuel
(708600-73-115) Filter

73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 5
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

SERVICE BULLETIN LIST (Continued)

Service Bulletin Date Incorporated Title

CFM56-3/-3B/-3C Oct 16/09 Introduction of a New Fuel


SB 73-0141 Filter
(708600-73-117)

CFM56-2B Oct 16/09 Introduction of a New Fuel


SB 73-0086 Filter
(708600-73-119)

CFM56-2C Oct 16/09 Introduction of a New Fuel


SB 73-0119 Filter
(708600-73-118)

CFM56-3-B1,-3-B2,-3C-1 Oct 16/09 Introduction of New Pump Gears


SB 73-0144
(708600-73-120)

CFM56-2B Oct 16/09 Introduction of New Pump Gears


SB 73-0089
(708600-73-122)

CFM56-2C Oct 16/09 Introduction of New Pump Gears


SB 73-0123
(708600-73-123)

73-11-11
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Page 6
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

LIST OF APPROVED REPAIRERS

COMPANY ADDRESS

U.S.A.
ARGO-TECH CORPORATION 204 HINDRY AVENUE
INGLEWOOD, CA 90301
Tel: (310) 670-4020
Fax: (310) 670-9633
2355 EUCLID AVENUE
CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117
Tel: (216) 692-6121
Fax: (216) 692-5293
FRANCE
HISPANO-SUIZA ETABLISSEMENT DE REAU
ROND–POINT RENE RAVAUD BP 42
77551 MOISSY-CRAMAYEL, CEDEX
FRANCE
Tel: 33 1 60 59 83 03
Fax: 33 1 60 59 86 30

73-11-11
LIST OF APPROVED REPAIRERS
Page 1/2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
73-11-11 73-11-11
TITLE * OCT 16/09 CONTENTS 1 * OCT 16/09
2 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 3 * OCT 16/09
LIMITATIONS * OCT 16/09 4 * OCT 16/09

73-11-11
HIGHLIGHTS 1 * OCT 16/09 73-11-11
2 * OCT 16/09 INTRODUCTION 1 * OCT 16/09
3 * OCT 16/09 2 * OCT 16/09
4 Blank 3 * OCT 16/09
4 Blank
73-11-11
RR 1/2 * OCT 16/09 73-11-11
DESCRIPTION 1 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 AND OPERATION 2 * OCT 16/09
RTR 1/2 * OCT 16/09 3 * OCT 16/09
4 * OCT 16/09
5 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 6 * OCT 16/09
HR 1/2 * OCT 16/09 7 * OCT 16/09
8 Blank
73-11-11
SBL 1 * OCT 16/09 73-11-11
2 * OCT 16/09 TESTING AND 101 * OCT 16/09
3 * OCT 16/09 TROUBLE 102 * OCT 16/09
4 * OCT 16/09 SHOOTING 103 * OCT 16/09
5 * OCT 16/09 104 * OCT 16/09
6 * OCT 16/09 105 * OCT 16/09
106 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 107 * OCT 16/09
LIST OF 1/2 * OCT 16/09 108 * OCT 16/09
APPROVED 109 * OCT 16/09
REPAIRERS 110 * OCT 16/09
111 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 112 * OCT 16/09
LEP 1 * OCT 16/09 113 * OCT 16/09
2 * OCT 16/09 114 * OCT 16/09
3 * OCT 16/09 115 * OCT 16/09
4 * OCT 16/09 116 * OCT 16/09

* T h e a s t e r i s k i n d i c a t e s p a g e s c h a n g e d , a d d e d , o r de l e t e d

73-11-11
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Continued)

CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
73-11-11 73-11-11
TESTING AND 117 * OCT 16/09 CHECK (Cont) 516 * OCT 16/09
TROUBLE 118 * OCT 16/09 517 * OCT 16/09
SHOOTING (Cont) 119 * OCT 16/09 518 * OCT 16/09
120 * OCT 16/09 519 * OCT 16/09
121 * OCT 16/09 520 * OCT 16/09
122 * OCT 16/09 521 * OCT 16/09
123 * OCT 16/09 522 * OCT 16/09
124 Blank 523 * OCT 16/09
524 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 525 * OCT 16/09
DISASSEMBLY 301 * OCT 16/09 526 * OCT 16/09
302 * OCT 16/09 527 * OCT 16/09
303 * OCT 16/09 528 * OCT 16/09
304 * OCT 16/09 529 * OCT 16/09
305 * OCT 16/09 530 * OCT 16/09
306 * OCT 16/09 531 * OCT 16/09
307 * OCT 16/09 532 * OCT 16/09
308 * OCT 16/09 533 * OCT 16/09
534 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 535 * OCT 16/09
CLEANING 401 * OCT 16/09 536 * OCT 16/09
402 Blank 537 * OCT 16/09
538 * OCT 16/09
73-11-11 539 * OCT 16/09
CHECK 501 * OCT 16/09 540 * OCT 16/09
502 * OCT 16/09
503 * OCT 16/09 73-11-11
504 * OCT 16/09 REPAIR 601 * OCT 16/09
505 * OCT 16/09 602 * OCT 16/09
506 * OCT 16/09 603 * OCT 16/09
507 * OCT 16/09 604 * OCT 16/09
508 * OCT 16/09 605 * OCT 16/09
509 * OCT 16/09 606 * OCT 16/09
510 * OCT 16/09 607 * OCT 16/09
511 * OCT 16/09 608 * OCT 16/09
512 * OCT 16/09 609 * OCT 16/09
513 * OCT 16/09 610 * OCT 16/09
514 * OCT 16/09 611 * OCT 16/09
515 * OCT 16/09 612 * OCT 16/09

* T h e a s t e r i s k i n d i c a t e s p a g e s c h a n g e d , a d d e d , o r de l e t e d

73-11-11
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Continued)

CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
73-11-11 73-11-11
REPAIR (Cont) 613 * OCT 16/09 ASSEMBLY (Cont) 704 * OCT 16/09
614 * OCT 16/09 705 * OCT 16/09
615 * OCT 16/09 706 * OCT 16/09
616 * OCT 16/09 707 * OCT 16/09
617 * OCT 16/09 708 * OCT 16/09
618 * OCT 16/09 709 * OCT 16/09
619 * OCT 16/09 710 * OCT 16/09
620 * OCT 16/09 711 * OCT 16/09
621 * OCT 16/09 712 * OCT 16/09
622 * OCT 16/09 713 * OCT 16/09
623 * OCT 16/09 714 * OCT 16/09
624 * OCT 16/09 715 * OCT 16/09
625 * OCT 16/09 716 * OCT 16/09
626 * OCT 16/09 717 * OCT 16/09
627 * OCT 16/09 718 * OCT 16/09
628 * OCT 16/09 719 * OCT 16/09
629 * OCT 16/09 720 * OCT 16/09
630 * OCT 16/09 721 * OCT 16/09
631 * OCT 16/09 722 * OCT 16/09
632 * OCT 16/09 723 * OCT 16/09
633 * OCT 16/09 724 * OCT 16/09
634 * OCT 16/09 725 * OCT 16/09
635 * OCT 16/09 726 * OCT 16/09
636 * OCT 16/09 727 * OCT 16/09
637 * OCT 16/09 728 * OCT 16/09
638 * OCT 16/09
639 * OCT 16/09 73-11-11
640 * OCT 16/09 FITS AND 801 * OCT 16/09
641 * OCT 16/09 CLEARANCES 802 * OCT 16/09
642 * OCT 16/09 803 * OCT 16/09
643 * OCT 16/09 804 * OCT 16/09
644 * OCT 16/09 805 * OCT 16/09
645 * OCT 16/09 806 * OCT 16/09
646 Blank
73-11-11
73-11-11 SPECIAL TOOLS, 901 * OCT 16/09
ASSEMBLY 701 * OCT 16/09 FIXTURES, AND 902 * OCT 16/09
702 * OCT 16/09 EQUIPMENT
703 * OCT 16/09
* The asterisk indicates p a g e s c h a n g e d , a d d e d , o r de l e t e d

73-11-11
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 3
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (Continued)

CHAPTER/ CHAPTER/
SECTION PAGE DATE SECTION PAGE DATE
73-11-11 73-11-11
ILLUSTRATED 1001 * OCT 16/09 ILLUSTRATED 1027 * OCT 16/09
PARTS LIST 1002 * OCT 16/09 PARTS LIST 1028 * OCT 16/09
1003 * OCT 16/09 (Cont) 1029 * OCT 16/09
1004 * OCT 16/09 1030 * OCT 16/09
1005 * OCT 16/09 1031 * OCT 16/09
1006 * OCT 16/09 1032 * OCT 16/09
1007 * OCT 16/09 1033 * OCT 16/09
1008 * OCT 16/09 1034 * OCT 16/09
1009 * OCT 16/09 1035 * OCT 16/09
1010 * OCT 16/09 1036 * OCT 16/09
1011 * OCT 16/09 1037 * OCT 16/09
1012 * OCT 16/09 1038 * OCT 16/09
1013 * OCT 16/09 1039 * OCT 16/09
1014 * OCT 16/09 1040 * OCT 16/09
1015 * OCT 16/09 1041 * OCT 16/09
1016 * OCT 16/09 1042 * OCT 16/09
1017 * OCT 16/09 1043 * OCT 16/09
1018 * OCT 16/09 1044 * OCT 16/09
1019 * OCT 16/09 1045 * OCT 16/09
1020 * OCT 16/09 1046 * OCT 16/09
1021 * OCT 16/09 1047 * OCT 16/09
1022 * OCT 16/09 1048 * OCT 16/09
1023 * OCT 16/09 1049 * OCT 16/09
1024 * OCT 16/09 1050 * OCT 16/09
1025 * OCT 16/09 1051 * OCT 16/09
1026 * OCT 16/09 1052 BLANK

* T h e a s t e r i s k i n d i c a t e s p a g e s c h a n g e d , a d d e d , o r de l e t e d

73-11-11
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Page 4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

I n t r o d u c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
M a n u a l U s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
U n i t s o f M e a s u r e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
M a i n t e n a n c e S e q u e n c e C h a r t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

D e s c r i p t i o n a n d O p e r a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
D e s c r i p t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
P h y s i c a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
L e a d i n g P a r t i c u l a r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L e a d i n g P a r t i c u l a r s ( T a b l e 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
O p e r a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

T e s t i n g a n d T r o u b l e S h o o t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
U n p a c k i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
P r e l i m i n a r y I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
T e s t E q u i p m e n t a n d M a t e r i a l s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
T e s t S e t u p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
P r i m a r y B r e a k - I n T e s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
P r i m a r y B r e a k - I n T e s t ( T a b l e 1 0 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
S e c o n d a r y B r e a k - I n T e s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
S e c o n d a r y B r e a k - I n T e s t ( T a b l e 1 0 2 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
P r e s s u r e R e l i e f V a l v e S e t t i n g ( T a b l e 1 0 3 ) . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
P r e s s u r e R e l i e f V a l v e S e t t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
F u e l P u m p C a l i b r a t i o n a n d E v a l u a t i o n T e s t . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
F u e l P u m p C a l i b r a t i o n ( T a b l e 1 0 4 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
M a i n F i l t e r I n s p e c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
T r o u b l e S h o o t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
T r o u b l e S h o o t i n g ( T a b l e 1 0 5 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

D i s a s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
D i s a s s e m b l e t h e F u e l P u m p I n s t a l l a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
D i s a s s e m b l e t h e F u e l P u m p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
T o o l i n g ( T a b l e 3 0 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
R e q u i r e d P a r t s R e p l a c e m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
R e c o m m e n d e d P a r t s R e p l a c e m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

C l e a n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
A p p r o v e d C l e a n i n g A g e n t s ( T a b l e 4 0 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
C l e a n i n g P r o c e d u r e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

73-11-11
CONTENTS
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

SECTION PAGE

C h e c k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
D e t a i l e d C h e c k s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
S e a l C a r r i e r A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
M a i n D r i v e S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
R o t a t i n g S e a l R i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
S p r i n g W a s h e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e G u i d e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
P u m p C o v e r A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
I m p e l l e r / I n d u c e r C l u s t e r ( a s s e m b l e d ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
I n d u c e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
I m p e l l e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
I m p e l l e r S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
I m p e l l e r S h a f t N u t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
I m p e l l e r S h r o u d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
B o o s t S t a g e T h r u s t B e a r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
C o n t r o l D r i v e S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
B e a r i n g P l a t e A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
B o o s t S t a g e D r i v e S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
F i x e d B e a r i n g s ( m a t c h e d s e t ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
M a t c h e d S e t o f G e a r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
D r i v e a n d D r i v e n P r e s s u r i z e d B e a r i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
F u e l F i l t e r C o v e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
W a v e S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
R e l i e f V a l v e P i s t o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
R e l i e f V a l v e H o u s i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e C o v e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e G u i d e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
C o v e r P l a t e ( E F F 7 0 8 6 0 0 P u m p s O n l y ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
G e a r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538

R e p a i r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
R e p a i r M a t e r i a l s ( T a b l e 6 0 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602

73-11-11
CONTENTS
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

SECTION PAGE

Repair (Continued)
C o m p o n e n t R e p a i r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
S e a l C a r r i e r A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
R o t a t i n g S e a l R i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e a n d G u i d e . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
P u m p C o v e r A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
I m p e l l e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
I m p e l l e r S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
I m p e l l e r S h a f t N u t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
B e a r i n g P l a t e A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
F i x e d a n d P r e s s u r i z e d B e a r i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
D r i v e a n d D r i v e n G e a r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
F u e l F i l t e r C o v e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
R e l i e f V a l v e P i s t o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
R e l i e f V a l v e H o u s i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
C o v e r P l a t e ( E F F 7 0 8 6 0 0 P u m p s O n l y ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
G e a r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
F u e l F i l t e r C o v e r a n d G e a r H o u s i n g o n O l d S t y l e P u mp s . . . . . . . . . . . . 640

A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
S p e c i a l T o o l s a n d A s s e m b l y M a t e r i a l s ( T a b l e 7 0 1 ) . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
P r e a s s e m b l y P r o c e d u r e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
P r e a s s e m b l y C l e a n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
B e a r i n g F i t t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
S p l i n e a n d T o o t h M e s h M a t c h i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
T h r e a d L u b r i c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
A s s e m b l e F u e l P u m p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e T e s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e T e s t C o m p o n e n t s ( T a b l e 7 0 2 ) . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
C o m p r e s s i o n S p r i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
P r e s s u r i z e d B e a r i n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
M a t c h e d S e t o f G e a r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
G e a r H o u s i n g B o r e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
L a r g e D i a m e t e r S p l i n e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
C o n t r o l D r i v e S h a f t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
B e a r i n g P l a t e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
B e a r i n g P l a t e A s s e m b l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
I m p e l l e r / I n d u c e r C l u s t e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e a n d G u i d e . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e T e s t C o m p o n e n t s ( T a b le 7 0 3 ) . . . . . . . . 720
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721

73-11-11
CONTENTS
Page 3
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)


SECTION PAGE

Assembly (Continued)
A s s e m b l e t h e F u e l P u m p a n d F i l t e r I n s t a l l a t i o n . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
S t o r a g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728

F i t s a n d C l e a r a n c e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
F i t s a n d C l e a r a n c e s ( T a b l e 8 0 1 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
T o r q u e L i m i t s ( T a b l e 8 0 2 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806

S p e c i a l T o o l s , F i x t u r e s , a n d E q u i p m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
G e n e r a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
S o u r c e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
E n v i r o n m e n t a l R e q u i r e m e n t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment (Table 901) .................. 901

I l l u s t r a t e d P a r t s L i s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
I n t r o d u c t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
P u r p o s e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
U s a g e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
N u m e r i c a l I n d e x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006
I l l u s t r a t e d P a r t s L i s t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021

73-11-11
CONTENTS
Page 4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP - INTRODUCTION

1. General.

This manual contains information and shop verified procedures covering


7 0 4 3 0 0 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0 S e r i e s F u e l P u m p s , m a n u fa c t u r e d b y A R G O - T E C H ,
I n c . , C l e v e l a n d , O h i o . S h o p v e r i f i e d p r o c e d u r e s a re t h o s e i n w h i c h t h e
m a n u f a c t u r e r h a s a c t u a l l y a c c o m p l i s h e d t h e o p e r a t i on s d e s c r i b e d . T h e s e a s -
s e m b l y p r o c e d u r e s e n a b l e a s h o p m e c h a n i c t o t e s t t he f u e l p u m p a f t e r i t h a s
b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m s e r v i c e , a n d t o p e r f o r m t h e o p e r at i o n s r e q u i r e d t o r e s t o r e
the pump to a serviceable condition. Part Numbers 704301-1, 704301-2,
7 0 4 3 0 1 - 3 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 4 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 5 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 6 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 8 , 70 4 3 0 1 - 9 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 0 ,
7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 1 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 2 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 3 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 4 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 -1 5 , 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 1 , 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 2 ,
7 0 8 3 0 1 - 4 , 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 5 , 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 6 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 1 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 2 , 70 8 6 0 1 - 5 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 6 a n d
708601-7 are covered in this publication.

2. Manual Use. See Maintenance Manual Sequence Chart.

A. Prior to disassembly of the fuel pump, perform a preliminary inspection.


See TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING paragraph 3 to determine if the fuel
pump is operable. If the pump is operable, perform the trouble shooting
portion of TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING figure 101 to determine the ex-
t e n t o f r e p a i r r e q u i r e d , i f a n y . F u e l p u m p s s u c c e ss f u l l y c o m p l e t i n g a l l
r e q u i r e d s t e p s o f t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g p o r t i o n o f fi g u r e 1 0 1 c a n b e p r e -
served following instructions in ASSEMBLY paragraph 4A and 4B, and re-
turned to service. Fuel pumps that do not pass the trouble shooting
p o r t i o n o f f i g u r e 1 0 1 m u s t b e d i s a s s e m b l e d t o t h e le v e l i n d i c a t e d b y t h e
trouble shooting run failure.

B. D i s a s s e m b l y , r e p a i r , a n d a s s e m b l y p r o c e d u r e s h a ve b e e n w r i t t e n t o e n a b l e
c o m p o n e n t r e p l a c e m e n t w i t h o u t o v e r h a u l w h e n e v e r p o ss i b l e . W h e n o v e r h a u l
o f t h e f u e l p u m p i s i n d i c a t e d , i t c a n b e a c c o m p l i s he d b y d i s a s s e m b l i n g
t h e u n i t t o t h e e x t e n t i n d i c a t e d i n D I S A S S E M B L Y; c l e a n i n g , c h e c k i n g , a n d
r e p a i r i n g t h e d i s a s s e m b l e d p a r t s ; t h e n a s s e m b l i n g an d t e s t i n g t h e o v e r -
hauled pump.

NOTE: I n t h e I P L s e c t i o n , s u f f i x l e t t e r s h a v e b e e n a s s ig n e d t o i t e m
n u m b e r s w h e n n e c e s s a r y t o a d d p a r t s . I n t h e t e x t po r t i o n o f t h i s
manual, however, all references will be to only the basic item
number unless it is necessary to refer to a suffix in order to
properly identify a specific part.

73-11-11
INTRODUCTION
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

3. U n i t s o f M e a s u r e.

Measurements are given in U.S. Standard Units, with values of the Interna-
t i o n a l S y s t e m o f U n i t s ( S I u n i t s ) i n p a r e n t h e s e s a ft e r o r b e l o w t h e U . S .
u n i t s . C o n v e r s i o n s a n d a b b r e v i a t i o n s a r e i n a c c o r da n c e w i t h A N S I Y 1 . 1 - 1 9 8 9 ,
a n d a r e l i s t e d f o r r e f e r e n c e i n t h e f o l l o w i n g t a b l e.

U.S. Standard SI (Metric)


Unit Abbreviation Equivalent Abbreviation
degrees Fahrenheit °F degrees Celsius °C
pound foot lb ft Newton-meters N·m
gallon none liter none
gallons per minute gpm liter per minute l/ m i n
pounds per hour phr liter per minute l/ m i n
inch in. millimeter mm
ounce inch oz in. Newton-meters N·m
pound inch lb in. Newton-meters N·m
pounds per square psi, psid, kilopascal kPa, kPa gage
inch psig
horsepower hp watts w
pound lb kilogram kg

73-11-11
INTRODUCTION
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP RETURNED TO


TO REPAIR DEPOT WITH
OPERATION DATA

PRELIMINARY
INSPECTION USING PASS FOLLOW PASS
TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING
TROUBLE SHOOTING SEQUENCE OF
PARA 3 FIG. 101

FAIL FAIL

DISASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY
(COMPLETE) DISASSEMBLE UNIT TO
LEVEL REQUIRED TO
REPAIR FAILURE(S)
OBSERVED IN FIG. 101

ACCOMPLISH APPLICABLE
PORTIONS OF CLEANING

ACCOMPLISH APPLICABLE
PORTIONS OF CHECK

ACCOMPLISH REFERENCED
PORTIONS OF FITS AND
CLEARANCES

ACCOMPLISH REQUIRED
PORTIONS OF REPAIR

ACCOMPLISH APPLICABLE
PORTIONS OF ASSEMBLY

REFER TO APPLICABLE
FAILURE IN TROUBLE FAIL ACCOMPLISH PASS
ACCOMPLISH STORAGE
SHOOTING, FIG. 101. TESTING SEQUENCE PER ASSEMBLY PARA 5
RESUME FLOW AT THAT OF FIG. 101
STEP

FUEL PUMP RETURNED


TO STOCK FOR RETURN
TO FLEET USE

Maintenance Sequence Chart

73-11-11
INTRODUCTION
Page 3/4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

1. D e s c r i p t i o n.

A. Physical. See figure 1.

( 1 ) T h e 7 0 4 3 0 0 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0 S e r i e s F u e l P u mp s c o n t a i n a c e n -
t r i f u g a l b o o s t s t a g e , a f u e l f i l t e r , a n d a g e a r s t ag e . T h e c e n -
t r i f u g a l s t a g e p r o v i d e s p r e s s u r i z e d f u e l t o m a i n t a in f u e l f l o w
t h r o u g h a n e x t e r n a l f u e l h e a t e r a n d t h r o u g h t h e p u mp f u e l f i l t e r ,
a n d a l s o p r o v i d e s p r e s s u r i z e d f u e l t o t h e g e a r s t a ge . T h e g e a r
s t a g e s u p p l i e s h i g h p r e s s u r e f u e l t o t h e a i r c r a f t en g i n e f u e l
control.

(2) The pump cover provides a mounting surface for the fuel control.
The fuel control is driven by a control drive shaft concentric with
t h e m a i n d r i v e ( i n p u t ) s h a f t . T h e p u m p c o v e r a n d ge a r h o u s i n g c o n -
tain pressure and temperature taps to monitor pump performance.

(3) A replaceable micronic barrier filter element is contained in an


i n t e g r a l f u e l f i l t e r h o u s i n g . T h i s h o u s i n g i s c o v er e d b y a n a c c e s -
sible and removable cover fitted with a drain plug.

(4) All drive shafts have shear sections which are designed to break if
t h e t o r q u e r e q u i r e d t o r o t a t e t h e s h a f t e x c e e d s a pr e d e t e r m i n e d
m a x i m u m . T h e s h a f t s a r e a r r a n g e d t o a l l o w f u n c t i o ni n g o f t h e g e a r
stage if the boost stage drive shaft breaks.

( 5 ) A r e l i e f v a l v e l i m i t s t h e d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e of t h e g e a r s t a g e .
T h i s v a l v e i s e x t e r n a l l y a d j u s t a b l e a n d c a n b e r e m ov e d f o r r e p a i r
without major disassembly of the pump.

(6) The gear stage of the pump consists of a drive gear concentric with
t h e m a i n d r i v e s h a f t , a n d a d r i v e n g e a r . T h e s e g e ar s r i d e i n b e a r -
ings fitted to the gear housing.

(7) The boost stage consists of an inducer and an impeller mounted on a


common shaft which is also concentric with the main drive shaft.
T h e c a v i t y f o r t h e i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r i s p r o vi d e d b y t h e p u m p
cover.

73-11-11
Page 1
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

RETURN PORT
FROM FUEL
CONTROL
(NOT SHOWN)
DISCHARGE PORT
TO FUEL CONTROL
(NOT SHOWN)

BOOST STAGE
DISCHARGE
PRESSURE
TAP (PBP) FOR
704300 AND
708300 SERIES

Assembled View of Fuel Pump


Figure 1

73-11-11
Page 2
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 8 ) P r e s s u r e t a p s a r e p r o v i d e d a t t h e f o l l o w i n g p oi n t s o n t h e p u m p :

(a) B o o s t s t a g e d i s c h a r g e ( P B P ) f o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 30 0 s e r i e s
pumps.

(b) B o o s t s t a g e d i s c h a r g e ( R E T O U R B P ) f o r 7 0 8 6 0 0 s er i e s p u m p s .

(c) Before filter (PEF).

(d) After filter (PSF).

(e) Gear stage discharge (PHP).

T h e p r e s s u r e t a p s a t g e a r a n d b o o s t s t a g e d i s c h a rg e a c c o m m o d a t e a
1/2 inch fitting so that they can be used as supply and return
ports for a fuel-hydraulic actuation system.

( 9 ) A n a c c e l e r o m e t e r m o u n t i n g b o s s i s p r o v i d e d n e xt t o t h e p u m p n a m e -
plate.

B. Leading Particulars.

T h e l e a d i n g p a r t i c u l a r s f o r t h e f u e l p u m p a r e l i st e d i n t a b l e 1 .

Table 1. Leading Particulars

General Characteristics
M a i n I n l e t F i l t e r ( D i s p o s a b l e ) . . 2 0 m i c r o n n o m i n a l or 3 8 m i c r o n a b s o l u t e
W a s h F l o w F i l t e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 6 5 m i c r o n a b s o l u t e
R o t a t i o n ( V i e w e d f r o m D r i v e E n d ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . C l o c k w i s e
Weight (Dry) (Maximum)
7 0 4 3 0 0 S e r i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 3 6 . 4 l b ( 1 6 , 5 1 k g )
7 0 8 3 0 0 S e r i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 3 7 . 8 l b ( 1 7 , 1 5 k g )
7 0 8 6 0 0 - 1 S e r i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 4 0 . 0 l b ( 1 8 , 1 4 k g )
7 0 8 6 0 0 - 2 S e r i e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 4 2 . 0 l b ( 1 9 , 0 5 k g )
Operating Characteristics
S p e e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2 5 0 r p m
Inlet Pressure ................................... 30 psig (207 kPa gage)
B o o s t S t a g e P r e s s u r e R i s e ( M i n i m u m ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 1 2 5 p s i d ( 8 6 2 k P a )
Discharge Pressure (Maximum) .................. 1100 psig (7585 kPa gage)
F u e l F l o w ( M a x i m u m ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9 g p m / 2 2, 7 0 0 p h r ( 2 2 3 l/ m i n )
Cranking Characteristics
S p e e d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2 5 r p m
Inlet Pressure ................................... 30 psig (207 kPa gage)
Discharge Pressure (Maximum) ................... 305 psig (2100 kPa gage)
F u e l F l o w ( M i n i m u m ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 . 1 g p m / 15 7 4 p h r ( 1 5 , 5 l/ m i n )

73-11-11
Page 3
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

2. O p e r a t i o n. See figures 2 and 3.

A. F u e l e n t e r s t h e p u m p i n l e t a t a p r e s s u r e o f a b o ut 3 0 p s i g ( 2 0 7 , 0 k P a
g a g e ) s u p p l i e d b y t h e a i r c r a f t b o o s t e r p u m p . T h e bo o s t s t a g e r a i s e s t h e
f u e l p r e s s u r e 1 2 5 p s i d ( 8 6 2 k P a ) o r m o r e a t 6 2 5 0 r pm . T h e b o o s t s t a g e
o u t p u t f l o w s t h r o u g h t h e e x t e r n a l h e a t e x c h a n g e r a nd t h r o u g h t h e f u e l
filter (non-cleanable).

B. A f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e d i v e r t s b o o s t s t a g e f l o w ar o u n d t h e f i l t e r i f t h e
filter becomes clogged.

C. Boost stage pressure forces heated and filtered fuel through internal
passages in the gear housing and pump cover to the gear stage. A pres-
s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e r e t u r n s a p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r s t ag e d i s c h a r g e f l o w
b a c k t o t h e g e a r s t a g e i n l e t i f g e a r s t a g e d i s c h a r ge p r e s s u r e e x c e e d s a
predetermined maximum.

D. The gear stage discharges through the wash flow filter to the fuel con-
t r o l a n d t o t h e f u e l - h y d r a u l i c a c t u a t i o n s y s t e m . Th e f u e l r e t u r n e d f r o m
the fuel control is ported back to the pump, after the boost stage, re-
f i l t e r e d , a n d r e t u r n e d t h r o u g h t h e g e a r s t a g e t o t he f u e l c o n t r o l .

73-11-11
Page 4
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

SERVO HEAT EXCHANGER


SUPPLY PORT (PF)

WASH FLOW
FILTER

GEAR STAGE
DISCHARGE
WASH FLOW PRESSURE
FILTER BYPASS TAP (PHP)
VALVE
DISCHARGE
PRESSURE PORT TO
RELIEF FUEL
VALVE CONTROL

RETURN
GEAR STAGE PORT FROM
FUEL
LUBE FLOW CONTROL
SCREEN ASSSEMBLY
FILTER
BYPASS VALVE

BOOST
AFTER FILTER STAGE
PRESSURE
TAP (PSF)
PUMP
FILTER COVER
BEARING
BEARING
BEFORE FILTER PLATE
PRESSURE TAP BEARING
(PEF)
RETURN PORT INLET
FROM HEAT OUTLET PORT
TO HEAT PORT
EXCHANGER
BOOST STAGE EXCHANGER
DISCHARGE PRESSURE
TAP

Schematic Flow Diagram


Figure 2

73-11-11
Page 5
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

RETURN PORT
FROM IDG
COOLER

Cross-Sectional View of Fuel Pump (Sheet 1 of 2)


Figure 3

73-11-11
Page 6
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

NOTE:
B IS GEAR STAGE INLET AREA.
C IS GEAR STAGE DISCHARGE AREA.

Cross-Sectional View of Fuel Pump (Sheet 2 of 2)


Figure 3

73-11-11
Page 7/8
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP - TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING

1. General.

A. T h i s t e s t h a s b e e n d e v e l o p e d b y A R G O - T E C H t o v a li d a t e t h e p e r f o r m a n c e o f
a p u m p d e s i g n e d a n d b u i l t u s i n g g e n u i n e A R G O - T E C H pa r t s . T h e s e p a r t s a r e
designed and manufactured to be used as a unit. Any use of non ARGO-TECH
parts may not allow for accurate testing.

B. This section provides procedures for testing and trouble shooting a fuel
pump that has been returned to the repair facility. Trouble shooting
w i l l d e t e r m i n e t h e e x t e n t o f r e p a i r s r e q u i r e d , i f an y . T e s t i n g w i l l d e -
t e r m i n e t h a t t h e r e p a i r s a c c o m p l i s h e d a r e s a t i s f a c to r y a n d t h a t t h e p u m p
i s r e a d y t o b e r e t u r n e d t o s e r v i c e . S e e T e s t i n g a nd T r o u b l e S h o o t i n g
S e q u e n c e C h a r t , f i g u r e 1 0 1 , t o d e t e r m i n e t h e s e q u e nc e i n w h i c h t h e i n d i -
v i d u a l p o r t i o n s o f t h i s s e c t i o n s h o u l d b e a c c o m p l i sh e d .

2. U n p a c k i n g. See IPL figure 1.

A. Remove shipping closure (5 or 5A) from mounting flange by removing three


nuts (10), bolts (15), and washers (20) or shipping closure ring (10A).
R e m o v e c o r r o s i o n i n h i b i t i n g b a g ( 2 0 B ) , i f i n s t a l l e d.

B. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 2 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g f o u r n ut s ( 3 0 ) , o n e b o l t ( 3 5 ) ,
a n d f i v e w a s h e r s ( 4 0 ) . R e m o v e p l a s t i c s h e e t i n g ( 2 0) , i f i n s t a l l e d .

C. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 4 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g t w o n u ts ( 5 0 ) a n d w a s h e r s ( 5 5 ) .

D. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 6 0 ) b y r e m o v i n g t w o b o lt s ( 6 5 ) a n d w a s h e r s
(70).

E. F o r t h e 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s r e m o v e t wo p l u g s ( 7 5 ) a n d p a c k -
ings (80). For the 708600 series pumps remove one plug (-75A) and pack-
ing (-80A).

F. Remove two plugs (85) and packing (90).

G. Remove plug (100) and packing (105).

H. Remove nameplate (107), if damaged, by removing four screws (108).

3. Preliminary Inspection. See IPL figure 2.

NOTE: Refer to figure 101.

A. Inspect all ports of both gear housing (670) and pump cover (200) for
damage to threads or sealing surfaces.

B. I n s p e c t s t u d s ( 1 9 0 a n d 6 5 0 ) a n d i n s e r t s ( 1 9 5 ) f or a n y a p p a r e n t l o o s e n e s s
or damage.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 101
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

C. V i s u a l l y i n s p e c t m o u n t i n g f l a n g e ( 1 1 0 ) , g e a r h o us i n g ( 6 7 0 ) , a n d p u m p
cover (200) for cracks and other damage.

NOTE: I f f i l t e r c o v e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s o n 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 t h r u –6 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 a n d
–2, and 708600-1 and –2 pumps have been removed and replaced with
m o u n t i n g b o l t s u s i n g s e l f a l i g n i n g n u t s , f i l t e r c o ve r a n d g e a r
h o u s i n g m u s t b e r e w o r k e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h R E P A I R, p a r a g r a p h 2 R .

D. F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 t h r u – 6 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 a n d – 2 , a n d 7 0 8 6 00 - 1 a n d – 2 p u m p s , i n -
s p e c t s i x m a c h i n e b o l t s ( 5 0 0 ) . I f m a c h i n e b o l t s h av e b e e n r e m o v e d a n d
r e p l a c e d w i t h a b o l t / n u t c o n f i g u r a t i o n p e r t h e s e r vi c e b u l l e t i n , t h e
bolt, washer, and self aligning nut must be removed and the filter cover
( 4 9 5 ) a n d g e a r h o u s i n g ( 6 7 0 ) m u s t b e r e w o r k e d i n a cc o r d a n c e w i t h R E P A I R,
paragraph 2R.

E. R e m o v e f i l t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) . R e m o v e f i l t e r e l e m e nt ( 5 1 0 ) f r o m g e a r h o u s -
i n g . I f t h e f i l t e r i s p u n c t u r e d , c o n t a m i n a t e d b y br o n z e p a r t i c l e s , o r
o t h e r w i s e d a m a g e d , d i s a s s e m b l e p u m p i n a c c o r d a n c e wi t h f i g u r e 1 0 1 . I f
the filter is not damaged or contaminated, install new filter element
( 5 1 0 ) o r r e i n s t a l l o l d f i l t e r e l e m e n t , a s s h o p p r a ct i c e d i c t a t e s , a s d e -
scribed in ASSEMBLY, paragraph 3.

NOTE: W h e n t h e p u m p i s r o t a t i n g v e r y s l o w l y o n t h e e n g in e t h e r e m a y b e
audible “clicking” noises heard. The phenomenon is called
“ s l i p / s t i c k ” a n d i s c a u s e d b y t h e f r i c t i o n a n d g e o me t r y o f t h e
pumping gears and the thrust bearing surfaces. In addition this
m e c h a n i s m c a n b e s i g n i f i c a n t l y a f f e c t e d b y t h e a m o un t a n d t y p e o f
f l u i d i n t h e p u m p . T h e s e c l i c k i n g s o u n d s a r e n o r m al .

F. I n s t a l l s p l i n e d r i v e r , 2 1 6 5 6 5 ( o r e q u i v a l e n t ) , ov e r s p l i n e d e n d o f m a i n
d r i v e s h a f t ( 4 5 ) . R o t a t e t h e m a i n d r i v e s h a f t c l o ck w i s e . C h e c k t h a t
t h e s h a f t r o t a t e s w i t h o u t r u b b i n g , b i n d i n g , o r s c r ap i n g . V i s u a l l y v e r -
i f y t h e i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( 2 8 5 ) i s r o t a t i n g w h i l e r o t at i n g m a i n d r i v e
s h a f t . V i e w i m p e l l e r s h a f t t h r o u g h f u e l c o n t r o l d ri v e p i l o t h o l e . I f
main or impeller drive shaft will not rotate, or if it rubs, binds, or
s c r a p e s , r e f e r t o M a i n t e n a n c e S e q u e n c e C h a r t i n I N TR O D U C T I O N . I f p u m p
r o t a t e s w i t h o u t r u b b i n g , s c r a p i n g , o r b i n d i n g , c o n ti n u e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
in accordance with the Testing and Trouble Shooting Sequence Chart, fig-
ure 101.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 102
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

TESTING TROUBLE SHOOTING


SEQUENCE FUEL PUMP SEQUENCE
APPLICABLE PORTIONS UNPACK, TESTING AND
PRELIMINARY OF ASSEMBLY
INSPECTION, TESTING TROUBLE SHOOTING
AND TROUBLE PARA 2
SHOOTING PARA 3
APPLICABLE PORTIONS
OF REPAIR
PRELIMINARY INSPEC-
TION, TESTING AND
NO APPLICABLE PORTIONS TROUBLE SHOOTING
PASS OF CHECK AND FITS PARA 3
AND CLEARANCES
YES

ANY OF THE FOLLOW-


ING REPLACED: APPLICABLE PORTIONS
GEARS, FIXED OF CLEANING
BEARINGS, PRES-
SURIZED BEARINGS,
BEARING PLATE, ACCOMPLISH NO
GEAR HOUSING APPLICABLE PART PASS
OF DISASSEMBLY
YES
TEST SETUP,
SEE TROUBLE TESTING AND
SHOOTING TABLE 105 TROUBLE SHOOTING
ITEMS YES PARA 5
REPLACED PRIMARY BREAK-IN
RUN, TESTING AND
TROUBLE SHOOTING REPAIR USING PUMP CALIBRATION
PARA 6 APPLICABLE PORTIONS AND EVALUATION TEST,
NO OF REPAIR TESTING AND TROUBLE
SHOOTING PARA 9
SECONDARY BREAK-IN
RUN, TESTING AND
TROUBLE SHOOTING
PARA 7 YES SEAL NO
LEAKAGE PASS

YES
RELIEF VALVE SETTING
TESTING AND TROUBLE FILTER INSPECTION,
SHOOTING PARA 8 YES PARTING TESTING AND TROUBLE
SURFACE SHOOTING PARA 3E
LEAKAGE

YES PUMP PER-


NO SEE TROUBLE FORMANCE NOT
PASS SHOOTING TABLE 105 TO SPECIFI-
YES CATION
NO
PUMP CALIBRATION PASS
TESTING AND TROUBLE
SHOOTING PARA 9 YES
STORAGE
PROCEDURES,
NO SEAL YES ASSEMBLY PARA 5
PASS LEAKAGE
YES
FILTER INSPECTION, RETURN PUMP TO
TESTING AND TROUBLE SERVICE
SHOOTING PARA 3E PARTING YES REPAIR USING
SURFACE APPLICABLE PARTS
LEAKAGE OF REPAIR

PASS NO
NOTE:
YES THE PUMP EVALUATION TEST
PUMP PER- SHOULD BE PREFORMED EVEN
ACCOMPLISH STORAGE FORMANCE NOT IF SHAFT SEAL AND/OR
PROCEDURES, TO SPECIFI- PARTING SEAL LEAKAGE IS
ASSEMBLY PARA 5 CATION EVIDENT, UNLESS THE
LEAKAGE IS SEVERE ENOUGH
YES TO SIGNIFICANTLY ALTER THE
RESULTS OF THE TEST.
RETURN PUMP TO
SERVICE

Testing and Trouble Shooting Sequence Chart


Figure 101

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 103
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

4. Test Equipment and Materials. See figure 102.

A. T h e t e s t s t a n d u s e d t o t e s t a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t t he f u e l p u m p s h a l l s a t -
i s f y t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f s y s t e m s c h e m a t i c d i a g r a m sh o w n i n f i g u r e 1 0 2 ,
and shall include the following:

NOTE: T h e t e s t s t a n d s h a l l n o t t r a n s m i t , o r g e n e r a t e , an y m e c h a n i c a l
vibration, in any direction, to the fuel pump at a level exceed-
ing 10g or 0.08 in. (2 mm) peak to peak.

(1) A suitable shaft power source (3), capable of driving the fuel pump
i n t h e r e q u i r e d d i r e c t i o n o v e r a c o n t i n u o u s l y v a r i ab l e s p e e d r a n g e
o f 6 0 0 t o 6 5 0 0 r p m . I t s h a l l b e p o s s i b l e t o s e t a nd m a i n t a i n t h e
s h a f t s p e e d w i t h i n a r a n g e o f ± 1 0 r p m o r 0 . 5 % o f i nd i c a t e d r e a d i n g ,
w h i c h e v e r i s g r e a t e r . T h e s h a f t d r i v e s h a l l d e l i v er a m i n i m u m
shaft torque of 65 lb ft (88,1 N·m) at 6250 rpm (77 hp minimum)
( 5 7 4 4 0 w a t t s ) , a n d s h a l l p r o v i d e f u l l l e n g t h e n g a ge m e n t o f t h e
p u m p d r i v e s p l i n e w i t h o u t d a m a g i n g t h e p a c k i n g g r o ov e o n t h e p u m p
d r i v e s h a f t . T h e p o w e r s o u r c e s h a l l h a v e a t a c h o m et e r ( 4 ) t o d e -
t e r m i n e t h e a c t u a l p u m p d r i v e s h a f t s p e e d . T h e t a ch o m e t e r s h a l l
h a v e a s c a l e r a n g e o f 6 0 0 t o 6 5 0 0 r p m w i t h a n a c c u ra c y o f 0 . 5 % o f
indicated reading; the maximum gage division shall be 5 rpm.

( 2 ) A m o u n t i n g f l a n g e a d a p t e r ( 2 ) d e s i g n e d t o d u p li c a t e t h e i n t e r f a c e
of the gear box and pump and provide a seal leakage drain cavity.

(3) A vented reservoir (6) of at least 150 gallon (568 liter) capacity.

( 4 ) A f u e l b o o s t s y s t e m p u m p , v a l v e , r e g u l a t o r , e tc . ( 7 ) c a p a b l e o f
m a i n t a i n i n g a f u e l p r e s s u r e o f 2 9 ± 2 p s i g ( 2 0 0 ± 1 3 ,8 k P a g a g e ) a t
t h e i n l e t o f t h e p u m p a s s e m b l y o v e r a f u e l f l o w r a ng e o f 2 t o
6 0 g p m ( 7 6 8 t o 2 3 , 0 4 0 p h r ) ( 7 , 6 t o 2 2 7 l/ m i n ) a n d a c h i e v i n g a m a x i -
mum of 35 psig (241 kPa gage) at a maximum flow of 60 gpm (23,040
p h r ) ( 2 2 7 l/ m i n ) .

(5) A filter (9) installed in the fuel supply line to the pump capable
of removing all particles to at least the 20 micron absolute (10
micron nominal) level.

( 6 ) A t e m p e r a t u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 1 0 ) c a p a b l e o f r e a d i ng b e t w e e n 5 0 ° t o
1 2 0 ° F ( 1 0 ° t o 4 8 , 9 ° C ) m e a s u r e d a t p u m p i n l e t w i t h an a c c u r a c y o f
±3°F (±1,7°C).

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 104
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 7 ) A p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 1 1 ) c o n n e c t e d t o t h e p u mp i n l e t p r e s s u r e t a p ;
with a minimum range of 0 to 40 psig (0 to 276 kPa gage) to be
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 1 % o f i n d i c a t e d r e a d i ng a n d a m a x i m u m
gage division 0.5 psi (3,5 kPa).

( 8 ) A p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 1 2 ) c o n n e c t e d t o t h e p u mp d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e
tap; with a minimum range of 100 to 1500 psig (690 to 10 343 kPa
g a g e ) t o b e m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 0 . 5 % o f i nd i c a t e d r e a d i n g ;
maximum gage division 5 psi (34,5 kPa).

(9) A flowmeter (13), with indicator, connected to the pump discharge


l i n e ; w i t h a m i n i m u m r a n g e o f 3 t o 1 0 0 g p m ( 1 , 1 5 2 to 3 8 , 4 0 0 p h r )
( 1 1 , 4 t o 3 7 9 l/ m i n ) t o b e m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 0 . 5 % o f
i n d i c a t e d r e a d i n g ; m a x i m u m g a g e d i v i s i o n 0 . 2 g p m ( 76 . 8 p h r )
( 0 , 7 6 l/ m i n ) .

( 1 0 ) A d i s c h a r g e v a l v e ( 1 4 ) w i t h a r a n g e o f 0 t o 15 0 0 p s i ( 0 t o 1 0 3 4 3
k P a ) ; t o c o n t r o l p u m p d i s c h a r g e f l o w b e t w e e n 0 t o 59 g p m ( 0 t o
2 2 , 6 5 6 p h r ) ( 0 t o 2 2 3 l/ m i n ) .

(11) A heat exchanger (15) capable of maintaining an inlet fuel tempera-


t u r e o f 8 0 ° ± 2 0 ° F ( 2 7 ° ± 1 1 , 1 ° C ) f o r a l l o p e r a t i n g co n d i t i o n s .

( 1 2 ) A f l o w m e t e r ( 1 6 ) , w i t h i n d i c a t o r , c o n n e c t e d to b y p a s s r e t u r n ; w i t h
a minimum range of 2 to 50 gpm (768 to 19,200 phr) (7,6 to 189
l/ m i n ) t o b e m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 2 % o f i n d ic a t e d r e a d i n g ;
m a x i m u m g a g e d i v i s i o n 0 . 1 g p m ( 3 8 . 4 p h r ) ( 0 , 3 8 l/ m i n ) .

NOTE: Leakage of bypass valve when normally closed will affect


pump performance measurements.

(13) A bypass valve (17) with a range of 0 to 1500 psi (0 to 10 343


kPa); to control bypass return flow between 0 to 59 gpm (0 to
2 2 , 6 5 6 p h r ) ( 0 t o 2 2 3 l/ m i n ) ; n o r m a l l y c l o s e d u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e
noted.

( 1 4 ) A d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 1 9 ) c o n n e ct e d a c r o s s t h e h e a t
e x c h a n g e r w i t h a m i n i m u m r a n g e o f 0 t o 4 0 p s i d ( 0 to 2 7 6 k P a ) t o b e
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 1 % o f i n d i c a t e d r e a d i ng ; m a x i m u m g a g e
division 1 psi (6,9 kPa).

( 1 5 ) A p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 2 1 ) c o n n e c t e d t o t h e b oo s t s t a g e d i s c h a r g e ,
P B P p o r t , f o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s , o r R ET O U R B P p o r t ,
for the 708600 series, with a minimum range of 0 to 200 psig (0 to
1 3 8 0 k P a g a g e ) t o b e m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 0. 5 % o f i n d i c a t e d
reading; maximum gage division 1 psi (6,9 kPa).

( 1 6 ) A p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 2 2 ) c o n n e c t e d t o t h e b ef o r e f i l t e r , P E F p o r t ,
w i t h a m i n i m u m r a n g e o f 0 t o 2 0 0 p s i g ( 0 t o 1 3 8 0 k Pa g a g e ) t o b e

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 105
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 0 . 5 % o f i n d i c a t e d r e a di n g ; m a x i m u m
gage division 1 psi (6,9 kPa).

( 1 7 ) A p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 2 3 ) c o n n e c t e d t o t h e a ft e r f i l t e r , P S F p o r t ,
w i t h a m i n i m u m r a n g e o f 0 t o 2 0 0 p s i g ( 0 t o 1 3 8 0 k Pa g a g e ) t o b e
m e a s u r e d w i t h a n a c c u r a c y o f 0 . 5 % o f i n d i c a t e d r e a di n g ; m a x i m u m
gage division 1 psi (6,9 kPa).

(18) Graduate, 0-10 cm3 (24), with an accuracy of ±0.1 cm3 and maximum
gage division of 0.1 cm3.

( 1 9 ) H e a t e r p o r t a d a p t e r ( 2 5 ) , 2 1 6 7 1 8 ( o r e q u i v a l en t ) . T h e t w o p a s s a g e s
s h o u l d b e c o n n e c t e d t h r o u g h v a l v e ( 2 0 ) o r o r i f i c e ad j u s t e d t o g i v e
a pressure drop of 34 ±2 psid (234 ±13,8 kPa) at a through flow of
5 5 g p m ( 2 1 , 1 2 0 p h r ) ( 2 0 8 l/ m i n ) .

( 2 0 ) D i s c h a r g e a d a p t e r ( 2 6 ) , 2 1 6 7 1 9 ( o r e q u i v a l e n t) .

(21) Inlet adapter (27), 216720 (or equivalent).

Legend for Figure 102

1. Fuel pump 14. Discharge valve


2. Mounting flange adapter 15. Heat exchanger
3. Shaft power source 16. Flowmeter with indicator
4. Tachometer (bypass return)
5. Not Used 17. Bypass valve
6. Reservoir 18. Not Used
7. Fuel boost system 19. Differential pressure indicator
8. Not Used 20. Valve or orifice
9. Test stand fuel filter 21. Pressure indicator (PBP port)
10. Temperature indicator 22. Pressure indicator (PEF port)
11. Pressure indicator (pump inlet) 23. Pressure indicator (PSF port)
12. Pressure indicator (pump 24. Graduate
discharge) 25. Heater port adapter, 216718
13. Flowmeter with indicator (pump 26. Discharge adapter, 216719
discharge) 27. Inlet adapter, 216720

N O T E : E q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s m a y b e u s e d f o r i t e m s 2 5 th r o u g h 2 7 .

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 106
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

NOTE:
BOOST STAGE DISCHARGE
PRESSURE TAP (RETOUR BP)
FOR 708600 SERIES.

Schematic Diagram of Test Setup


Figure 102

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 107
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

B. T h e f o l l o w i n g m a t e r i a l s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r a c c o m p li s h m e n t o f t e s t i n g a n d
trouble shooting.

( 1 ) T h e f o l l o w i n g t e s t f l u i d s m a y b e u s e d : M I L - T - 56 2 4 P G r a d e J P - 4 , M I L -
C-7024D Type II, ASTM-D1655 Jet A, MIL-T-83133D(1) Grade JP-8, or
C A N / C G S B - 3 . 2 2 - 9 3 N A T O F - 4 0 . T h e s p e c i f i c g r a v i t y [r e f e r e n c e d t o
water at 60°F (15.6°C)] of the test fluid shall be measured and re-
corded together with the fluid temperature at which the measurement
was obtained.

NOTE: The fluid temperature at the pump inlet shall be maintained


at 80° ±20°F (27° ±11,1°C).

(2) Grease (Krytox 283 AD or Ace-Kote 343X).

NOTE: Clean shaft to remove the previous grease before coating


with new grease.

5. T e s t S e t u p. See figure 102.

A. Coat the main drive shaft splines with grease. Install the fuel pump
i n t o t h e t e s t s t a n d . C o n n e c t a l l l i n e s a n d i n s t r u me n t a t i o n .

B. T h e s e a l c a v i t y d r a i n m u s t b e i n t h e d o w n p o s i t io n i n o r d e r t o d e t e r m i n e
seal leakage rate.

C. P e r f o r m a l l t e s t s a n d m e a s u r e m e n t s a t t h e t e s t si t e p r e v a i l i n g a m b i e n t
c o n d i t i o n s o f t e m p e r a t u r e , r e l a t i v e h u m i d i t y , a n d ba r o m e t r i c p r e s s u r e .

D. E n s u r e t h a t t h e r e s e r v o i r c o n t a i n s a n a d e q u a t e su p p l y o f t e s t f l u i d .

E. Unless otherwise noted, the pump discharge flow shall be controlled by


d i s c h a r g e v a l v e ( 1 4 ) , a n d t h e e x t e r n a l b y p a s s r e t u rn l i n e s h a l l r e m a i n
closed.

F. P r i o r t o s t a r t i n g t h e p u m p , p r i m e i t i n t h e f o l lo w i n g m a n n e r .

( 1 ) L o o s e n t h e p l u g s a n d c o n n e c t i o n s a t t h e f o l l o wi n g l o c a t i o n s :

(a) Inlet pressure tap - inlet adapter.

(b) B o o s t s t a g e - d i s c h a r g e - P B P f o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 30 0 s e r i e s
pumps.

(c) B o o s t s t a g e d i s c h a r g e - R E T O U R B P f o r 7 0 8 6 0 0 s er i e s p u m p s .

(d) Heat exchanger exit pressure tap - heater port adapter.

(e) After Filter - PSF.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 108
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(f) Gear stage discharge - PHP and PF.

(g) P u m p d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e t a p - d i s c h a r g e a d a p t e r.

( 2 ) U s i n g f u e l b o o s t s y s t e m ( 7 ) , a p p l y 5 t o 1 0 p s ig ( 3 4 , 5 t o 6 9 k P a
gage) fuel pressure to the pump inlet.

( 3 ) W h e n a i r - f r e e f u e l f l o w s f r o m e a c h l o o s e n e d p lu g o r c o n n e c t i o n ,
t i g h t e n e a c h o n e i n t h e o r d e r l i s t e d i n s t e p ( 1 ) , ab o v e .

G. D o n o t p r i m e r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y ( - 5 6 0 , I P L f ig u r e 2 ) u n l e s s i t h a s
been disassembled. If necessary, prime as follows:

(1) Apply 1 to 5 psig (6,9 to 34,5 kPa gage) inlet pressure to the pump
and loosen relief valve nut (565).

(2) Slowly back out relief valve cover (570) until the entrapped air is
bled off and air-free fuel flows from the loosened cover.

(3) Tighten the valve cover to the height shown in figure 103.

( 4 ) T i g h t e n t h e n u t w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e c o v e r i n p o si t i o n . Torque nut to
90 to 110 lb in. (10,2 to 12,4 N·m).

0.680 IN. (17,27 MM)


0.660 IN. (16,76 MM)

Installed Height of Valve Cover


Figure 103

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 109
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

H. The following operating precautions apply to all of the tests contained


i n t h i s s e c t i o n . F a i l u r e t o o b s e r v e t h e s e p r e c a u t io n s m a y r e s u l t i n
damage to the fuel pump.

CAUTION: BEFORE STARTING THE PUMP, ENSURE THAT FUEL INLET PRESSURE IS SET
A T 2 5 T O 3 5 P S I G ( 1 7 2 T O 2 4 1 k P a G A G E ) . F O R P R I M A RY B R E A K - I N R U N ,
PARAGRAPH 6, ACCELERATE THE PUMP FROM 0 TO 3000 RPM WITHIN 20 TO
30 SECONDS WITH THE PUMP DISCHARGE VALVE WIDE OPEN. ONCE THE PUMP
HAS COMPLETED THE PRIMARY BREAK-IN RUN, IF BEARINGS (425, 430,
460, AND 465, IPL FIGURE 2) OR GEARS (440, 445) OR GEAR HOUSING
( 6 7 0 ) H A V E B E E N R E P L A C E D , S L O W E R A C C E L E R A T I O N S O F 30 T O 6 0 S E C O N D S
MAY BE USED.

MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DISCHARGE PRESSURES AFTER STARTING


ARE AS FOLLOWS:

Discharge Pressure
Pump Speed Minimum Maximum
(rpm) psig (kPa gage) psig (kPa gage)
Below 1000 50 (345) 350 (2413)
1000-2000 100 (690) 500 (3448)
2000-3000 100 (690) 650 (4482)
3000-4000 100 (690) 800 (5516)
4000-5000 100 (690) 950 (6550)
5000-6500 200 (1380) 1200 (8274)

CAUTION: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DISCHARGE PRESSURE FOR CHECKING THE RELIEF VALVE
AND FOR OTHER SPECIAL TESTS IS 1350 PSIG (9308 kPa GAGE).

FOR ALL PUMP SPEEDS ABOVE 5000 RPM, RESTRICT THE HEATER ADAPTER
O R I F I C E O R V A L V E T O P R O V I D E A P R E S S U R E D R O P O F 3 4 ±2 P S I D ( 2 3 4
± 1 3 , 8 k P a ) A T A T H R O U G H F L O W O F 5 5 G P M ( 2 1 , 1 2 0 p h r ) ( 2 0 8 l/ m i n ) .

6. Primary Break-In Test. See figure 102 and table 101.

A. I n s t a l l t h e f u e l p u m p i n t h e t e s t s t a n d a s s p e c if i e d i n p a r a g r a p h s 5 A
t h r o u g h G , a b o v e . A l l o p e r a t i n g p r e c a u t i o n s d e s c r ib e d i n p a r a g r a p h 5 H
shall be observed.

NOTE: Slave filter element may be used.

B. R e m o v e r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y ( - 5 6 0 , I P L f i g u r e 2) , a n d r e p l a c e i t w i t h a
slave, or plug, so the relief valve cannot operate. If slave, or plug,
is not available, adjust the relief valve so it is tightly closed. This
a d j u s t m e n t w i l l p r e v e n t t h e r e l i e f v a l v e f r o m o p e n in g .

C. D u r i n g a c c o m p l i s h m e n t o f t h i s t e s t , c h e c k t h e f ue l p u m p f o r a n y s i g n o f
e x t e r n a l l e a k a g e . N o l e a k a g e i s a l l o w e d e x c e p t m a in d r i v e s h a f t s e a l
l e a k a g e a s c o l l e c t e d i n t h e s e a l d r a i n c a v i t y o f t he t e s t s t a n d . I f e x -

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 110
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

ternal (parting surface) leakage is recorded during this test, but is


n o t o f s u f f i c i e n t q u a n t i t y t o a f f e c t t h e t e s t r e q u ir e m e n t s o r e n d a n g e r
p e r s o n n e l , c o n t i n u e t h e p r i m a r y b r e a k - i n t e s t . A f te r t h e t e s t i s c o m -
pleted, refer to table 105 to correct the cause of the external leakage.
R e t e s t t h e f u e l p u m p u s i n g t h e s h o r t e r s e c o n d a r y b re a k - i n t e s t s p e c i f i e d
in paragraph 7.

(1) Determine seal leakage rate as follows:

(a) P l a c e g r a d u a t e ( 2 4 , f i g u r e 1 0 2 ) u n d e r s e a l d r a in c a v i t y t o
collect leakage.

(b) R e c o r d e l a p s e d t i m e s p e n t u n d e r t h e s p e c i f i e d te s t c o n d i t i o n s .
Test data not to be recorded in shaded areas.

(c) Determine the average leakage rate by dividing the total vol-
u m e o f f u e l c o l l e c t e d i n t h e g r a d u a t e , i n c u b i c c e nt i m e t e r s ,
b y t h e e l a p s e d t i m e , i n m i n u t e s , u n d e r t h e s p e c i f i ed t e s t c o n -
ditions.

( 2 ) S e a l d r a i n a v e r a g e l e a k a g e r a t e s h a l l n o t e x c ee d 0 , 3 c m 3 / m i n u t e .

(3) Record the seal leakage rate in table 101.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 111
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 101. Primary Break-in Test


Discharge Filter Inlet Filter Outlet Discharge Flow
Pressure Minimum Pressure Pressure gpm or
Shaft Speed psig ±10 or Run Time psig or psig or (phr) or
rpm ±50 (kPa gage ±69) Minutes (kPa gage) (kPa gage) (l/min)
3000* 200 (1380) 3
300 (2069) 1
400 (2760) 1
500 (3448) 1
600 (4140) 2
700 (4827) 2
200 (1380) 1
700 (4827) 3
4000 200 (1380) 1
300 (2069) 1
400 (2760) 1
500 (3448) 1
600 (4140) 1
700 (4827) 2
800 (5516) 2
200 (1380) 1
800 (5516) 3
5000 200 (1380) 1
300 (2069) 1
400 (2760) 1
500 (3448) 1
600 (4140) 1
700 (4827) 1
800 (5516) 2
900 (6206) 2
200 (1380) 1
1000 (6895) 2
200 (1380) 1
1000 (6895) 3

NOTE: Inlet temperature 80° ±20°F (27° ±11,1°C)


I n l e t p r e s s u r e 3 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a ge )

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 112
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 101. Primary Break-in Test (Continued)


Discharge Filter Inlet Filter Outlet Discharge Flow
Pressure Minimum Pressure Pressure gpm or
Shaft Speed psig ±10 or Run Time psig or psig or (phr) or
rpm ±50 (kPa gage ±69) Minutes (kPa gage) (kPa gage) (l/min)
6250 300 (2069) 1
400 (2760) 1
500 (3448) 1
600 (4140) 1
700 (4827) 1
800 (5516) 1
900 (6206) 2
1000 (6895) 2
300 (2069) 1
1100 (7585) 2
300 (2069) 1
1100 (7585) 3
300 (2069) 1
1200 (8274) 1
300 (2069) 1
1200 (8274) 2
300 (2069) 1
1200 (8274) 3
625 200 (1380) 2
300 (2069) 3
Seal drain leakage
Collected fluid volume: cm3
Elapsed sampling time: minutes
Average leakage rate: cm3/min (0,3 cm3/min maximum)
Other external leakage: pass fail
( n o o t h e r v i s u a l l y d i s c e r n a b l e l e a k a g e p e r m i t t e d)

* A t t h e b e g i n n i n g o f e a c h t e s t r u n , s e t i n l e t p r e s s ur e t o 3 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 k P a
gage) before starting pump. Accelerate pump from 0 to 3000 rpm within 20 to 30 sec-
o n d s w i t h p u m p d i s c h a r g e v a l v e w i d e o p e n , t h e n c o m pl e t e s p e e d - p r e s s u r e s c h e d u l e .
NOTE: Inlet temperature 80° ±20°F (27° ±11,1°C)
I n l e t p r e s s u r e 3 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a ge )

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 113
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

D. Before starting the pump, use fuel boost system (7, figure 102) to ad-
j u s t t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e a t t h e p u m p i n l e t t o 3 0 ± 5 ps i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a
g a g e ) . A c c e l e r a t e t h e p u m p f r o m 0 t o 3 0 0 0 r p m w i t hi n 2 0 t o 3 0 s e c o n d s
w i t h t h e p u m p d i s c h a r g e v a l v e ( 1 4 ) w i d e o p e n . A d j us t t h e d i s c h a r g e
pressure to 200 psig (1380 kPa gage) and run for a minimum of 3 minutes
w h i l e r e c o r d i n g d a t a i n t a b l e 1 0 1 . I n c r e a s e t h e d is c h a r g e p r e s s u r e t o
3 0 0 p s i g ( 2 0 6 9 k P a g a g e ) a n d r u n t h e p u m p f o r 1 m i nu t e m i n i m u m . C o m -
plete the speed-pressure schedule and record where required in table
101. The inlet pressure should be maintained at 30 ±5 psig (207 ±34,5
k P a g a g e ) . F u e l t e m p e r a t u r e a t p u m p i n l e t s h o u l d be 8 0 ° ± 2 0 ° F ( 2 7 °
± 1 1 , 1 ° C ) . I f t h e f i l t e r p r e s s u r e d r o p e x c e e d s 6 p si ( 4 1 k P a ) , t h e f i l -
ter element should be replaced.

7. Secondary Break-In Test. See figure 102 and table 102.

A. P e r f o r m t h e t e s t s e t u p a s s p e c i f i e d i n p a r a g r a p hs 5 A t h r o u g h G , a b o v e .
All operating precautions described in paragraph 5H shall be observed.

NOTE: Slave filter element may be used.

B. D u r i n g a c c o m p l i s h m e n t o f t h i s t e s t , c h e c k t h e f ue l p u m p f o r a n y s i g n o f
e x t e r n a l l e a k a g e . N o l e a k a g e i s a l l o w e d e x c e p t m a in d r i v e s h a f t s e a l
l e a k a g e a s c o l l e c t e d i n t h e s e a l d r a i n c a v i t y o f t he t e s t s t a n d .

(1) Determine seal leakage rate as follows:

(a) P l a c e g r a d u a t e ( 2 4 , f i g u r e 1 0 2 ) u n d e r s e a l d r a in c a v i t y t o
collect leakage.

(b) R e c o r d e l a p s e d t i m e s p e n t u n d e r t h e s p e c i f i e d te s t c o n d i t i o n s .

(c) Determine the average leakage rate by dividing the total vol-
u m e o f f u e l c o l l e c t e d i n t h e g r a d u a t e , i n c u b i c c e nt i m e t e r s ,
b y t h e e l a p s e d t i m e , i n m i n u t e s , u n d e r t h e s p e c i f i ed t e s t
conditions.

( 2 ) S e a l d r a i n a v e r a g e l e a k a g e r a t e s h a l l n o t e x c ee d 0 , 3 c m 3 / m i n .

(3) Record the seal leakage rate in table 102.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 114
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 102. Secondary Break-in Test


Discharge Filter Inlet Filter Outlet Discharge Flow
Pressure Minimum Pressure Pressure gpm or
Shaft Speed psig ±10 or Run Time psig or psig or (phr) or
rpm ±50 (kPa gage ±69) Minutes (kPa gage) (kPa gage) (l/min)
3000±50* 200 (1380) 1
Increase at 350-450 1.5
psi/min (2413-3103)
3000±15 700 (4827) 2
4000±50 200 (1380) 1
Increase at 100-200 3
psi/min (690-1380)
4000±20 800 (5516) 2
5000±50 200 (1380) 1
Increase at 100-200 4
psi/min (690-1380)
5000±25 1000 (6895) 2
6250±50 300 (2069) 1
Increase at 100-200 4
psi/min (690-1380)
6250±50 1100 (7585) 2
625±10 300 (2069) 2
Seal drain leakage
Collected fluid volume: cm3
Elapsed sampling time: minutes
Average leakage rate: cm3/min (0,3 cm3/min maximum)
Other external leakage: pass fail
( n o o t h e r v i s u a l l y d i s c e r n a b l e l e a k a g e p e r m i t t e d)
* A t t h e b e g i n n i n g o f e a c h t e s t r u n , s e t i n l e t p r e ss u r e t o 3 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 k P a
gage) before starting pump. Accelerate pump from 0 to 3000 rpm within 30 to 60 sec-
o n d s w i t h p u m p d i s c h a r g e v a l v e w i d e o p e n , t h e n c o m pl e t e s p e e d - p r e s s u r e s c h e d u l e .
NOTE: Inlet temperature 80° ±20°F (27° ±11,1°C)
I n l e t p r e s s u r e 3 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a ge )

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 115
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 103. Pressure Relief Valve Setting


Inlet
Pressure Gear Stage Discharge
psig Filter Pressure Rise Flow
Shaft 29 ±2 Discharge Outlet psid gpm or (phr)
Speed or Pressure Pressure or or
Relief rpm kPa gage psig psig (kPa) (l/min)
Valve 6250 (200 or (kPa or (kPa
Condition ±30 ±13,8) gage) gage) Required Actual Required Actual

Cracking 1050 ±20 *


(7239 ±138)
High- 1150 max 15.0 ±0.5
bypass (7929) (5760 ±192)
(56,8 ±1,9)
Recovery 1000 ±10.0
(6895 ±69)
Normal 1000 ±10.0
(6895 ±69)
CAUTION: D O N O T A L L O W T H E P U M P D I S C H A R G E F L O W T O F A L L B E LO W 1 4 . 5 g p m ( 5 5 6 8 p h r )
(54,9 l/min). DO NOT MAINTAIN THIS HIGH-BYPASS CONDITION FOR MORE THAN
15 SECONDS.
CAUTION: D O N O T E X C E E D T H E M A X I M U M A L L O W A B L E P U M P D I S C H A RG E P R E S S U R E O F 1 3 5 0 p s i g
( 9 3 0 8 k P a g a g e ) . D O N O T M A I N T A I N T H I S H I- B Y P A S S C O N D I T I O N F O R M O R E T H A N
15 SECONDS.
NOTE: C a l c u l a t e t h e g e a r s t a g e p r e s s u r e r i s e i n t h e s am e m a n n e r a s i n p a r a g r a p h 8 . C .
T h e d i s c h a r g e f l o w s f o r r e l i e f v a l v e c o n d i t io n s o f r e c o v e r y a n d n o r m a l m u s t b e
within 0.5 gpm (192 phr) (1,9 l/min) of each other.

*1.0 to 1.5 gpm (384 to 576 phr) (3,8 to 5,7 l/min) less than discharge flow at
6250 rpm, 1000 gear stage delta P.

C. Before starting the pump, use fuel boost system (7, figure 102) to ad-
j u s t t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e a t t h e p u m p i n l e t t o 3 0 ± 5 ps i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a
g a g e ) . A c c e l e r a t e t h e p u m p f r o m 0 t o 3 0 0 0 r p m w i t hi n 3 0 t o 6 0 s e c o n d s
w i t h t h e p u m p d i s c h a r g e v a l v e w i d e o p e n . A d j u s t t he d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e
to 200 psig (1380 kPa gage), and run for a minimum of 1 minute, then
gradually increase the discharge pressure at a rate of 350 to 450 psi
(2413 to 3103 kPa) per minute until 700 psig (4827 kPa gage) is
r e a c h e d . R u n a t a d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e o f 7 0 0 p s i g (4 8 2 7 k P a g a g e ) f o r a
minimum of 2 minutes while recording data in table 102. Complete the
s p e e d - p r e s s u r e s c h e d u l e c a l l e d o u t i n t a b l e 1 0 2 . Th e i n l e t p r e s s u r e
s h o u l d b e m a i n t a i n e d a t 3 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 0 7 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a ga g e ) . F u e l t e m p e r a -
ture at pump inlet should be 80° ±20°F (27° ±11°C). If the filter
p r e s s u r e d r o p e x c e e d s 6 p s i ( 4 1 k P a ) , t h e f i l t e r e le m e n t s h o u l d b e r e -
placed. Performance data shall be recorded at the highest discharge
p r e s s u r e f o r e a c h p u m p s p e e d , a s s h o w n i n t a b l e 1 0 2.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 116
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

8. P r e s s u r e R e l i e f V a l v e S e t t i n g. See figure 102.

A. P e r f o r m t h e t e s t s e t u p a s s p e c i f i e d i n p a r a g r a p hs 5 A t h r o u g h G , a b o v e .
All operating precautions described in paragraph 5H shall be observed.

NOTE: Slave filter element may be used.

B. Remove the slave, or plug, and reinstall relief valve assembly (-560,
I P L f i g u r e 2 ) . P r i m e t h e r e l i e f v a l v e i n a c c o r d a n ce w i t h p a r a g r a p h 5 G .

C. U s e f u e l b o o s t s y s t e m ( 7 ) t o a d j u s t t h e f u e l p r es s u r e a t t h e p u m p i n l e t
to 30 ±5 psig (207 ±34,5 kPa gage).

CAUTION: D O N O T E X C E E D T H E M A X I M U M A L L O W A B L E P U M P D I S C H A R GE P R E S S U R E O F
1 3 5 0 P S I G ( 9 3 0 8 k P a G A G E ) . D O N O T M A I N T A I N T H I S H IG H - B Y P A S S
CONDITION FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS.

D. Start the pump and accelerate to 6250 ±30 rpm. Slowly close discharge
v a l v e ( 1 4 ) u n t i l r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y ( - 5 6 0 , I P L fi g u r e 2 ) c r a c k s a n d
begins to bypass flow. This condition is indicated by a sudden increase
i n i n t e r s t a g e p r e s s u r e , w h i c h c a n b e r e a d a t p r e s s ur e i n d i c a t o r ( 2 2 ) l o -
c a t e d i n t h e p o r t m a r k e d P E F , a n d b y a c o r r e s p o n d i ng d e c r e a s e i n p u m p
d i s c h a r g e f l o w , r e a d a t f l o w m e t e r ( 1 3 ) . R e f e r t o ta b l e 1 0 3 , a n d r e c o r d
r e q u i r e d c r a c k i n g d a t a . C o m p u t e t h e g e a r s t a g e p r es s u r e r i s e b y s u b -
t r a c t i n g t h e p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t e d o n f i l t e r o u t l e t p re s s u r e i n d i c a t o r ( 2 3 )
f r o m t h e p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t e d o n p u m p d i s c h a r g e p r e s su r e i n d i c a t o r ( 1 2 ) .
I f t h e r e l i e f v a l v e c r a c k i n g p o i n t d o e s n o t o c c u r at a g e a r s t a g e p r e s -
s u r e r i s e o f 1 0 5 0 ± 2 0 p s i d ( 7 2 3 9 ± 1 3 8 k P a ) , t h e r e li e f v a l v e m u s t b e r e -
set as follows:

( 1 ) R e d u c e t h e p u m p d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u r e t o 2 0 0 t o 30 0 p s i g ( 1 3 8 0 t o 2 0 6 9
kPa gage).

(2) Loosen relief valve nut (565, IPL figure 2).

( 3 ) I f t h e v a l v e a c t u a t i o n i s p r e m a t u r e [ b e l o w 1 0 35 p s i d ( 7 1 3 7 k P a ) ] ,
t i g h t e n r e l i e f v a l v e c o v e r ( 5 7 0 ) ( c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i on ) . I f t h e a c -
t u a t i o n i s d e l a y e d [ a b o v e 1 0 6 5 p s i d ( 7 3 4 4 k P a ) ] , l oo s e n t h e r e l i e f
valve cover (counterclockwise rotation).

(4) Tighten the nut by applying a clockwise torque of 90 to 110 lb in.


( 1 0 , 2 t o 1 2 , 4 N · m ) w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r ew s t a t i o n a r y .

E. Recheck the relief valve cracking point at least twice to establish


v a l v e c o n s i s t e n c y a n d r e c o r d t h e r e q u i r e d d a t a i n ta b l e 1 0 3 .

NOTE: I f r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y c h a t t e r s , o r i f i t c a n n ot b e a d j u s t e d ,
replace it; retest and adjust if necessary.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 117
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

CAUTION: D O N O T A L L O W T H E P U M P D I S C H A R G E F L O W T O F A L L B E L OW 1 4 . 5 g p m
( 5 5 6 8 p h r ) ( 5 4 , 9 l/ m i n ) , A N D D O N O T M A I N T A I N T H I S H I G H - B Y P A S S
CONDITION FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS. DO NOT EXCEED A GEAR STAGE
P R E S S U R E D I F F E R E N T I A L O F 1 1 5 0 P S I D ( 7 9 3 0 k P a ) O R D IS C H A R G E
PRESSURE OF 1350 PSIG (9308 kPa).

F. A f t e r s a t i s f y i n g t h e r e l i e f v a l v e c r a c k p o i n t r eq u i r e m e n t , t h e h i g h -
b y p a s s p r e s s u r e r i s e s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d . D i s c h a r ge v a l v e ( 1 4 , f i g u r e
102) shall be further throttled, reducing the pump discharge flow and
c a u s i n g t h e p r e s s u r e r e l i e f v a l v e t o b y p a s s t h e m a jo r i t y o f t h e g e a r
stage flow internally. With a pump inlet pressure of 29 ±2 psig (200
±13,8 kPa gage) and a speed of 6250 ±30 rpm, close the discharge valve
u n t i l t h e d i s c h a r g e f l o w i s 1 5 . 0 ± 0 . 5 g p m ( 5 7 6 0 ± 1 92 p h r ) ( 5 6 , 8
± 1 . 9 l/ m i n ) , a n d r e c o r d t h e r e q u i r e d d a t a i n t a b l e 1 0 3 .

G. The relief valve recovery point shall be checked when discharge valve
( 1 4 ) i s o p e n e d f o l l o w i n g t h e h i g h - b y p a s s t e s t . W i th t h e i n l e t p r e s s u r e
m a i n t a i n e d a t 2 9 ± 2 p s i g ( 2 0 0 ± 1 3 , 8 k P a g a g e ) a n d th e s p e e d a t 6 2 5 0
± 3 0 r p m , o p e n t h e d i s c h a r g e v a l v e u n t i l a g e a r s t a ge p r e s s u r e r i s e o f
1000 ±10 psid (6895 ±69 kPa) is reached, and record the required data in
t a b l e 1 0 3 . C o n t i n u e o p e n i n g t h e d i s c h a r g e v a l v e u nt i l t h e g e a r s t a g e
p r e s s u r e r i s e f a l l s a n o t h e r 5 0 t o 1 0 0 p s i ( 3 4 5 t o 69 0 k P a ) ; t h e n c l o s e
the valve to reach a normal operating point at 1000 ±10 psid (6895
±69 kPa) and record the required data in table 103. The 1000 psid
( 6 8 9 5 k P a ) s e t p o i n t m u s t b e a p p r o a c h e d f r o m t h e i nd i c a t e d d i r e c t i o n
for each data point; any overshoot shall require a momentary return to
the previous set point before rechecking.

9. F u e l P u m p C a l i b r a t i o n a n d E v a l u a t i o n T e s t. See figure 102 and table 104.

NOTE: Subparagraph A does not apply to trouble shooting procedures.

A. Pump calibration testing (after repair) shall be accomplished with a new


f i l t e r e l e m e n t ( 5 1 0 , I P L f i g u r e 2 ) i n s t a l l e d . E i t he r t h e p r i m a r y o r
secondary break-in tests shall have been performed, as applicable to
l e v e l o f r e p a i r a c c o m p l i s h e d , a n d r e l i e f v a l v e a s s em b l y ( - 5 6 0 , I P L f i g -
u r e 2 ) s h a l l h a v e b e e n s e t a n d c a l i b r a t e d u s i n g p r ec e d i n g p a r a g r a p h 8 .

B. Pump evaluation testing (prior to repair) shall be accomplished after


performing the procedures described in paragraphs 2 and 3 of this sec-
t i o n t o d e t e r m i n e t h e l e v e l o f r e p a i r r e q u i r e d . T he i n f o r m a t i o n r e -
corded in table 104 during the performance of this test shall be used
w i t h t a b l e 1 0 5 t o d e t e r m i n e e i t h e r t h e e x t e n t o f t he r e q u i r e d r e p a i r s ,
o r i f t h e f u e l p u m p s h o u l d b e r e t u r n e d t o s e r v i c e as i s .

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 118
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 104. Fuel Pump Calibration


Discharge Discharge Boost
Pressure Flow Stage
psig gpm or Dis- Bypass Filter Filter Heat Ex-
or (phr) or charge Bypass Return Inlet Outlet changer
(kPa gage) (l/min) Pres- Flow Pres- Pres- Pres- Pres-
sure gpm or sure sure sure sure
psig or (phr) psig or psig or psig or Drop
Shaft (kPa or (kPa (kPa (kPa psid or
Para Speed rpm Required Actual Required Actual gage) (l/min) gage) gage) gage) (kPa)
9E(1) 625 ±10 305 ±5 4.1 min 0
(2103 (1577)
±34,5) [15,52]
9E(2) 4660 ±25 420 ±5 0
(2896
±34,5)
9E(3) 6250 ±30 420 ±5 59.0 max 0
(2896 (22,691)
±34,5) [223,3]
9E(4) 6250 ±30 1000 ±10 44.0 min 0
(6895 (16,992)
±69) [166,6]
9E(5) 6250 ±30 855 ±5 27.5 ±0.5 * 217 max
(5895 (10,576 (1496)
±34,5) ±192.5)
[104,1
±1,9]
9F Seal drain leakage
Collected fluid volume: cm3
Elapsed sampling time: minutes
Average leakage rate: cm3/min (0.3 cm3/min maximum)
Other external leakage: pass fail
(No other visually discernable leakage permitted)
NOTE: At the beginning of each test run, set inlet pressure to 30 ±5 psig (207 ±34 kPa gage) before
starting pump. Accelerate pump from 0 to 3000 RPM within 20 to 30 seconds with pump discharge
valve wide open, then complete speed-pressure schedule.
* Calculated value: A = Boost Stage Discharge Pressure minus Inlet Pressure
B = Test Fluid Specific Gravity @ 60°F (15,6°C)
A÷B = (165 psig [1138 kPa gage] min)

C. P e r f o r m t h e t e s t s e t u p a s s p e c i f i e d i n p a r a g r a p hs 5 A t h r o u g h G . A l l o p -
erating precautions described in paragraph 5H shall be observed.
D. D u r i n g a c c o m p l i s h m e n t o f t h i s t e s t , c h e c k t h e f ue l p u m p f o r a n y s i g n o f
e x t e r n a l l e a k a g e . N o l e a k a g e i s a l l o w e d e x c e p t m a in d r i v e s h a f t s e a l
l e a k a g e a s c o l l e c t e d i n t h e s e a l d r a i n c a v i t y o f t he t e s t s t a n d .
(1) Determine seal leakage rate as follows:
(a) Place graduate (24) under seal drain cavity to collect
leakage.
(b) R e c o r d e l a p s e d t i m e s p e n t u n d e r t h e s p e c i f i e d te s t c o n d i t i o n s .

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 119
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(c) Determine the average leakage rate by dividing the total vol-
u m e o f f u e l c o l l e c t e d i n t h e g r a d u a t e , i n c u b i c c e nt i m e t e r s ,
by the elapsed time in minutes, under the specified test
conditions.

( 2 ) S e a l d r a i n a v e r a g e l e a k a g e r a t e s h a l l n o t e x c ee d 0 , 3 c m 3 / m i n .

(3) Record the seal leakage rate in table 104.

E. Test the pump per table 104 as follows:

NOTE: T h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e t e s t c o n d i t i o n s s h a l l b e r u n wi t h a n i n l e t
p r e s s u r e o f 2 9 ± 2 p s i g ( 2 0 0 ± 1 3 , 8 k P a g a g e ) a n d a fu e l t e m p e r a -
ture of 80° ±20°F (27° ±11,1°C).

(1) Set the pump speed to 625 ±10 rpm and the pump discharge pressure
t o 3 0 5 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 1 0 3 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a g e ) , a n d r e c o r d t he r e q u i r e d d a t a
in table 104.

( 2 ) I n c r e a s e t h e s p e e d t o 4 6 6 0 ± 2 5 r p m , s e t t h e d is c h a r g e p r e s s u r e t o
4 2 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 8 9 6 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a g e ) , a n d r e c o r d t h e re q u i r e d d a t a i n
table 104.

( 3 ) I n c r e a s e t h e s p e e d t o 6 2 5 0 ± 3 0 r p m , s e t t h e d is c h a r g e p r e s s u r e t o
4 2 0 ± 5 p s i g ( 2 8 9 6 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a g e ) , a n d r e c o r d t h e re q u i r e d d a t a i n
table 104.

(4) Maintaining the speed at 6250 ±30 rpm, set the discharge pressure
t o 1 0 0 0 ± 1 0 p s i g ( 6 8 9 5 ± 6 9 k P a g a g e ) , a n d r e c o r d t he r e q u i r e d d a t a
in table 104.

( 5 ) M a i n t a i n i n g t h e s p e e d a t 6 2 5 0 ± 3 0 r p m , o p e n t he e x t e r n a l b y p a s s
v a l v e a n d s i m u l t a n e o u s l y s e t t h e p u m p d i s c h a r g e p r es s u r e t o 8 5 5
± 5 p s i g ( 5 8 9 5 ± 3 4 , 5 k P a g a g e ) , a n d d i s c h a r g e f l o w to 2 7 . 5 ± 0 . 5 g p m
( 1 0 , 5 6 0 ± 1 9 2 p h r ) ( 1 0 4 ± 1 , 9 l/ m i n ) ; r e c o r d t h e r e q u i r e d d a t a i n
table 104.

F. During the entire test, check the fuel pump for any sign of external
leakage. If seal leakage is observed, maintain the last test condition
f o r a m i n i m u m t i m e o f 5 m i n u t e s w h i l e c o l l e c t i n g t he s e a l d r a i n l e a k a g e
i n a g r a d u a t e . R e f e r t o p a r a g r a p h 9 D ( l ) t o d e t e r m in e s e a l l e a k a g e r a t e ,
and record required data in Table 104.

1 0 . M a i n F i l t e r I n s p e c t i o n. See IPL figure 2.

CAUTION: E N S U R E T H A T P A C K I N G S A R E N O T D A M A G E D D U R I N G I N S P EC T I O N O F T H E M A I N
FILTER.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 120
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

A. F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 , - 2 , - 3 , - 4 , - 5 , a n d - 6 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 an d - 2 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0 - 1 a n d
-2 pumps, remove filter cover (495) by removing six bolts (500), with
w a s h e r s ( 5 0 5 ) . F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 8 , - 9 , - 1 0 , - 1 1 , - 1 2 , - 13 , - 1 4 , a n d - 1 5 ,
7 0 8 3 0 0 - 4 , - 5 , a n d - 6 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0 - 5 , - 6 , a n d - 7 p u m p s, r e m o v e f i l t e r c o v e r
( - 4 9 5 A ) b y r e m o v i n g f i v e n u t s ( 5 0 3 ) , o n e b o l t ( - 5 0 0B ) , a n d s i x w a s h e r s
(-505B). Remove fuel filter element (510).

B. Inspect filter recess of gear housing (670) and the cover for solid con-
t a m i n a n t s , a l u m i n u m c h i p s , o r b r o n z e b e a r i n g m a t e r ia l . I f b r o n z e b e a r -
i n g m a t e r i a l i s p r e s e n t , o r i f t h e f i l t e r i s p u n c t ur e d o r o t h e r w i s e
damaged, disassemble pump in accordance with figure 101. Discard filter
element.

C. Lubricate preformed packings in each end of new filter element with


A e r o l u b r i p l a t e o r M o b i l 1 . I n s t a l l n e w f i l t e r e l e me n t , p a c k i n g s , c o v e r ,
w a s h e r s , a n d b o l t s o r n u t s . T o r q u e b o l t s o r n u t s to 7 0 t o 8 0 l b i n .
(7,9 to 9,0 N·m).

11. Trouble Shooting

Table 105, Trouble Shooting, provides a list of the most common troubles en-
countered while testing the fuel pump, followed by a list of the most prob-
able causes and the appropriate remedies. Wherever possible, these causes
a n d r e m e d i e s a r e l i s t e d i n t h e o r d e r o f e a s e o f r e pa i r s o t h a t i t e m s w h i c h
can be checked without disassembly of the pump are listed first whether or
n o t t h e y a r e t h e m o s t l i k e l y c a u s e s . T h i s c h a r t c an n o t l i s t a l l p o s s i b l e
pump malfunctions, and is intended only as a guide to assist service person-
nel in diagnosing the causes of pump malfunctions. After correcting the
t r o u b l e , p e r f o r m t h e r e q u i r e d t e s t s l i s t e d i n f i g u re 1 0 1 .

Table 105. Trouble Shooting (See IPL figure 2)

Trouble Probable Cause Remedy


Excessive seal leakage Seal (35) defective or Replace seal.
improperly seated
Packings (30, 40, 50) Replace packings.
defective or improperly
seated
Rotating seal ring (55) Repair as indicated in
face rough or damaged REPAIR paragraph 2B or
replace.
Weak spring washer (65) Replace spring.
Spring working height Install shims (75) as
improperly adjusted described in ASSEMBLY
paragraph 3AC.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 121
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 105. Trouble Shooting (Continued)

Trouble Probable Cause Remedy


Relief valve (-560) Weak or distorted spring Replace if defective.
chatters or operates (585)
erratically
Damaged or distorted valve Replace if defective.
housing bore (595)
Rough or damaged piston Replace if defective.
(590)
Improper adjustment Reset using TESTING AND
TROUBLE SHOOTING paragraph
8, or replace.
Leakage at parting Packings (205 thru 220), Replace packings.
surface defective or improperly
installed
Nicked or damaged packing Repair as indicated in
grooves on pump cover REPAIR paragraphs 2D or
(200) or gear housing 2Q, or replace defective
(670) gear housing.
Low boost stage pressure Excessive boost stage Recheck boost stage clear-
rise clearances ances and adjust shims per
ASSEMBLY paragraph 3M.
Boost stage components Inspect per CHECK
damaged paragraph 2J. Repair or
replace damaged
components.
Pump cover (200) damaged Repair per REPAIR para-
graph 2D or replace pump
cover.
Impeller (265) damaged Repair per REPAIR para-
graph 2E or replace.
Impeller shroud (310) not Shim per ASSEMBLY para-
properly shimmed graph 3M(8).

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 122
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 105. Trouble Shooting (Continued)

Trouble Probable Cause Remedy


Low flow or pressure, Insufficient break-in If flow is within 0.5 gpm
gear stage ( 1 9 2 p h r ) ( 1 , 9 l/ m i n ) , r u n
or rerun Secondary
Break-in Run per TESTING
AND TROUBLE SHOOTING
paragraph 7.
Relief valve (-560) defec- Adjust valve per TESTING
tive or improperly ad- AND TROUBLE SHOOTING
justed paragraph 8, inspect per
CHECK paragraphs 2AB
through AD, or replace.
Defective packings on Replace packings.
relief valve
Gear stage gears or bear- Recheck wear limits and
ings exceed wear limits replace defective parts.
Raised edge at worn area Blend raised edge as
in gear housing, or exces- indicated in REPAIR para-
sive wear graph 2Q, or replace gear
housing.
Defective or improperly Replace packings.
installed packings (485)
on bearings
Pressurized bearings (460, Install bearings per
465) and/or fixed bearings ASSEMBLY paragraphs 3E, F,
(-420) not fully seated and G.
onto gear faces
Improper fitting of bear- Replace or refit bearings
ings (425, 430, 460, 465) per REPAIR paragraph
2J(2).

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 123/124
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP - DISASSEMBLY

1. General.

U n l e s s o v e r h a u l o f t h e f u e l p u m p i s s p e c i f i e d b y a ir c r a f t o r p o w e r p l a n t
maintenance policy, the pump should be disassembled only to the extent re-
quired to repair or replace defective parts.

NOTE: See TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING to establish the condition of the
c o m p o n e n t o r m o s t p r o b a b l e c a u s e o f i t s m a l f u n c t i o n. D e t e r m i n e t h e
i t e m s r e q u i r i n g r e p a i r a n d / o r r e p l a c e m e n t a n d s e e fi g u r e 3 0 1 t o d e -
termine the extent of disassembly required without completely tearing
down and rebuilding the pump.

I n t h e I P L s e c t i o n , s u f f i x l e t t e r s h a v e b e e n a s s ig n e d t o i t e m n u m b e r s
w h e n n e c e s s a r y t o a d d p a r t s . I n t h e t e x t p o r t i o n of t h i s m a n u a l ,
h o w e v e r , a l l r e f e r e n c e s w i l l b e t o o n l y t h e b a s i c it e m n u m b e r u n l e s s
i t i s n e c e s s a r y t o r e f e r t o a s u f f i x i n o r d e r t o p ro p e r l y i d e n t i f y a
specific part.

2. Disassemble the Fuel Pump Installation. See IPL figure 1.

A. Remove shipping closure (5 or 5A) from mounting flange by removing three


nuts (10), bolts (15), and washers (20) or shipping closure ring (10A).
R e m o v e c o r r o s i o n i n h i b i t i n g b a g ( 2 0 B ) , i f i n s t a l l e d.

B. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 2 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g f o u r n ut s ( 3 0 ) , o n e b o l t ( 3 5 ) ,
a n d f i v e w a s h e r s ( 4 0 ) . R e m o v e p l a s t i c s h e e t i n g ( 2 0) , i f i n s t a l l e d .

C. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 4 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g t w o n u ts ( 5 0 ) a n d w a s h e r s ( 5 5 ) .

D. R e m o v e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 6 0 ) b y r e m o v i n g t w o b o lt s ( 6 5 ) a n d w a s h e r s
(70).

E. F o r t h e 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s r e m o v e t wo p l u g s ( 7 5 ) a n d p a c k -
ings (80). For the 708600 series pumps remove plug (-75A) and packing
(-80A).

F. Remove two plugs (85) and packings (90).

G. Remove plug (100) and packing (105).

73-11-11
Page 301
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

REMOVE SEAL CARRIER REMOVE MAIN DRIVE


ASSEMBLY (-5) SHAFT (45), ROTATING SEAL
3A RING (55), WASHERS (60, 70,
90), SHIM (75), SPRING
WASHER (65)
DISASSEMBLE IF 3B
NOMENCLATURE NECESSARY
3A

REMOVE BEARING PLATE REMOVE MOUNTING


SAMPLE ITEM FLANGE ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY (-375) NUMBER
BLOCK (-95)
3N 3C

DISASSEMBLE IF
DISASSEMBLY NECESSARY
PARAGRAPH NUMBER
3C

REMOVE WASH FLOW


FILTER BYPASS VALVE
(115 THRU 140)
FUEL PUMP INSTALLATION FUEL PUMP 3E
IPL FIG. 1 IPL FIG. 2

REMOVE LUBE FLOW


SCREEN ASSEMBLY (145)
3F
SHIPPING HARDWARE
STEPS 2A-L (5, 25, 45
60, 75, 85, 100), REMOVE PUMP COVER REMOVE WASH FLOW
NAMEPLATE (107), ASSEMBLY (-160) FILTER (225)
DECAL (109), SERVICE 3G 3H
BULLETIN PLATE (106)
CONTINUED
DISASSEMBLE IF ON
NECESSARY SHEET 2
3G

REMOVE MACHINE REMOVE COVER PLATE


PLUGS (490, 492) (636)
NOTE:
THE USE OF THIS SEQUENCE CHART 3T 3X
WITH IPL FIG. 1 AND 2 WILL ALLOW
EASY ACCESS TO THE ITEMS FOUND
BY TROUBLE SHOOTING TO REQUIRE REMOVE FILTER COVER
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT. (495), FILTER ELEMENT
(510), SPRING (525),
RETAINING RING (530),
PLUG (535)
3U

REMOVE RELIEF VALVE DISASSEMBLE IF NECES-


ASSEMBLY (-560) SARY (-560 THRU 595)
3V 3V

REMOVE FILTER BYPASS


VALVE (600 THRU 635)
3W

REMOVE MACHINE PLUG


(675)
3Z

Disassembly Sequence Chart (Sheet 1 of 2)


Figure 301

73-11-11
Page 302
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

REMOVE PRESSURIZED REMOVE MATCHED SET OF


BEARINGS (460, 465), GEARS (-435)
DOWEL PIN (470)
3R
3S

REMOVE MATCHED SET OF


GEAR HOUSING ASSEMBLY FIXED BEARINGS (-420)
(-640) REF. (670) REMAINS 3Q
WHEN PUMP DISASSEMBLED
TO THIS LEVEL
REMOVE BOOST STAGE
DRIVE SHAFT (410)
DISASSEMBLE IF 3P
NECESSARY
3Y

REMOVE BEARING PLATE


DISASSEMBLE IF ASSEMBLY (-375)
NECESSARY
3N 3N

REMOVE THRUST BEARING


(350), DOWEL PIN (360),
SPRINGS (365), CONTROL
DRIVE SHAFT (370)
3M

CONTINUED REMOVE IMPELLER/INDUCER REMOVE IMPELLER SHROUD


FROM CLUSTER (BOOST STAGE) (310) AND SHIM (325)
SHEET 1 3J 3L

DISASSEMBLE IF NECES-
SARY (230 THRU 305)
3K

Disassembly Sequence Chart (Sheet 2 of 2)


Figure 301

H. R e m o v e n a m e p l a t e ( 1 0 7 ) i f d a m a g e d , b y r e m o v i n g fo u r s c r e w s ( 1 0 8 ) .

J. Remove decal (109) if damaged.

K. Remove service bulletin plate (106) if damaged.

73-11-11
Page 303
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

3. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e F u e l P u m p. See IPL figure 2.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUNCH, STAMP, FILE, OR SCRIBE ANY MARKS ON MICROFINISHED


SURFACES.

BEFORE DISASSEMBLY, MATCH-MARK ALL ROTATING PARTS WITH BLUING TO


E N S U R E R E A S S E M B L Y I N T H E I R O R I G I N A L P O S I T I O N S A N D ME A S U R E / R E C O R D
THICKNESS OF ALL SHIMS.

NOTE: Refer to Table 301 for disassembly tools. E q u i v al e n t s u b s t i t u t e s


may be used unless otherwise indicated.

A. R e m o v e s e a l c a r r i e r a s s e m b l y ( - 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g f ou r b o l t s ( 1 0 ) a n d w a s h -
ers (15). Remove packing (30). Remove shaft seal (35) from seal car-
r i e r a s s e m b l y ( - 5 ) b y p l a c i n g t h e s e a l c a r r i e r a s s em b l y o n s e a l r e m o v a l
support, 216746, so that thrust bearing (20) rests squarely on the sup-
p o r t . U s i n g s h a f t s e a l a s s e m b l y f i x t u r e , 2 1 6 5 6 4 , an d a s u i t a b l e a r b o r
press, carefully press out shaft seal (35). Remove packing (40) from
i t s r e c e s s e d p o s i t i o n i n s e a l c a r r i e r a s s e m b l y ( - 5 ). R e m o v e t h r u s t
b e a r i n g ( 2 0 ) , i f r e p l a c e m e n t i s n e c e s s a r y , b y c a r e fu l l y c h i p p i n g o r m a -
chining it out of seal carrier (25). See REPAIR paragraph 2A.

B. R e m o v e m a i n d r i v e s h a f t ( 4 5 ) f r o m d r i v e g e a r , r em o v e p a c k i n g ( 5 0 ) f r o m
drive shaft end, and slide rotating seal ring (55) over spline. Remove
o u t e r s h o u l d e r w a s h e r ( 6 0 ) , s p r i n g w a s h e r ( 6 5 ) , i n ne r s h o u l d e r w a s h e r
( 7 0 ) , s h i m ( 7 5 ) , a n d w a s h e r ( 9 0 ) f r o m s h o u l d e r o f dr i v e g e a r .

C. F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 , - 3 , - 5 , - 8 , - 1 0 , a n d – 1 2 p u m p s r e mo v e m o u n t i n g f l a n g e a s -
sembly (-95) by removing eleven screws (100). For 704300-2, -4, -6, -9,
- 1 1 , - 1 3 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s r em o v e m o u n t i n g f l a n g e
assembly (-95A) by removing twelve screws (-100A). If dowel pins (105)
m u s t b e r e p l a c e d , u s e a s u i t a b l e a r b o r p r e s s a n d p lu g t o p r e s s d o w e l
pins from mounting flange (110).

D. Mount fuel pump on work bench with control shaft up.

Table 301. Tooling

Part Number Part Name


100-47856 Bearing Extractor
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A SUBSTITUTE FOR THE TORQUE FIXTURE. USING A
DIFFERENT TORQUE FIXTURE CAN CAUSE PUMP DAMAGE.
216562 (no substitute) Torque Fixture
216564 Shaft Seal Assembly Fixture
216746 Seal Removal Support

73-11-11
Page 304
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

WARNING: T H E W A S H F L O W F I L T E R B Y P A S S V A L V E R E T A I N E R I S U N DE R S P R I N G
P R E S S U R E . U S E C A R E T O A V O I D I N J U R Y A N D P O S S I B L E D AM A G E O R L O S S O F
PARTS.

E. R e m o v e w a s h f l o w f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e r e t a i n e r ( 11 5 ) f r o m p u m p c o v e r a s -
s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) , a n d r e m o v e p a c k i n g ( 1 2 0 ) . R e m o v e c om p r e s s i o n s p r i n g
(125), valve (130), guide (135), and packing (140) from valve housing.

F. Remove lube flow screen assembly (145) from pump cover assembly (-160).
Remove packings (150 and 155) from screen assembly.

G. R e m o v e p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) f r o m g e a r h o u si n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) b y
removing 12 bolts (165), bracket (167), and washers (170). If thrust
bearing (175) must be replaced, drill out pin (180) and machine thrust
b e a r i n g ( 1 7 5 ) o u t o f p u m p c o v e r ( 2 0 0 ) . D o n o t r e m ov e i n s e r t s ( 1 8 5 a n d
195) or studs (190) unless replacement is required.

H. R e m o v e p a c k i n g s ( 2 0 5 , 2 1 0 , 2 1 5 , a n d 2 2 0 ) a n d w a sh f l o w f i l t e r ( 2 2 5 ) f r o m
t h e i n t e r f a c e b e t w e e n p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) a nd g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m -
bly (-640).

CAUTION: W H I L E R E M O V I N G I M P E L L E R / I N D U C E R C L U S T E R , D O N O T AL L O W C O N T R O L
DRIVE SHAFT (370) TO FALL FROM THE CLUSTER.

J. R e m o v e i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r ( b o o s t s t a g e ) a nd m o u n t o n t o r q u e f i x -
ture, 216562. Do not disassemble impeller/inducer cluster unless deter-
mined to be necessary by CHECK paragraph 2J.

K. I f i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r d i s a s s e m b l y i s r e q u ir e d , r e m o v e s h i m s ( 2 3 0 ,
2 5 0 , a n d 2 7 0 ) , i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ) , a n d i m p e l l e r ( 2 6 5 ) f ro m i m p e l l e r s h a f t
(285) by removing impeller shaft nut (290). Remove control shaft re-
t a i n e r ( 2 9 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g r e t a i n i n g r i n g ( 3 0 0 ) . R e mo v e k e y ( 3 0 5 ) f r o m
impeller shaft (285).

L. Remove impeller shroud (310) by removing screws (315) and washers (320).
R e m o v e s h r o u d s h i m ( 3 2 5 ) a n d p a c k i n g s ( 3 4 0 a n d 3 4 5 ).

CAUTION: TAKE CARE THAT SPRINGS ARE NOT LOST AFTER REMOVAL FROM BEARING
PLATE ASSEMBLY.

M. R e m o v e t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 3 5 0 ) , p a c k i n g ( 3 5 5 ) , d o w el p i n ( 3 6 0 ) , t h r e e
s p r i n g s ( 3 6 5 ) , a n d c o n t r o l d r i v e s h a f t ( 3 7 0 ) f r o m be a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y
(-375).

73-11-11
Page 305
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

N. Remove bearing plate assembly (-375) by removing bolts (380) and washers
( 3 8 5 ) . I f b e a r i n g ( 3 9 0 ) m u s t b e r e p l a c e d , d r i l l o ut p i n ( 3 9 5 ) i n b e a r -
i n g ( 3 9 0 ) , a n d m a c h i n e t h e b e a r i n g o u t o f b e a r i n g pl a t e a s s e m b l y . D o
not remove six inserts (400) unless replacement is required.

NOTE: W h e n t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y ( - 3 7 5 ) i s i n s t a l le d i n t o t h e g e a r
housing assembly (-640), one of the two pins (395) used in the
bearing plate assembly is used as an alignment pin to ensure
proper assembly to the gear housing. Some bearing plate assembly
r e p a i r a c t i o n s c a n c a u s e t h e r e p l a c e m e n t o f t h i s p in w i t h a f a b -
ricated replacement pin. See REPAIR paragraph 2H for additional
information.

P. Remove boost stage drive shaft (410).

Q. R e m o v e f i x e d d r i v e b e a r i n g s ( 4 2 5 ) a n d f i x e d d r i ve n b e a r i n g ( 4 3 0 ) a s a
unit, along with dowel pin (415).

NOTE: M a t c h e d s e t o f f i x e d b e a r i n g s m u s t b e k e p t t o g e t he r a s a u n i t ,
along with dowel pin (415).

R. P r i o r t o r e m o v a l o f t h e m a t c h e d s e t o f g e a r s ( - 43 5 ) , m a r k t h e t o p o f o n e
gear tooth and mating root of the other gear tooth to ensure that the
gears are assembled in the same mesh. Remove drive gear (440) and
driven gear (445). Remove packing (450) and backup ring (455) from
drive gear (440).

NOTE: M a t c h e d s e t o f g e a r s m u s t b e k e p t t o g e t h e r a s a un i t .

S. R e m o v e p r e s s u r i z e d d r i v e b e a r i n g ( 4 6 0 ) a n d p r e s su r i z e d d r i v e n b e a r i n g
( 4 6 5 ) a s a u n i t , a l o n g w i t h d o w e l p i n ( 4 7 0 ) . U s e be a r i n g e x t r a c t o r ,
1 0 0 - 4 7 8 5 6 , i f n e e d e d . R e m o v e t w o b a c k u p r i n g s ( 4 8 0) a n d p a c k i n g s ( 4 8 5 )
from pressurized bearings (460 and 465). Remove 22 springs (475).

T. R e m o v e p l u g ( 4 9 0 ) f r o m a c c e l e r o m e t e r m o u n t i n g b os s i n g e a r h o u s i n g a s -
sembly (-640).

U. For 708600 series pumps only, remove plug (492) and packing (493).

V. F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 , - 2 , - 3 , - 4 , - 5 , a n d – 6 ; 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 an d - 2 ; 7 0 8 6 0 0 - 1 a n d – 2
p u m p s , r e m o v e f i l t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) b y r e m o v i n g s i x b ol t s ( 5 0 0 ) , w i t h w a s h -
ers (505).

73-11-11
Page 306
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

W. F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 8 , - 9 , - 1 0 , - 1 1 , - 1 2 , - 1 3 , - 1 4 , a n d -1 5 ; 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 4 a n d – 5 ;
708600-5 and –6 pumps, remove filter cover (-495A) by removing five nuts
(503), one bolt (-500B), and six washers (-505B). If necessary to re-
m o v e f i v e D - h e a d b o l t s ( 5 0 7 ) , r e m o v e r e t a i n i n g r i n gs ( 5 0 6 ) .

X. R e m o v e f u e l f i l t e r e l e m e n t ( 5 1 0 ) a n d p a c k i n g s ( 51 5 a n d 5 2 0 ) . I f n e c e s -
sary to remove wave spring (525), remove retaining ring (530) from fil-
t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) . R e m o v e p l u g ( 5 3 5 ) a n d p a c k i n g ( 5 40 ) .

Y. R e m o v e s a f e t y w i r e s e a l ( 5 5 5 ) . R e m o v e r e l i e f v al v e a s s e m b l y ( - 5 6 0 ) f r o m
g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) u s i n g a 1 - 7 / 8 i n c h o p en e n d w r e n c h . R e m o v e
p a c k i n g s ( 5 4 5 a n d 5 5 0 ) f r o m t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e g r o o v es o n r e l i e f v a l v e
housing (595). If necessary to disassemble relief valve assembly
( - 5 6 0 ) , l o o s e n r e l i e f v a l v e n u t ( 5 6 5 ) , a n d r e m o v e re l i e f v a l v e c o v e r
( 5 7 0 ) , w a s h e r ( 5 7 5 ) , p a c k i n g ( 5 8 0 ) , s p r i n g ( 5 8 5 ) , an d r e l i e f v a l v e p i s -
ton (590) from relief valve housing (595).

Z. R e m o v e f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e c o v e r ( 6 0 0 ) b y r e m o v in g t h r e e b o l t s ( 6 0 5 ) a n d
washers (610). Remove packing (615) from groove in cover. Remove filter
b y p a s s v a l v e g u i d e ( 6 2 0 ) , s p r i n g ( 6 2 5 ) , f i l t e r b y p as s v a l v e ( 6 3 0 ) , a n d
r e t a i n i n g r i n g ( 6 3 5 ) a s a u n i t a n d s e p a r a t e b y r e m ov i n g t h e r e t a i n i n g
ring.

A A . F o r 7 0 8 6 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s r e m o v e c o v e r p l a t e ( 6 3 6) b y r e m o v i n g b o l t s ( 6 3 7 )
a n d w a s h e r s ( 6 3 8 ) . R e m o v e p a c k i n g ( 6 3 9 ) f r o m p a c k in g g r o o v e o f c o v e r
plate.

AB. Do not disassemble gear housing assembly (-640) unless necessary. Remove
d o w e l p i n s ( 6 4 5 ) , s t u d s ( 6 5 0 ) , a n d i n s e r t s ( 6 5 5 , 6 60 , a n d 6 6 5 ) f r o m g e a r
h o u s i n g ( 6 7 0 ) . F o r 7 0 8 6 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s o n l y , r e m o ve i n s e r t s ( - 6 5 6 a n d
667).

A C . R e m o v e p l u g ( 6 7 5 ) a n d p a c k i n g ( 6 8 0 ) f r o m g e a r ho u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) .

73-11-11
Page 307
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

4. R e q u i r e d P a r t s R e p l a c e m e n t. See IPL figure 2.

A. D i s c a r d a n d r e p l a c e a l l p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s a n d ba c k u p r i n g s ( 3 0 , 4 0 , 5 0 ,
1 2 0 , 1 4 0 , 1 5 0 , 1 5 5 , 2 0 5 , 2 1 0 , 2 1 5 , 2 2 0 , 3 4 0 , 3 4 5 , 35 5 , 4 5 0 , 4 5 5 , 4 8 0 ,
4 8 5 , 4 9 3 , 5 1 5 , 5 2 0 , 5 4 0 , 5 4 5 , 5 5 0 , 5 8 0 , 6 1 5 , 6 3 9 , an d 6 8 0 ) .

B. Discard and replace safety wire seal (555).

C. I f R E P A I R p a r a g r a p h 2 Q ( 3 ) h a s b e e n p e r f o r m e d o n t h e p u m p , d is c a r d a n d
r e p l a c e p a c k i n g ( M 2 5 9 9 8 - 1 - 9 0 6 ) i n s t a l l e d o n p l u g ( 21 9 9 5 9 - 4 ) .

5. R e c o m m e n d e d P a r t s R e p l a c e m e n t. See IPL figure 2.

NOTE: See paragraph 4 above.

A. D i s c a r d a n d r e p l a c e a l l v i t o n w a s h e r s ( 6 0 , 7 0 , an d 9 0 ) .

B. D i s c a r d a n d r e p l a c e s h i m s ( 7 5 , 2 3 0 , 2 5 0 , 2 7 0 , a nd 3 2 5 ) .

C. Discard and replace stationary shaft seal (35).

D. Replacement of any other items shall be based on the requirements of


CHECK and FITS AND CLEARANCES sections of this component maintenance
manual.

73-11-11
Page 308
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP - CLEANING

1. General.

Refer to table 401 for a list of approved cleaning agents.

Table 401. Approved Cleaning Agents

NOTE: E q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s m a y b e u s e d u n l e s s o t h e r wi s e i n d i c a t e d .
BRULIN 1990 GD Brulin & Company, Inc.
P.O. Box 270
Indianapolis, IN 46206-0270

2. C l e a n i n g P r o c e d u r e.

WARNING: C L E A N A L L P A R T S I N A W E L L - V E N T I L A T E D A R E A . D O N OT I N H A L E S O L V E N T
F U M E S . A V O I D D I R E C T E Y E C O N T A C T A N D D O N O T A L L O W TH E S O L V E N T T O T O U C H
Y O U R S K I N F O R L O N G P E R I O D S O F T I M E . D I R E C T E Y E C O NT A C T A N D R E P E A T E D
S K I N C O N T A C T C A N C A U S E I R R I T A T I O N . F O R E Y E C O N T A C T, F L U S H W I T H L A R G E
A M O U N T S O F W A T E R F O R 1 5 M I N U T E S . G E T M E D I C A L A T T E NT I O N . F O R S K I N
CONTACT, WASH WITH MILD SOAP AND WATER.

C l e a n a l l m e t a l p a r t s t h o r o u g h l y w i t h c l e a n i n g a g en t s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e 4 0 1 .
Use a soft-bristle brush to remove stubborn dirt. Use clean compressed air
a t 3 0 p s i g ( 2 0 7 k P a g a g e ) m a x i m u m d i s c h a r g e p r e s s u re t o b l o w t h r o u g h a l l
passages. Allow all parts to dry thoroughly before reassembly. Use com-
p r e s s e d a i r t o c h e c k a l l p a s s a g e s t o e n s u r e t h a t t he y a r e n o t o b s t r u c t e d .

WARNING: U S E P R O T E C T I V E E Q U I P M E N T T O P R E V E N T I N J U R Y T O E Y ES A N D F A C E W H E N U S I N G
COMPRESSED AIR. THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED AIR PRESSURE IS 30 PSIG (207
kPa GAGE). DO NOT POINT AIR STREAM AT YOURSELF OR OTHER PERSONS.

73-11-11
Page 401/402
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP – CHECK

1. General.

A. This check information is for ARGO-TECH designed and built parts. These
parts are designed and manufactured to be used as a pump unit. Any use
o f n o n A R G O - T E C H p a r t s m a y n o t a l l o w f o r p r o p e r i n sp e c t i o n o f p a r t s .

B. T h i s s e c t i o n c o n t a i n s d e t a i l e d c h e c k i n g p r o c e d u re s f o r t h e c o m p o n e n t
parts of the fuel pump. Consult the illustrations in this section for
c r i t i c a l a r e a s a n d a r e a s o f g r e a t e s t w e a r , t h e n r e fe r t o F I T S A N D
C L E A R A N C E S t o d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r t h e p a r t c a n b e r e u s e d , r e p a ir e d , o r r e -
placed.

NOTE: W h e n m e a s u r i n g d i m e n s i o n s b e t w e e n / o v e r b a l l s o r pi n s , e n s u r e t h a t
balls or pins are axially aligned.

NOTE: I n t h e I P L s e c t i o n , s u f f i x l e t t e r s h a v e b e e n a s s ig n e d t o i t e m
n u m b e r s w h e n n e c e s s a r y t o a d d p a r t s . I n t h e t e x t po r t i o n o f t h i s
manual, however, all references will be to only the basic item
number unless it is necessary to refer to a suffix in order to
properly identify a specific part.

NOTE: W h e n p e r f o r m i n g c h e c k s , c h e c k t h e r e t e n t i o n c o n f ig u r a t i o n o f t h e
fuel filter cover (495, IPL figure 2). If the fuel filter cover
is not retained with D-head bolts (507, IPL Figure 2), REPAIR
paragraph 2R must be performed.

C. I t e m s r e q u i r i n g o n l y i n s p e c t i o n i n a c c o r d a n c e w it h p a r a g r a p h 1 B , b e l o w ,
and general repair-in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 1B are not spe-
c i f i c a l l y i n c l u d e d i n t h i s s e c t i o n . O n l y i t e m s r e qu i r i n g s p e c i a l i z e d
inspection procedures are included here.

( 1 ) V i s u a l l y i n s p e c t t h e f o l l o w i n g i t e m s f o r d a m a ge o r l o o s e n e s s :
b o l t s , n u t s , t h r e a d e d h o l e s , h e l i c a l i n s e r t s , s t u d s, m a c h i n e p l u g s ,
standard washers, retaining rings, and pins.

( 2 ) V i s u a l l y i n s p e c t a l l p a r t s f o r e x c e s s i v e s c o r in g , c r a c k s , b r e a k s ,
c o r r o s i o n , d i s t o r t i o n , a n d o t h e r o b v i o u s s i g n s o f da m a g e .

(3) Use a 10-power magnifying glass to inspect all aluminum castings


f o r c r a c k s . U s e f l u o r e s c e n t p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t i o n in a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h M I L - S T D - 6 8 6 6 T y p e 1 , M e t h o d A t o c h e c k s u s p e c te d a r e a s .

NOTE: No cracks allowed except in shearwater nose area of the


f r o n t c o v e r . S h e a r w a t e r n o s e c r a c k s s h a l l n o t e x c ee d o n e
c r a c k ; c r a c k s h a l l n o t b e g r e a t e r t h a n 0 . 5 i n . ( 1 2 ,7 m m ) i n
length and shall not extend into the fillet.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 501
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 4 ) U s e f l u o r e s c e n t p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t i o n i n a c c o r da n c e w i t h M I L - S T D -
6 8 6 6 T y p e 1 , M e t h o d A t o c h e c k m o u n t i n g l u g s a n d s he a r w a t e r n o s e
a r e a o n f r o n t c o v e r a n d m o u n t i n g l u g s o n g e a r h o u s in g . Y o u m u s t d o
a fluorescent penetrant inspection on mounting lugs and shearwater
nose area on front cover and mounting lugs on gear housing -- it is
mandatory,
( 5 ) A l l f e r r o u s m e t a l c o m p o n e n t s m u s t b e c h e c k e d un d e r a 1 0 - p o w e r
magnifying glass for cracks. Suspected areas must be given a mag-
n e t i c p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n p e r s p e c i f i c a t i o n A S T M - E -1 4 4 4 .

2. Detailed Checks.

A. Check the seal carrier assembly (-5, IPL figure 2). See figure 501.
(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Pay
p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s e a l i n g su r f a c e s Q .
( 2 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n A , s e e f i g u r e 5 0 1 , u s i n g l i mi t s d e s i g n a t e d i n
FITS AND CLEARANCES table 801.
( 3 ) I n s p e c t s u r f a c e B o f t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 2 0 , I P L fi g u r e 2 ) f o r p i t t i n g ,
s c o r i n g , s c r a t c h e s , c r a c k s , o r e x c e s s i v e w e a r o n t hr u s t f a c e . S e e
figure 501. If more than 20 percent of thrust face is damaged or
i f t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g i s w o r n b e l o w m i n i m u m r e q u i r em e n t s , r e m o v e
and replace the thrust bearing. Refer to REPAIR paragraph 2A.

A 32

Seal Carrier Assembly Checks


Figure 501

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 502
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

B. Check the main drive shaft (45, IPL figure 2). See figure 502.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Pay


p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s e a l i n g su r f a c e s ( Q , f i g -
u r e 5 0 2 ) . R e p a i r a d a m a g e d s h a f t i n a c c o r d a n c e w i th R E P A I R p a r a -
graph 1B, or replace.

(2) Inspect involute splines A for damage or wear. Replace shaft if


s p l i n e i s d a m a g e d o r w o r n b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d in t a b l e 8 0 1 .
Check spline wear with either method (a) or (b) as follows:

(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 0 9 6 0 i n . ( 2 ,4 3 8 m m ) d i a m e -
ter pin (dimension A, figure 502).

(b) Measure wear using over-pins and over-balls as follows:

1 M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n A w i t h 0 . 0 9 6 0 i n . ( 2 , 4 38 m m ) d i -
ameter pins. Record as A.
2 S e l e c t a w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u re o v e r -
b a l l d i m e n s i o n A o n t h e w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r t oo t h u s -
ing a 0.0960 in. (2,438 mm) diameter ball. Record as B.
3 Subtract B in step 2 from A in step 1 to calculate wear
(dimension A, figure 502).

(OVER PINS) (OVER PINS)

Main Drive Shaft Checks


Figure 502

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 503
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(3) Inspect involute spline B for damage or wear. Replace shaft if


s p l i n e i s d a m a g e d o r w o r n b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d in t a b l e 8 0 1 .
Check spline wear with either method (a) or (b) as follows:

(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 1 9 2 0 i n . ( 4 ,8 7 6 8 m m ) d i a m e -
ter pin (dimension B, figure 501).

(b) Measure wear using over-pins and over-balls as follows:

1 M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n B w i t h 0 . 1 9 2 0 i n . ( 4 , 8 76 8 m m )
diameter pins. Record as A.
2 S e l e c t a w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u re o v e r -
b a l l d i m e n s i o n B o n t h e w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r t oo t h u s -
ing a 0.1920 in. (4,8768 mm) diameter ball. Record as B.
3 Subtract B in step 2 from A in step 1 to calculate wear
(dimension B, figure 502).
NOTE: S c r a t c h e s , s c o r i n g , o r p h o n o g r a p h i c g r o o v e s o n v er -
tical faces (VF) of any of the drive shafts are not
cause for repair or replacement.

C. Check the rotating seal ring (55, IPL figure 2). See figure 503.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Pay


p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s e a l i n g su r f a c e ( Q , f i g -
u r e 5 0 3 ) . R e p a i r a n y d a m a g e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h R E PA I R p a r a g r a p h
2B, or replace seal ring.

(2) Inspect surface X for scratches, phonographic grooves, nicks, or


b u r r s , a n d f l a t n e s s . M u s t b e f l a t w i t h i n 2 l i g h t ba n d s . R e p a i r a s
described in REPAIR paragraph 2B, or replace.

( 3 ) I n s p e c t i n v o l u t e s p l i n e C f o r a n y d a m a g e o r w ea r . M e a s u r e s p l i n e
over 0.1600 in. (4,064 mm) diameter pins. Replace the seal ring if
worn beyond the limits of FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801.

(4) Inspect dimensions A and B. Replace seal ring if worn beyond the
limits specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 504
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

ENTIRE
SURFACE X.

Rotating Seal Ring Checks


Figure 503

D. Check spring washer (65, IPL figure 2). S e e f i gu r e 5 0 4 .


( 1 ) I n s p e c t s p r i n g w a s h e r f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r d a m a g e; r e p l a c e d a m a g e d
spring washer.
(2) Compress the spring washer to height A [0.060 in. (1,52 mm)] by
applying an axial load in the direction shown.
( 3 ) M e a s u r e t h e a x i a l l o a d r e q u i r e d t o c o m p r e s s s p ri n g t o d i m e n s i o n A .
L o a d m u s t b e 1 2 0 t o 1 5 0 p o u n d s ( 5 3 4 t o 6 6 7 N ) . R e pl a c e s p r i n g
washer if axial load is not within specified range.

Spring Washer Checks


Figure 504

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 505
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

E. Check compression spring (125, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) I n s p e c t s p r i n g f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r d a m a g e ; r e p l ac e d a m a g e d s p r i n g .

( 2 ) T o c o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 0 . 8 1 0 i n . ( 20 , 5 7 m m ) , l o a d m u s t
b e 3 . 0 1 ± 0 . 1 5 p o u n d s ( 1 3 . 3 9 ± 0 , 6 7 N ) . R e p l a c e s p r in g i f l o a d i s
not within specified range.

F. C h e c k w a s h f l o w f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e ( 1 3 0 , I P L f ig u r e 2 ) . See figure
505.

(1) Inspect surfaces A and B for nicks, scratches, burrs, distortion,


o r d a m a g e a n d r e m o v a l o f d r y f i l m . R e p a i r u s i n g R EP A I R p a r a g r a p h
2 C o r r e p l a c e , i f n e c e s s a r y . S o m e c o i n i n g i s a l l o we d a t s e a t c o n -
tact surface C.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n A . R e p l a c e i f w o r n b e y o n d li m i t s p e c i f i e d i n
FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801.

Wash Flow Filter Bypass Valve Checks


Figure 505

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 506
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

G. Check wash flow filter bypass valve guide (135, IPL figure 2). See fig-
ure 506.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Pay


p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s e a l i n g su r f a c e s ( Q , f i g -
ure 506). Replace a damaged valve guide.

(2) Inspect surface A for scratches and grooves. Replace valve guide
if surface is damaged.

(3) Some coining of sharp edge C is allowed; edge can be broken to


0.015 in. (0,38 mm). See REPAIR paragraph 2C.

( 4 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n A . R e p l a c e v a l v e g u i d e i f wo r n b e y o n d t h e l i m i t s
specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801.

Q
C

32

Wash Flow Filter Bypass Valve Guide Checks


Figure 506

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 507
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

H. Check pump cover assembly (-160, IPL figure 2). See figure 507.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Pay


p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s e a l i n g su r f a c e s ( Q , f i g -
ure 507). Repair damaged pump cover assembly using REPAIR para-
graphs 1B and 2D, or replace.

(2) Inspect impeller and inducer throat areas (TA) for rubbing and/or
contaminant scratching. Repair using REPAIR paragraph 2D, or
replace.

( 3 ) I n s p e c t f a c e a n d I D o f t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 1 7 5 , I PL f i g u r e 2 ) f o r
scoring, nicks, scratches, or burrs which may cause wear of thrust
f a c e . R e p l a c e b e a r i n g i f m o r e t h a n 2 0 p e r c e n t o f dr y f i l m i s r e -
moved from face or ID of bearing. Refer to REPAIR paragraph 2D(4)
for replacement instructions.

CAUTION: B A C K T O R Q U E A N D L O C K I N G T O R Q U E O N I N S E R T S ( 1 8 5 A ND 1 9 5 , I P L
F I G U R E 2 ) M U S T B E C H E C K E D D U R I N G I N S P E C T I O N A N D A F TE R
REPLACEMENT [REPAIR PARAGRAPH 2D(5) AND (7)].
(4) Inspect inlet port and surface G, figure 507, for damaged or
s t r i p p e d i n s e r t s ( 1 8 5 a n d 1 9 5 , I P L f i g u r e 2 ) . C h e ck b a c k t o r q u e o n
inserts (185 and 195). Inserts must have a minimum breakaway
t o r q u e o f 3 . 5 l b i n . ( 0 , 4 N · m ) . E n s u r e i n s e r t s h a ve a l o c k i n g
torque of 30 lb in. (3,4 N·m) maximum.

I f i n s e r t s a r e d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e m i n a c c o r d a n ce w i t h R E P A I R
paragraphs 2D(5) and (7).

(5) Inspect studs (190) for looseness or damage to threads. Check for
side to side movement of studs, movement at end of studs shall not
b e g r e a t e r t h a n 0 . 0 6 2 i n . ( 1 , 1 5 7 5 m m ) . T i g h t e n l o os e s t u d s o r r e -
place damaged studs using REPAIR paragraph 2D(6).

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 508
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Pump Cover Assembly Checks


Figure 507

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 509
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

J. Check impeller/inducer cluster (assembled). See figure 508.

NOTE: D o n o t d i s a s s e m b l e t h e i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r un l e s s t h e f o l -
l o w i n g c h e c k i n d i c a t e s t h a t d i s a s s e m b l y , i n a c c o r d an c e w i t h
DISASSEMBLY paragraph 3(K), is required.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair


without disassembly, if possible, using REPAIR paragraph 1B.

(2) Inspect impeller shaft nut (290, IPL figure 2) surface A for
s c r a t c h e s , s c o r i n g , n i c k s , d a m a g e , c r a c k s , a n d s u r fa c e f i n i s h . F i n -
i s h o f s u r f a c e A n o t t o e x c e e d 6 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 1 5 24 m i c r o m e t e r s ) .
If nut requires repair, use REPAIR paragraph 2G. Small chips
around torque slots are acceptable.

( 3 ) I n s p e c t b l a d e s o f i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ) f o r c o n t a m i n a nt d a m a g e , s c r a t c h i n g ,
pitting, and erosion. If inducer requires repair, refer to REPAIR
paragraph 1B.

(4) Inspect impeller (265) area R, for rub marks, contamination,


s c r a t c h i n g , o r e r o s i o n . I f i m p e l l e r r e q u i r e s r e p a ir , r e f e r t o
REPAIR paragraph 2E.

( 5 ) I n s p e c t i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( 2 8 5 ) s u r f a c e s B , D , a nd F f o r s c r a t c h e s ,
pitting, and surface finish. Finish of surfaces B, D, and F shall
n o t e x c e e d 6 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 1 5 2 4 m i c r o m e t e r s ) . I n sp e c t I D o f r e -
t a i n i n g r i n g g r o o v e a n d i n t e r n a l s p l i n e E f o r d a m a ge o r e x c e s s i v e
wear. If impeller shaft requires repair, refer to REPAIR paragraph
2F. See area E, figures 508 and 511, and FITS AND CLEARANCES Table
801. Check internal spline wear with either method (a) or (b) as
follows:

(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.1440 in. (3,6576 mm) di-
ameter pins (dimension E, figure 508).

(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
a t a n u n w o r n p o r t i o n o f a s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u r e w ea r s t e p s
along the worn portion of the tooth.

(6) After components of the boost stage have been inspected, the entire
assembly can be inspected in the following manner:

(a) Mount the boost stage on inspection centers, as indicated in


f i g u r e 5 0 8 . U s i n g a d i a l i n d i c a t o r , m a k e t h e f o l l o wi n g
measurements.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 510
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

6
A
6 VIEW
B G

6
D 6
F

RETAINING RING
GROOVE

SPLINE

VIEW G-G
IMPELLER
SHAFT BETWEEN-PIN DIMENSION
NUT (290)
(285)
INDUCER (245)

VIEW
G

DIAL INDICATOR
NOTE:
(265) INDEX NUMBERS CORRESPOND TO THOSE IN
IPL FIG. 2.
DIAL INDICATOR MUST BE GUIDED
TO TRAVEL IN A LINE PARALLEL TO THE
AXIS OF THE PIECE.

Impeller/Inducer Cluster Checks


Figure 508

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 511
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(b) S u r f a c e A , s q u a r e n e s s t o c e n t e r l i n e , m u s t b e 0 .0 0 1 5
(0,0381 mm) TIR, or less.

(c) Surface C, impeller face runout, must be 0.002 (0,051 mm) TIR,
or less.

NOTE: I f b o o s t s t a g e f a i l s t o m e e t a n y o f t h e s e r e q u i r em e n t s , d i s -
a s s e m b l e a c c o r d i n g t o D I S A S S E M B L Y p a r a g r a p h 3 ( K ) , an d c h e c k
each component.

K. Check inducer (245, IPL figure.2). S e e f i g u r e 50 9 .

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair a


damaged inducer in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 1B, or
replace.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t b l a d e s ( A , f i g u r e 5 0 9 ) f o r c o n t a m i n a t io n , s c r a t c h i n g ,
p i t t i n g , o r o t h e r d a m a g e . R e p a i r i n a c c o r d a n c e w i th R E P A I R p a r a -
graph 1B, or replace.

Inducer Checks
Figure 509

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 512
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Impeller Checks
Figure 510

L. Check impeller (265, IPL figure 2). See figure 510.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair


damaged impeller as instructed in REPAIR paragraphs 1B and 2E.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t i m p e l l e r a r e a R , f i g u r e 5 1 0 , f o r c o n t am i n a t e s c o r i n g a n d
d a m a g e d u e t o r u b b i n g o r c a v i t a t i o n . R e p a i r a c c o r di n g t o R E P A I R
paragraphs 1B and 2E, or replace.

M. C h e c k i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( 2 8 5 , I P L f i g u r e 2 ) . S e e f ig u r e 5 1 1 .

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair


damaged impeller shaft using REPAIR paragraph 1B, or replace.

(2) Inspect surfaces A, B, and C, figure 511, for pits, scratches, and
surface finish. Finish of surfaces marked A, B, and C not to exceed
6 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 1 5 2 4 m i c r o m e t e r s ) . R e p a i r a c c o r d i ng t o R E P A I R
paragraph 2F, or replace.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 513
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(3) Inspect the interior spline E, figure 511, for damage and wear.
Replace impeller shaft if worn beyond the limits of FITS AND
CLEARANCES table 801. Check internal spline wear with either
method (a) or (b) as follows:

(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.1440 in. (3,6576 mm) di-
mension pins (dimension E, figure 511).

(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
at an unworn portion of the spline tooth. Measure wear steps
along the worn portion of the tooth.

( 4 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n s A , B , a n d C , f i g u r e 5 1 1 . Re p l a c e i m p e l l e r s h a f t
i f w o r n b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D C L E A R A NC E S T a b l e 8 0 1 .

( 5 ) I n s p e c t f o r d a m a g e d o r s t r i p p e d t h r e a d s . R e p a ir u s i n g R E P A I R
paragraph 2F, or replace.

( 6 ) W h e n i n s p e c t i n g i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( - 2 8 5 A a n d - 2 8 5B ) , c h e c k d r y f i l m o n
t h r e a d s . I f d r y f i l m i s w o r n t h r o u g h , r e p a i r i n a c co r d a n c e w i t h
REPAIR paragraph 2F(3).

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 514
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

A B
6
6
E

BETWEEN-PIN DIMENSIONS

NOTE:
DIAL INDICATOR DIAL INDICATOR MUST BE GUIDED TO
TRAVEL IN A LINE PARALLEL TO THE
AXIS OF THE PIECE.

Impeller Shaft Checks


Figure 511

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 515
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

N. Check impeller shaft nut (290, IPL figure 2). Se e f i g u r e 5 1 2 .

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair


damaged impeller shaft nut according to REPAIR paragraphs 1B and
2G. Replace if necessary.

NOTE: Chipping of the nitride surface around the torque slots is


considered acceptable.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t s u r f a c e m a r k e d A , f i g u r e 5 1 2 , f o r s c r at c h e s , p i t t i n g ,
c o n t a m i n a n t d a m a g e , e r o s i o n , w e a r , a n d s u r f a c e f i n is h . F i n i s h o f
s u r f a c e A m u s t n o t e x c e e d 6 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 1 5 2 4 m i cr o m e t e r s ) . R e -
pair as specified in REPAIR paragraph 2G, or replace if defective.

( 3 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n B . R e p l a c e i m p e l l e r s h a f t nu t i f w o r n b e y o n d t h e
limit specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES table 801.

B
0.0002 (0,0051) A

-A-

Impeller Shaft Nut Checks


Figure 512

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 516
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

P. Check impeller shroud (310, IPL figure 2). See figure 513.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. If


surfaces without xylon coating are damaged, repair as specified in
REPAIR paragraph 1B. Replace if defective.

NOTE: P a r a g r a p h 2 P ( 2 ) i s f o r m a i n f u e l p u m p m o d e l s e r i es 7 0 4 3 0 0
only.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t s u r f a c e X , f i g u r e 5 1 3 , f o r f l a k e d o r wo r n x y l o n c o a t i n g a n d
for scratches more than.0.002 inch (0,051 mm) deep. If damaged area
is more than 5 percent of total xylon surface area, replace the
shroud.

NOTE: Paragraph 2P(3) is for main fuel gear pump model series
708300 and 708600 only.

( 3 ) I n s p e c t i m p e l l e r s h r o u d a r e a X f o r r u b b i n g a n d/ o r c o n t a m i n a n t
scratching. Repair using REPAIR paragraph 1B, or replace.

( 4 ) I n s p e c t a r e a C , f i g u r e 5 1 3 , f o r c a v i t a t i o n p i ts . R e p l a c e i m p e l l e r
shroud if pitting is more than 0.050 inch (1,27 mm) deep and covers
more than 5% of area.

Impeller Shroud Checks


Figure 513

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 517
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Q. C h e c k b o o s t s t a g e t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 3 5 0 , I P L f i g u re 2 ) . See figure 514.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair


minor damage as specified in REPAIR paragraph 1B.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t a r e a A , f i g u r e 5 1 4 , f o r s c r a t c h e s , w e ar , a n d r e m o v a l o f d r y
f i l m c o a t i n g . I f 2 0 p e r c e n t o f t h e d r y f i l m h a s b ee n r e m o v e d , r e -
place the thrust bearing.

(3) Inspect dimension B, figure 514, using limits described in FITS AND
CLEARANCES Table 801. Some elliptical wear on this diameter, as
described in FITS AND CLEARANCES, is acceptable.

( 4 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n s C a n d D . R e p l a c e t h r u s t b ea r i n g i f w o r n b e y o n d
l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D C L E A R A N C E S, T a b l e 8 0 1 .

R. Check compression spring (365, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) I n s p e c t f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r o t h e r d a m a g e ; r e p l a ce d e f e c t i v e s p r i n g .

( 2 ) A p p l y a n a x i a l l o a d o f 4 . 1 9 p o u n d s ( 1 8 , 6 4 N ) to s p r i n g . L o a d e d
height must be 0.214 to 0.192 in. (5,44-4,88 mm). Replace spring
if height is not within dimensions specified.

D B

Boost Stage Thrust Bearing Checks


Figure 514

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 518
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

S. Check control drive shaft (370, IPL figure 2). See figure 515.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair


minor damage in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 1B, or replace de-
fective shaft.

(2) Inspect involute splines (A and B) for damage or wear. Replace


shaft if splines are damaged or worn beyond limits specified in ta-
ble 801. Check drive gear spline wear with either method (a) or
(b) as follows:

(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 0 6 0 0 i n . ( 1 ,5 2 4 0 m m ) d i a m e -
ter pin (dimensions A and B).

(b) Measure wear using over-pins and over-balls as follows:

1 Measure over-pin dimension A or B with 0.0600 in.


(1,5240 mm) diameter pins. Record as A.
2 S e l e c t a w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u re o v e r -
b a l l d i m e n s i o n A o r B o n t h e w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e g ea r t o o t h
u s i n g a 0 . 0 6 0 0 i n . ( 1 , 5 2 4 0 m m ) d i a m e t e r b a l l . R e c or d a s B .
3 Subtract B in step 2 from A in step 1 to calculate wear
(dimension A or B).

(OVER PINS) (OVER PINS)

DETAIL C DETAIL D

E G
F

DETAIL C DETAIL D
Control Drive Shaft Checks
Figure 515

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 519
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 3 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n s E , F , a n d G . R e p l a c e c o n t ro l d r i v e s h a f t i f
w o r n b e y o n d t h e l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D C L E A R AN C E S , t a b l e 8 0 1 .

NOTE: S c r a t c h e s , s c o r i n g , o r p h o n o g r a p h i c g r o o v e s o n v er t i c a l
f a c e s ( V F , f i g u r e 5 1 5 ) o f a n y o f t h e d r i v e s h a f t s ar e n o t
cause for repair or replacement.

T. C h e c k b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y ( - 3 7 5 , I P L f i g u r e 2) . See figure 516.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair


minor damage as specified in REPAIR paragraph 1B and/or 2H.

(2) Inspect surface –H- for nicks, scratches, and wear. Minimum
d i m e n s i o n A m u s t b e m e t a s s p e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D C LE A R A N C E S T a b l e
801. Measure A from the point on surface –H- that exhibits the
most severe wear or deepest damage to the point on surface -L- that
e x h i b i t s t h e m o s t s e v e r e w e a r o r d e e p e s t d a m a g e . S ur f a c e – H - m u s t
b e p a r a l l e l t o s u r f a c e – L - a n d f l a t w i t h i n l i m i t s sh o w n i n f i g u r e
516. Repair minor damage in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 1B
and/or 2H, or replace.

( 3 ) V i s u a l l y i n s p e c t b e a r i n g ( 3 9 0 ) f o r d r y f i l m r em o v a l . I f m o r e t h a n
t w e n t y p e r c e n t o f d r y f i l m h a s b e e n r e m o v e d , r e p l a ce b e a r i n g a c -
cording to REPAIR paragraph 2H.

( 4 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n B . I f d a m a g e d o r w o r n b e y o nd l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n
FITS AND CLEARANCES table 801, replace bearing in accordance with
REPAIR paragraph 2H(10).

( 5 ) I n s p e c t i n s e r t s ( 4 0 0 ) f o r d a m a g e . R e p l a c e d a ma g e d i n s e r t s a s
specified in REPAIR paragraph 2H(9).

( 6 ) I n s p e c t p i n ( 3 9 5 ) f o r d a m a g e o r l o o s e n e s s . R ep l a c e d a m a g e d o r
loose pin as specified in REPAIR paragraph 2H(10).

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 520
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

SURFACE -L -
(390)

(395) NOTES: INDEX NUMBERS CORRESPOND TO


THOSE IN IPL FIG. 2.

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH


MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.

Bearing Plate Assembly Checks


Figure 516

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 521
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

B
C

VF VF

ITEM 410, IPL FIGURE 2

A
B or C

DIAL INDICATOR

NOTE:
OVER-PIN AND BETWEEN-PIN DIMENSIONS DIAL INDICATOR MUST BE GUIDED TO
TRAVEL IN A LINE PARALLEL TO THE
AXIS OF THE PIECE.

Boost Stage Drive Shaft Checks


Figure 517

U. C h e c k b o o s t s t a g e d r i v e s h a f t ( 4 1 0 , - 4 1 0 A I P L f ig u r e 2 ) . See figures
517 and 517A.
NOTE: Figure 517 represents 410, IPL figure 2. Figure 517A represents
-410A, IPL figure 2.
(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair
minor damage in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 1B, or replace.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 522
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

B
C

VF
VF

ITEM 410A, IPL FIGURE 2

A
B or C

DIAL INDICATOR

NOTE:
OVER-PIN AND BETWEEN-PIN DIMENSIONS DIAL INDICATOR MUST BE GUIDED TO
TRAVEL IN A LINE PARALLEL TO THE
AXIS OF THE PIECE.

Boost Stage Drive Shaft Checks


Figure 517A

(2) Inspect internal spline A for damage or wear. Replace both gears
a s a m a t c h e d s e t i f s p l i n e i s d a m a g e d o r w o r n b e y o nd l i m i t s s p e c i -
fied in table 801. Check internal spline wear with either method
(a) or (b) as follows:
(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.0540 in. (1,3716 mm) di-
ameter pins (dimension A).

(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
at an unworn portion of the spline tooth. Measure wear steps
along the worn portion of the tooth.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 523
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(3) Inspect involute spline B for damage or wear. Replace shaft if


spine is damaged or worn beyond limits specified in table 801.
Check drive gear spline wear with either method (a) or (b) as
follows:

(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 2 4 0 0 i n . ( 6 ,0 9 6 0 m m ) d i a m e -
ter pin (dimension B).

(b) Measure wear using over-pins and over-balls as follows:

1 M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n B w i t h 0 . 2 4 0 0 i n . ( 6 , 0 96 0 m m )
diameter pins. Record as A.
2 S e l e c t a w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u re o v e r -
b a l l d i m e n s i o n B o n t h e w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r t oo t h u s -
ing a 0.2400 in. (6,0960 mm) diameter ball. Record as B.
3 Subtract B in step 2 from A in step 1 to calculate wear
(dimension B).
(4) Inspect involute spline C for damage or wear. Replace shaft if
s p l i n e i s d a m a g e d o r w o r n b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d in t a b l e 8 0 1 .
Check drive gear spline wear with either method (a) or (b) as
follows:

(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 1 6 0 0 i n . ( 4 ,0 6 4 0 m m ) d i a m e -
ter pin (dimension C).

(b) Measure wear using over-pins and over-balls as follows:

1 M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n C w i t h 0 . 1 6 0 0 i n . ( 4 , 0 64 0 m m )
diameter pins. Record as A.
2 S e l e c t a w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u re o v e r -
b a l l d i m e n s i o n C o n t h e w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r t oo t h u s -
ing a 0.1600 in. (4,0640 mm) diameter ball. Record as B.
3 Subtract B in step 2 from A in step 1 to calculate wear
(dimension C).
NOTE: S c r a t c h e s , s c o r i n g , o r p h o n o g r a p h i c g r o o v e s o n v er -
t i c a l f a c e s ( V F , f i g u r e s 5 1 7 a n d 5 1 7 A ) o f a n y o f t he
drive shafts are not cause for repair or replace-
ment.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 524
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

A
GROOVES
FACE

PITS

LOADED
AREAS

A
SECTION A-A
FLAT

Fixed Bearing Checks


Figure 518

V. C h e c k m a t c h e d s e t o f f i x e d b e a r i n g s ( - 4 2 0 , I P L fi g u r e 2 ) . S e e f i g u r e
518.

(1) Check bearing flats for scratches, nicks, and dents. Repair using
REPAIR paragraph 2J, or replace bearing set.

(2) Inspect bearing faces and flats for galling or scoring. Replace
b e a r i n g s e t i f e i t h e r b e a r i n g i s d e f e c t i v e o r i f m or e t h a n t h i r t y
percent of dry film is removed.

( 3 ) R e p l a c e m a t c h e d s e t o f b e a r i n g s i f m o r e t h a n tw e n t y p e r c e n t o f d r y
film in bore is removed. Inspect for scoring and/or wear in bearing
bores (B, figure 518) as follows:

(a) Measure ID from loaded area to opposite side of bore and re-
cord dimension.

(b) Measure ID in unloaded area of bore and record dimension.

(c) Maximum allowable wear is specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES


t a b l e 8 0 1 , a n d i s d e t e r m i n e d b y s u b t r a c t i n g d i m e n s io n o b t a i n e d
in (b) above from dimension obtained in (a) above.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 525
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(4) Inspect bearing faces for grooving or pitting. Pits within


3/32 in. (2,381 mm) of outer edge shall not exceed 0.015 inch
( 0 , 3 8 1 m m ) i n d e p t h a n d 1 / 8 i n . ( 3 , 1 7 5 m m ) i n d i a m et e r ( o r e q u i v a -
l e n t a r e a ) . S u r f a c e p i t t i n g l e s s t h a n 0 . 0 1 0 i n c h (0 , 2 5 4 m m ) i n
d e p t h i s a c c e p t a b l e . P i t s h a v i n g a d e p t h b e t w e e n 0. 0 1 0 - 0 . 0 2 0 i n .
( 0 , 2 5 4 - 0 , 5 0 8 m m ) a r e l i m i t e d t o 1 / 4 i n . ( 6 , 3 5 m m ) di a m e t e r ( o r
equivalent area). if pits appear to be undermining other areas, re-
place bearing.
( 5 ) I n s p e c t h o l e ( H , f i g u r e 5 1 8 ) f o r d i r t , a n d e n su r e t h a t i t i s f r e e
from blockage. Clean using procedures specified in CLEANING. In-
s p e c t t h e s u r r o u n d i n g a r e a f o r c a v i t a t i o n a n d e r o s io n . R e p l a c e
b e a r i n g s i f h o l e e x c e e d s l i m i t s o f F I T S A N D C L E A R A NC E S T a b l e 8 0 1 .
W. Check matched set of gears (-435, IPL figure 2). See figure 519.
NOTE: Gears are a matched set. I f o n e i s d e f e c t i v e , b ot h m u s t b e
replaced.
(1) All surfaces marked Y must be smooth within 8 microinches (0,2032
micrometer). Replace if defective.
NOTE: Do not attempt to repair super-finished surfaces.
(2) Inspect drive and driven gear teeth for medium or heavy scoring
t h a t r e m o v e s a l l g r i n d l i n e s o n t h e u p p e r 2 / 3 o f t he g e a r t o o t h
i n v o l u t e , f i g u r e 5 1 9 , s h e e t 2 , a r e a K . I n s p e c t a r ea s F t h o u g h J
for erosion using the criteria specified. Replace if defective.
( 3 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n A u s i n g w e a r l i m i t s s p e c i f i ed i n F I T S A N D
CLEARANCES Table 801.
( 4 ) I n s p e c t g e a r t e e t h B f o r d a m a g e o r w e a r . R e p la c e b o t h g e a r s a s a
m a t c h e d s e t i f t e e t h a r e d a m a g e d o r w o r n b e y o n d l i mi t s s p e c i f i e d i n
t a b l e 8 0 1 . C h e c k g e a r t e e t h f o r w e a r w i t h e i t h e r me t h o d ( a ) o r ( b )
as follows:
(a) M e a s u r e o v e r - p i n d i m e n s i o n u s i n g 0 . 2 4 6 8 6 i n . ( 6, 2 7 0 2 4 m m ) d i -
ameter pins (dimension B, figure 505A).
(b) Measure wear using over-pins and over-balls as follows:
1 Measure over-pin dimension B with 0.24686 in.
(6,27024 mm) diameter pins. Record as A.
2 S e l e c t a w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u re o v e r -
b a l l d i m e n s i o n B o n t h e w o r n p o r t i o n o f t h e g e a r t oo t h u s -
i n g a 0 . 2 4 6 8 6 i n . ( 6 , 2 7 0 2 4 m m ) d i a m e t e r b a l l . R e c or d a s B .
3 Subtract B in step 2 from A in step 1 to calculate tooth
wear, dimension B.
4 R e p l a c e b o t h g e a r s a s a m a t c h e d s e t i f w e a r i s b e yo n d l i m -
its specified in table 801.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 526
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(5) Inspect drive gear (440) internal spline C for damage or wear.
R e p l a c e b o t h g e a r s a s a m a t c h e d s e t i f s p l i n e i s d am a g e d o r w o r n
b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e 8 0 1 . C h e c k i n t e r na l s p l i n e w e a r
with either method (a) or (b) as follows:
(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.1440 in. (3,6576 mm) di-
ameter pins (dimension C, figure 519).
(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
a t a n u n w o r n p o r t i o n o f a s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u r e w ea r s t e p s
along the worn portion of the tooth.
(6) Inspect drive gear (440) internal spline D for damage or wear.
R e p l a c e b o t h g e a r s a s a m a t c h e d s e t i f s p l i n e i s d am a g e d o r w o r n
b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e 8 0 1 . C h e c k i n t e r na l s p l i n e w e a r
with either method (a) or (b) as follows:
(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.1728 in. (4,3891 mm) di-
ameter pins (dimension D, figure 519).
(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
a t a n u n k n o w n p o r t i o n o f a s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u r e we a r s t e p s
along the worn portion of the tooth.
(7) Inspect drive gear (440) internal spline E for damage or wear.
R e p l a c e b o t h g e a r s a s a m a t c h e d s e t i f s p l i n e i s d am a g e d o r w o r n
b e y o n d l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e 8 0 1 . C h e c k i n t e r na l s p l i n e w e a r
with either method (a) or (b) as follows:
(a) Measure between-pin dimension using 0.2160 in. (5,4864 mm) di-
ameter pins (dimension E, figure 519).
(b) W i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r p o s i t i o n e d t o t r a v e l a l o ng a l i n e p a r a l -
l e l t o t h e a x i s o f t h e s p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e t h e i n d i c at o r t o z e r o
a t a n u n w o r n p o r t i o n o f a s p l i n e t o o t h . M e a s u r e w ea r s t e p s
along the worn portion of the tooth.
(8) Replace both gears if spalled or galled.
( 9 ) R e p l a c e b o t h g e a r s i f j o u r n a l b e a r i n g i s d i s c ol o r e d f r o m
overheating.
( 1 0 ) F o r m a t c h e d s e t o f g e a r s 2 1 9 9 5 8 - 1 ( - 4 3 5 B ) o n ly , i n s p e c t d r i v e n g e a r
(-445B) for the presence of the counterbore in area F. If the
driven gear does not have the counterbore, replace the matched set
of gears.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 527
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Drive and Driven Gear Checks (Sheet 1 of 2)


Figure 519

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 528
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Drive and Driven Gear Checks (Sheet 2 of 2)


Figure 519

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 529
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

A
GROOVES
FACE

PITS

LOADED
AREA

SECTION A-A A
NOTE: DRIVE BEARING
EXPOSED BRONZE FLAT
IN LOADED AREA
SHALL NOT HAVE A FLAT
WIDTH GREATER
THAN 0.250 INCH A
(6,35 mm).
LOADED
AREA

H
B

PITS
FACE
GROOVES
SECTION A-A A
DRIVEN BEARING

Pressurized Bearing Checks


Figure 520

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 530
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

X. Check drive and driven pressurized bearings (460 and 465, IPL figure 2).
See figure 520.
(1) Check bearing flats for scratches, nicks, and dents. Repair using
REPAIR paragraph 2J, or replace.
( 2 ) I n s p e c t b e a r i n g f a c e s a n d f l a t s f o r g a l l i n g , or s c o r i n g . R e p l a c e
b e a r i n g i f i t i s d e f e c t i v e o r i f m o r e t h a n 3 0 p e r c e n t o f dr y f i l m
is removed.
(3) Replace bearing if more than 20 percent of dry film in bore is
r e m o v e d . I n s p e c t f o r s c o r i n g a n d / o r w e a r i n b e a r i ng b o r e s B , a s
follows:

(a) Measure ID from loaded area to opposite side of bore and re-
cord dimension.

(b) Measure ID in unloaded area of bore and record dimension.

(c) Maximum allowable wear is specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES


T a b l e 8 0 1 , a n d i s d e t e r m i n e d b y s u b t r a c t i n g d i m e n s io n o b t a i n e d
in (b) above from dimension obtained in (a) above.

(4) Inspect bearing faces for grooving or pitting. Pits within


3/32 in. (2,381 mm) of outer edge shall not exceed 0.015 in.
( 0 , 3 8 1 m m ) i n d e p t h a n d 1 / 8 i n . ( 3 , 1 7 5 m m ) i n d i a m et e r ( o r e q u i v a -
l e n t a r e a ) . S u r f a c e p i t t i n g l e s s t h a n 0 . 0 1 0 i n . ( 0, 2 5 4 m m ) i n
d e p t h i s a c c e p t a b l e . P i t s h a v i n g a d e p t h b e t w e e n 0. 0 1 0 - 0 . 0 2 0 i n .
( 0 , 2 5 4 - 0 , 5 0 8 m m ) a r e l i m i t e d t o 1 / 4 i n . ( 6 , 3 5 m m ) di a m e t e r ( o r
equivalent area). If pits appear to be undermining other areas,
replace bearing.

( 5 ) I n s p e c t h o l e ( H , f i g u r e 5 2 0 ) f o r d i r t , a n d e n su r e t h a t i t i s f r e e
from blockage. Clean using procedures specified in CLEANING. In-
s p e c t t h e s u r r o u n d i n g a r e a f o r c a v i t a t i o n a n d e r o s io n . R e p l a c e
b e a r i n g s i f h o l e e x c e e d s l i m i t s o f F I T S A N D C L E A R A NC E S T a b l e 8 0 1 .

( 6 ) I n s p e c t 1 1 s p r i n g h o l e s i n b a c k o f e a c h b e a r i ng t o e n s u r e t h a t t h e y
are clean and free of burrs. Repair using REPAIR paragraph 1B.

Y. Check compression spring (475, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) E x a m i n e s p r i n g f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r d a m a g e ; r e p l ac e s p r i n g i f
damaged.

( 2 ) C o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 0 . 2 8 5 i n c h ( 7 , 23 9 m m ) ; l o a d m u s t b e
1 0 ± 0 . 5 l b ( 4 4 , 5 ± 2 , 2 N ) . C o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i gh t o f 0 . 3 1 6 i n c h
(8,026 mm); load must be 6 ±0.3 lb (26,7 ±1.34 N). Replace spring
if defective.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 531
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Z. Check fuel filter cover (495, IPL figure 2).

NOTE: W h e n c h e c k i n g t h e f u e l f i l t e r c o v e r , c h e c k t h e r et e n t i o n c o n f i g u -
r a t i o n . I f t h e f u e l f i l t e r c o v e r i s n o t r e t a i n e d wi t h D - h e a d
bolts (507, IPL figure 2), REPAIR paragraph 2R must be performed.
Inserts are no longer an acceptable configuration.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair


minor damage as specified in REPAIR paragraph 1B, or replace.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t f u e l f i l t e r c o v e r f o r s t r i p p e d o r d a m ag e d t h r e a d s . R e p a i r
using REPAIR paragraph 2L.

AA. Check wave spring (525, IPL figure 2). S e e f i gu r e 5 2 1 .

( 1 ) I n s p e c t w a v e s p r i n g f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r o t h e r d am a g e ; r e p l a c e d e f e c -
tive spring.

(2) Compress spring to an overall height of 0.025 in. (0,635 mm) and
a l l o w i t t o r e t u r n t o i t s f r e e h e i g h t ( A , f i g u r e 5 24 )
(approximate).

( 3 ) C o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 0 . 0 5 2 i n . ( 1 , 3 21 m m ) ; s p r i n g l o a d
s h a l l b e 1 9 - 2 3 l b ( 8 5 - 1 0 2 N ) . R e p l a c e d e f e c t i v e s pr i n g .

Wave Spring Checks


Figure 521

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 532
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

AB. Check compression spring (585, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) I n s p e c t f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r o t h e r d a m a g e ; r e p l a ce d e f e c t i v e s p r i n g .

( 2 ) C o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 2 . 4 8 5 i n . ( 6 3 , 11 9 m m ) ; s p r i n g l o a d
shall be 154 ±7.7 pounds (685 ±34,2 N).

( 3 ) C o m p r e s s s p r i n g f r o m i t s f r e e h e i g h t t o a h e i gh t o f 2 . 6 1 0 i n .
( 6 6 , 2 9 4 m m ) , t h e n c o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 2 .2 5 0 i n .
(57,150 mm). The spring rate per inch shall be 245 ±10 pounds
(1090 ±44 N).

AC. Check relief valve piston (590, IPL figure 2). See figure 522.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair


using REPAIR paragraph 2M, or replace.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t d r y f i l m c o a t i n g o n o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r of p i s t o n . I f d r y f i l m
is worn through on the outside diameter, repair in accordance with
REPAIR paragraph 2M(2).

(3) Inspect dimension A using limits specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES


Table 801.

DRY FILM

64

0.002 (0,051)

NOTES:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.
DETAIL C

Relief Valve Piston Checks


Figure 522

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 533
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 4 ) S u r f a c e B m u s t b e s m o o t h t o 6 4 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 1 ,6 2 5 6 m i c r o m e t e r s ) i n
all areas except surface C. Repair using REPAIR paragraph 2M, or
replace.

( 5 ) S o m e c o i n i n g m a y b e p r e s e n t a t a r e a C , s e a t c on t a c t s u r f a c e . R e p a i r
using REPAIR paragraph 2M, or replace.

AD. Check relief valve housing (595, IPL figure 2). See figure 523.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Repair


using REPAIR paragraphs 1B and 2N, or replace.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t p i s t o n b o r e ( A , f i g u r e 5 2 3 ) f o r w e a r or d a m a g e . S e e F I T S
AND CLEARANCES Table 801. Bore surface must be smooth within 20
m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 5 0 8 m i c r o m e t e r s ) . R e p a i r u s i n g R E P AI R p a r a g r a p h 1 B
or 2N.

(3) Inspect the piston seat area (SA, figure. 523) for damage. Some
coining at E is allowed. Repair using REPAIR paragraph 1B or 2N.

( 4 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n s B a n d C u s i n g l i m i t s s p e c i fi e d i n F I T S A N D
CLEARANCES table 801.

SA

DETAIL D
A

DETAIL D
Relief Valve Housing Checks
Figure 523

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 534
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

A E . C h e c k f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e c o v e r ( 6 0 0 , I P L f i g u re 2 ) . See figure
524.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Surface B


s h o u l d b e s m o o t h t o 6 3 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 1 , 6 0 0 m i c r o m e t er s ) .

(2) Surface marked -C- must be flat within limits shown in figure 524.
Repair using REPAIR paragraph 1B or replace.

( 3 ) M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n A , f i g u r e 5 2 4 u s i n g l i m i t s sp e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D
CLEARANCES table 801.

0.002 (0,051)
-C-
A

NOTE:
63 DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH
B MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.

Filter Bypass Valve Cover Checks


Figure 524

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 535
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

A F . C h e c k f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e g u i d e ( 6 2 0 , I P L f i g u re 2 ) . See figure 525.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Bore A


m u s t b e s m o o t h w i t h i n 3 2 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 8 1 2 8 m i c r o me t e r s ) . R e p a i r
using REPAIR paragraph 1B.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t d i m e n s i o n s A a n d B , f i g u r e 5 2 4 . S e e F IT S A N D C L E A R A N C E S
Table 801.

AG. Check compression spring (625, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) I n s p e c t f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r o t h e r d a m a g e ; r e p l a ce d e f e c t i v e s p r i n g .

( 2 ) C o m p r e s s s p r i n g t o a h e i g h t o f 0 . 9 9 8 i n c h ( 2 5 ,3 4 9 m m ) . S p r i n g l o a d
s h a l l b e 1 7 . 5 ± 0 . 8 p o u n d s ( 7 7 , 8 ± 3 , 6 N ) . R e p l a c e de f e c t i v e s p r i n g .

Filter Bypass Valve Guide Checks


Figure 525

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 536
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

AH. Check filter bypass valve (630, IPL figure 2). See figure 526.

(1) Visually inspect in accordance with paragraph 1B, above. Surfaces


marked A and C must be smooth within 32 microinches (0,8128 mi-
crometers). Repair using REPAIR paragraph 1B, or replace.

( 2 ) M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n A , f i g u r e 5 2 6 . R e p l a c e f i l te r b y - p a s s v a l v e i f
worn beyond limits specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801.

AJ. Check cover plate (636, IPL figure 2).

NOTE: Cover plate check applies to 708600 series pumps only.

(1) Visually inspect plate surfaces in accordance with paragraph 1B,


above. Repair minor damage using REPAIR paragraph 1B, or replace.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t c o v e r p l a t e f o r s t r i p p e d o r d a m a g e d t hr e a d s . Repair using
REPAIR paragraph 2P.

Filter Bypass Valve Checks


Figure 526

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 537
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

A K . C h e c k g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 , I P L f i g u r e 2) .

( 1 ) I n s p e c t g e a r h o u s i n g i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h p a r a g ra p h 1 B , a b o v e . R e p a i r
using REPAIR paragraph 1B and/or paragraph 2Q, or replace.

( 2 ) I n s p e c t f o r s c r a t c h e s , s c o r i n g , n i c k s , a n d b u rr s a r o u n d p o r t s a n d
mating surfaces. Repair as indicated in REPAIR paragraph 1B.

( 3 ) I n s p e c t f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e s e a t f o r s c r a t c h e s, n i c k s , b u r r s , a n d
uneven wear. Repair as indicated in REPAIR paragraph 2Q(8).

( 4 ) I n s p e c t g e a r p o c k e t s f o r w e a r . R e p l a c e g e a r ho u s i n g a s s e m b l y i f
defective. Remove raised edges from gear pocket as described in
REPAIR paragraph 1B.

Main Gear Housing Checks


Figure 527

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 538
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 5 ) I n s p e c t g e a r p o c k e t s f o r e r o s i o n . R e p l a c e g e ar h o u s i n g i f e r o d e d
areas are larger than 1/4 in. (6,350 mm) square and 0.100 in.
(2,540 mm) deep.

(6) Inspect gear pocket gear wipe area B in figure 527. Replace gear
h o u s i n g i f g e a r w i p e e x c e e d s l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n t ab l e 8 0 1 .

( 7 ) I n s p e c t b o t h o f t h e p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g c o u n t er b o r e s C . I f t h e
c o u n t e r b o r e s e x c e e d m a x i m u m d i a m e t e r s p e c i f i e d i n ta b l e 8 0 1 , t h e
bore must be machined. See REPAIR paragraph 2Q(10).

( 8 ) I n s p e c t r e l i e f v a l v e b o r e s u r f a c e D a n d s u r f a ce E f o r s p a l l i n g ,
g a l l i n g , f r e t t i n g , o r s c o r i n g . R e f e r t o f i g u r e 5 2 8. R e p l a c e g e a r
h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y i f d a m a g e d . I n s p e c t t h r e a d e d s u r fa c e s a n d i n s i d e
o f b o r e f o r s c r a t c h e s a n d n i c k s . R e p a i r m i n o r s c r at c h e s a n d n i c k s
inside relief valve bore using REPAIR paragraph 1B. Repair
threaded surfaces using REPAIR paragraph 2Q(1), or replace.

E
E

Relief Valve Bore Checks


Figure 528

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 539
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 9 ) M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n D . R e p l a c e g e a r h o u s i n g a s se m b l y i f w o r n b e y o n d
limits specified in table 801.

( 1 0 ) I n s p e c t g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y f o r l o o s e o r d am a g e d a l i g n m e n t p i n s
(645). Replace pins using REPAIR paragraph 2Q(4).

NOTE: I f d u r i n g p r e l i m i n a r y i n s p e c t i o n i t w a s n o t e d t h at t h e f i l -
ter cover mounting bolts were removed and replaced with
m o u n t i n g b o l t s u s i n g s e l f a l i g n i n g n u t s a n d w a s h e r s, f u e l
p u m p h o u s i n g m u s t b e r e w o r k e d p e r R E P A I R, p a r a g r a p h 2 R .

( 1 1 ) F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 t h r u - 6 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 a n d - 2 , a n d 7 08 6 0 0 - 1 a n d - 2 p u m p s ,
i f t h e h e l i c a l i n s e r t s ( 6 5 5 ) f o r t h e f i l t e r c o v e r mo u n t i n g b o l t s
h a v e b e e n r e m o v e d p e r t h e s e r v i c e b u l l e t i n , t h e f i lt e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 )
a n d g e a r h o u s i n g ( 6 7 0 ) m u s t b e r e w o r k e d i n a c c o r d a nc e w i t h R E P A I R ,
paragraph 2R.

CAUTION: B A C K T O R Q U E A N D L O C K I N G T O R Q U E O N I N S E R T S ( 6 5 5 , -6 5 6 , 6 6 0 ,
665, AND 667) MUST BE CHECKED DURING INSPECTION AND AFTER
R E P L A C E M E N T . R E P L A C E U S I N G R E P A I R P A R A G R A P H 2 Q O R 2R A S
APPLICABLE.
(12) Inspect for loose or damaged helical inserts (655, 660, and 665).
For 708600 series inspect inserts (655, -656, 660, 665, and 667).

( 1 3 ) C h e c k b a c k t o r q u e a n d l o c k i n g t o r q u e o n i n s e rt s ( 6 5 5 , - 6 5 6 , a n d
6 6 0 ) . I n s e r t s ( 6 5 5 a n d - 6 5 6 ) m u s t h a v e a m i n i m u m ba c k t o r q u e o f
3.5 lb in. (0,4 N·m) and a locking torque of 30 lb in. (3,4 N·m)
m a x i m u m . I n s e r t s ( 6 6 0 ) m u s t h a v e a m i n i m u m b a c k t or q u e o f 6 . 5 l b
i n . ( 0 , 7 3 N · m ) a n d a l o c k i n g t o r q u e o f 6 0 l b i n . ( 6, 8 N · m ) m a x i m u m .
I f i n s e r t s a r e d a m a g e d r e p l a c e t h e m i n a c c o r d a n c e wi t h R E P A I R p a r a -
graph 2Q or 2R as applicable.

( 1 4 ) I n s p e c t s t u d s ( 6 5 0 ) f o r l o o s e n e s s o r d a m a g e to t h r e a d s . C h e c k f o r
side to side movement of studs, movement at end of stud shall not
b e g r e a t e r t h a n 0 . 0 6 2 i n . ( 1 , 5 7 5 m m ) . T i g h t e n l o o se s t u d s o r r e -
place damaged studs using REPAIR paragraph 2Q(6).

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 540
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP – REPAIR

Table 601. Repair Materials

NOTE: E q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s m a y b e u s e d u n l e s s o t h e r wi s e i n d i c a t e d .
Crocus abrasive cloth, 400 grade Commercially a v a i la b l e
Crocus abrasive cloth, 800 grade Commercially a v a i la b l e
Lapping compound, diamond, 1200 grit Commercially av a i l a b l e
Lapping compound, diamond, 6 and 15 micron C o m m e r c ia l l y available
Methyl ethyl ketone Commercially available
Alodine 1200 chromate conversion coating C o m m e r c i a ll y available
Zinc chromate primer coating, TT-P-1757, yellow C o mm e r c i a l l y available
Dioxane chemical solvent Commercially available
Silicone carbide abrasive paper, waterproof, Commercially available
400 grit
Arkansas stone Commercially available
Burnishing ball, 1.1561-1.1563 inch Commercially available
(29,3649-29,3700 mm) diameter
Burnishing ball, 1.3749-1.3751 inch Commercially available
(34,9225-34,9275 mm) diameter
0.8750-14UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
1.1875-12UNJ-3B tap Commercially available
0.750-16UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
1.250-18UNJEF-3A die Commercially available
1.250-18UNJEF-3BG tap Commercially available
1.625-12UNJ-3A die Commercially available
1.250-16UNJ-3B tap Commercially available
0.4375-20UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
0.5625-18UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
1.6250-12UNJ-3B tap Commercially available
0.7500-16UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
0.375-24UNJF-3B tap Commercially available
Isopropyl Alcohol Commercially available
Loctite cleaning solvent 755 Loctite Corporation
Loctite activator T7471 705 North Mountain Rd.
Loctite retaining compound 601 Newington, CT 06111
Loctite retaining compound 609
Everlube 620 dry film lubricant E / M L u b r i c a n t s , I n c.
Box 220
W. Lafayette, IN 47906
Novaculite No. 625 blasting media Malvern Minerals Company
Box 1246
Hot Springs, AR 71901
Electrofilm 4253 dry film lubricant E/M Corporation
P.O. Box 2200
West Lafayette, IN 47906

73-11-11
Page 601
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 601. Repair Materials (Continued)

Spot Anodize Brooktronic Eng. Corp.


Sherman Blvd.
North Hollywood, CA
Pressure-sensitive tape No. 250, flat black 3M Company, 3M Center
St. Paul, MN 55101
Supreme 11HT Masterbond Inc. Adhesives,
Sealants and Coatings
154 Hobart Street
Hackensack, NJ 07601
Repair Packs Oversize Bottoming Taps
3173-6 56193-6-2 Heli-Coil
DELETED 56193-7-2 Division of Black & Decker
510 River Rd.
3177-04 3887-04 Shelton, CT 06848
3177-06 3887-06
3179-4 3893-4
3179-5 3893-5

207968, Inserting Tool ARGO-TECH


216676, Lapping Fixture 23555 Euclid Ave.
Cleveland, OH 44117
217051, Thrust Bearing Installation Tool
219948, Bypass Valve Repair Insert
278017, Bonding Clamp
92447-6, Preformed Packing (M25988-1-906)

1. General.

A. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e f u e l p u m p o n l y t o t h e l e v e l r e q ui r e d t o e f f e c t t h e n e c -
e s s a r y r e p a i r s o r r e p l a c e m e n t o f h a r d w a r e . D u r i n g di s a s s e m b l y , i f a n y o f
t h e f o l l o w i n g i t e m s a r e e x p o s e d , t h e y s h o u l d b e r e pl a c e d r e g a r d l e s s o f
condition: all packings (30, 40, 50, 120, 140, 150, 155, 205, 210, 215,
2 2 0 , 3 4 0 , 3 4 5 , 3 5 5 , 4 5 0 , 4 8 5 , 4 9 3 , 5 1 5 , 5 2 0 , 5 4 0 , 54 5 , 5 5 0 , 5 8 0 , 6 1 5 ,
639, and 680, IPL figure 2), backup rings (455 and 480), and fuel filter
e l e m e n t ( 5 1 0 ) . I t i s r e c o m m e n d e d , d e p e n d i n g o n c o nd i t i o n , t h a t t h e f o l -
l o w i n g i t e m s b e r e p l a c e d : v i t o n w a s h e r s ( 6 0 , 7 0 , a nd 9 0 ) , s h i m s ( 7 5 ,
230, 250, 270, and 325), and stationary shaft seal (35). All other
items should be inspected in accordance with CHECK section and repaired
or replaced, as necessary.

NOTE: I n t h e I P L s e c t i o n , s u f f i x l e t t e r s h a v e b e e n a s s ig n e d t o i t e m
n u m b e r s w h e n n e c e s s a r y t o a d d p a r t s . I n t h e t e x t p or t i o n o f t h i s
manual, however, all references will be to only the basic item
number unless it is necessary to refer to a suffix in order to
properly identify a specific part.

73-11-11
Page 602
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

B. R e f e r t o T a b l e 6 0 1 f o r a l i s t o f r e c o m m e n d e d r e pa i r m a t e r i a l s . S i m p l e
r e p a i r w i l l b e l i m i t e d t o p o l i s h i n g m i n o r b u r r s , n ic k s , s c o r i n g , a n d
s c r a t c h e s w i t h n u m b e r 4 0 0 g r a d e c r o c u s a b r a s i v e c l ot h . F o r m i c r o f i n i s h e d
s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n 1 0 - 6 4 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 , 2 5 4 0 - 1 , 6 2 5 6 mi c r o m e t e r s ) , p o l i s h
w i t h 8 0 0 g r a d e c r o c u s a b r a s i v e c l o t h . F o r m i c r o f i n is h e d s u r f a c e s b e t w e e n
4-10 microinches (0,1016-0,2540 micrometers), use a 1200 grit diamond
l a p p i n g c o m p o u n d t o o b t a i n f i n i s h s p e c i f i e d i n C H E CK , p r o v i d e d t h e i n d i -
vidual limits in Table 801 are not exceeded. Clean all repolished parts
i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s g i v e n i n C L E A N IN G . T o u c h u p a l l
m e t a l a r e a s o f a n o d i z e d a l u m i n u m p a r t s e x p o s e d d u r in g r e p a i r w i t h c o n -
version coating (Alodine 1200).
2. Component Repair.
CAUTION: A F T E R R E P A I R I S A C C O M P L I S H E D , P A R T S M U S T B E I N S P EC T E D U S I N G
APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF CHECK PARAGRAPHS 1B AND 2.

A. R e p a i r S e a l C a r r i e r A s s e m b l y ( - 5 , I P L f i g u r e 2 an d f i g u r e 6 0 1 ) .
( 1 ) M a c h i n e t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 2 0 ) o u t o f s e a l c a r r i er ( 2 5 ) .
CAUTION: D O N O T U S E S O L V E N T S S U C H A S G A S O L I N E , K E R O S E N E , NA P H T H A , F U E L
OIL, VARSOL, OR STODDARD THAT WILL LEAVE A FILM ON THE CLEANED
S U R F A C E . T H I S F I L M W I L L P R E V E N T P R O P E R B O N D I N G D U R IN G C A R R I E R
INSTALLATION.
(2) Using clean Loctite Cleaning Solvent 755, or a known equivalent,
c l e a n t h e o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r o f t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 2 0 ) an d t h e i n s i d e
diameter of carrier (25). Visually check and ensure all solvent has
dried prior to continuing.
WARNING: U S E N E C E S S A R Y P R E C A U T I O N S W H E N H A N D L I N G H E A T E D P AR T S T O
PREVENT INJURY TO PERSONNEL.
CAUTION: W H E N A C C O M P L I S H I N G T H E F O L L O W I N G S T E P , D O N O T H E AT C A R R I E R F O R
MORE THAN 30 MINUTES.
( 3 ) H e a t c a r r i e r ( 2 5 ) t o a t e m p e r a t u r e o f 5 0 0 º F ( 26 0 º C ) .
NOTE: Failure to assemble immediately will require the removal of
a p p l i e d a d h e s i v e a n d p r i m e r u s i n g a n o r g a n i c o r p e tr o l e u m
solvent and repetition of the following steps.
(4) Apply an even coat of Loctite Activator T7471 to outside diameter
o f t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 2 0 ) a n d i n s i d e d i a m e t e r o f c a r r ie r ( 2 5 ) .
( 5 ) A p p l y a n e v e n c o a t o f L o c t i t e R e t a i n i n g C o m p o un d 6 0 1 o r 6 0 9 o v e r
t h e p r e v i o u s l y a p p l i e d a c t i v a t o r o n t h e o u t s i d e d i am e t e r o f t h r u s t
b e a r i n g ( 2 0 ) a n d t h e i n s i d e d i a m e t e r o f c a r r i e r ( 2 5) . I m m e d i a t e l y
p r e s s t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g i n t o t h e c a r r i e r u s i n g s u it a b l e d r i v e r ,
207968, and an arbor press until the thrust bearing bottoms in the
carrier.

73-11-11
Page 603
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Machining of Seal Carrier Assembly


Figure 601

(6) Remove excess adhesive and primer from outside the joint by wiping
with an organic or petroleum solvent.

(7) Allow bonded parts to cure at 72ºF (22ºC) for 1 hour.

(8) Deleted.

73-11-11
Page 604
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

UNITS
SHOWN.
(36,982)
(36,932)

1.451(36,855) MIN.
4 (4,293)

WITHIN 2 LIGHT
BANDS

FLAT CYLINDRICAL (CONVEX) SPHERICAL (CONCAVE)


WORK FLATNESS DEVIATION: 1 BAND = 11.0 mk
DEVIATION: 0 = 1 mk DEVIATION: 22 BANDS = 22.5 mk
OR LESS

CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT


POINT POINT POINT

Repair of Rotating Seal Ring


Figure 602

B. Repair Rotating Seal Ring (55, IPL figure 2 and figure 602).

(1) Use 15 micron diamond lapping compound to lap the seal and thrust
f a c e s t o r e m o v e m i n o r n i c k s , s c r a t c h e s , a n d l i g h t sc o r i n g o n r o t a t -
ing seal ring (55).

( 2 ) A f t e r r e w o r k i n g t h e r o t a t i n g s e a l r i n g , t h e m ea s u r e d h e i g h t m u s t
n o t b e l e s s t h a n l i m i t s s p e c i f i e d i n F I T S A N D C L E A RA N C E S T a b l e 8 0 1 .

( 3 ) F i n i s h l a p w i t h 6 m i c r o n d i a m o n d l a p p i n g c o m p ou n d t o a c h i e v e
requirements in figure 602.

73-11-11
Page 605
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

C. R e p a i r W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e a n d G u i d e (I n c l u d e s L a p p i n g P r o c e -
d u r e ) ( 1 3 0 , 1 3 5 , I P L f i g u r e 2 a n d f i g u r e s 6 0 3 a n d 60 4 ) .

(1) Scratches and grooves on the seat of wash flow filter bypass valve
( 1 3 0 ) m a y b e r e m o v e d b y m a c h i n i n g p r o v i d e d t h e d i m en s i o n s s p e c i f i e d
in figure 603 are maintained.

(2) Using lapping and holding fixture, 216676, lap the valve (130) into
the valve guide (135) in the following manner:

(a) I n s t a l l v a l v e g u i d e i n t o b a s e c o l l e t a s s h o w n in f i g u r e 6 0 4 .

(b) Insert lapping tool into valve guide and break sharp edges
0.004-0.008 in. (0,102-0,203 mm).

NOTE: Lap in one continuous motion and in the same


direction.

(c) Remove lapping tool from base collet and valve guide.

(d) I n s t a l l a n d s e c u r e b y p a s s v a l v e ( 1 3 0 ) o n t o e x p an d i n g m a n d r e l
of holding tool.

(e) I n s e r t v a l v e i n t o v a l v e g u i d e a n d l a p t h e m a t i ng s u r f a c e s f o r
a 0.015 in. maximum (0,381 mm) corner break.

NOTE: L a p i n o n e c o n t i n u o u s m o t i o n , a n d i n s a m e d i r e c t io n .

(f) Remove both the valve and valve guide. C l e a n an d s t o r e t h e s e


items as a matched set.

WARNING: TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HEATED PARTS.


( 3 ) A f t e r m a c h i n i n g , c l e a n t h e b y p a s s v a l v e a n d t he n c o a t t h e a r e a s
s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 0 3 w i t h d r y f i l m l u b r i c a n t ( E v e r l ub e 6 2 0 ) t o a
thickness of 0.0002-0.0005 in. (0,0051-0,0126 mm). Use lubricant
i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h M I L - L - 8 9 3 7 ; c u r e t h e f i l m b y b a ki n g a t 3 0 0 º -
3 2 0 º F ( 1 4 9 º - 1 6 0 º C ) f o r o n e h o u r . I f d r y f i l m i s w or n t h r o u g h ,
strip and refilm.

73-11-11
Page 606
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(20,447)

(15,240)

Repair of Wash Flow Filter Bypass Valve


Figure 603

Valve and Valve Guide Lapping Procedure


Figure 604

73-11-11
Page 607
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

D. R e p a i r P u m p C o v e r A s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 , I P L f i g u r e 2 an d f i g u r e 6 0 5 ) .

( 1 ) U s e 4 0 0 g r i t a b r a s i v e c l o t h t o r e m o v e s l i g h t sc o r i n g , s c r a t c h e s ,
burrs, and displaced metal in the pump cover throat area whenever
p o s s i b l e . D i m e n s i o n s s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 0 5 m u s t b e ma i n t a i n e d . M i -
nor scoring may remain after polishing.

(2) Repair the threads in the pump cover ports as follows:

(a) Use an 0.8750-14UNJF-3B tap in the PF port.

(b) U s e a 1 . 1 8 7 5 - 1 2 U N J - 3 B t a p i n t h e w a s h f l o w f i l te r b y p a s s v a l v e
installation port.

(c) Use a 0.750-16UNJF-3B tap in the PHP port.

(3) After repairing the pump cover throat area and the tapped holes as
r e q u i r e d , c l e a n t h e c o v e r a s s e m b l y t h o r o u g h l y a s d es c r i b e d i n
CLEANING.

( 4 ) I f t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 1 7 5 ) i s d a m a g e d o r i f 20 p e r c e n t o f t h e d r y
film is removed from face or ID of bearing, replace as follows:

(a) Remove thrust bearing from pump cover assembly (-160) by ma-
c h i n i n g o r p r e s s i n g i t o u t . R e m o v e a l l b e a r i n g d e br i s f r o m
cover before proceeding.

WARNING: T A K E P R O P E R P R E C A U T I O N S T O P R E V E N T I N J U R Y W H E N H AN D L I N G
HEATED PARTS.

(b) H e a t t h e p u m p c o v e r t o a m a x i m u m o f 3 5 0 º F ( 1 7 7 ºC ) f o r n o m o r e
t h a n 3 0 m i n u t e s . P r e s s t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 1 7 5 ) i nt o t h e p u m p
c o v e r ( 2 0 0 ) a s s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 0 5 , u s i n g t h r u s t b ea r i n g i n -
stallation tool, 217051.

(c) A l l o w p a r t s t o c o o l . D r i l l t h r u s t b e a r i n g a s sh o w n i n f i g u r e
605, to allow for installation of steel pin (180). Coat Pin
with zinc chromate primer (TT-P-1757), and install pin into
cover and thrust bearing. Peen edge of hole after pin is
installed.

(d) M a c h i n e t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g b o r e t o t h e A S M A C H IN E D d i a m e t e r
shown in figure 605. Finish the thrust face to the dimension
and surface finish shown.

(e) M a s k a r e a a r o u n d t h r u s t b e a r i n g , t h e n v a p o r b l as t t h e b e a r i n g
b o r e a n d f a c e u s i n g b l a s t i n g m e d i a . W a t e r b l a s t t he a f f e c t e d
area to remove all traces of grit.

73-11-11
Page 608
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

CAUTION: D R Y F I L M L U B R I C A N T M U S T B E A P P L I E D W I T H I N 4 8 H O U RS A F T E R
ABRASIVE CLEANING.

(f) C o a t t h e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s w i t h d r y f i l m l u b r i c an t ( E l e c t r o f i l m
4253) 0.0005-0.0007 in. (0,013-0,018 mm) thick, as follows:

1 S h a k e t h e c o n c e n t r a t e d l u b r i c a n t o n a m e c h a n i c a l sh a k e r f o r
a minimum of one hour.
2 After shaking, immediately dilute the concentrate in the
proportion of one part by weight dry film lubricant concen-
t r a t e t o f o u r p a r t s b y w e i g h t D i o x a n e c h e m i c a l s o l ve n t .
S h a k e t h i s d i l u t e d m i x t u r e o n a m e c h a n i c a l s h a k e r fo r a
minimum of one hour.
3 Wash bearing surfaces with methyl ethyl ketone and air dry.
T h e n r i n s e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s w i t h c h e m i c a l s o l v e n t an d a i r
dry. Mask exposed areas to reduce overspray.
NOTE: P l a c e c l e a n e d p a r t s o n a s u r f a c e f r e e o f d u s t , d ir t ,
lint, grease, and other contaminants. Take precau-
tions to avoid contamination of bearing after
cleaning.

4 F i l l a s p r a y g u n w i t h t h e d i l u t e d d r y f i l m m i x t u r e. A d j u s t
the spray nozzle and air pressure to obtain a fine mist,
a n d c o a t t h e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s t o t h e r e q u i r e d t h i c kn e s s .
A l l o w t h e c o a t i n g t o a i r d r y f o r 2 0 m i n u t e s a n d c h ec k t o l -
erances.
NOTE: A g i t a t e t h e s p r a y g u n d u r i n g a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e dr y
f i l m t o p r e v e n t s o l i d s f r o m s e t t l i n g . P r o t e c t b e a r-
ing surfaces from settling dust and other contami-
nants during drying.

5 I f b e a r i n g d o e s n o t m e e t s p e c i f i e d d i m e n s i o n s a f t er c o a t -
i n g , r e m o v e t h e c o a t i n g w i t h v a p o r b l a s t , a n d r e c o at a s
necessary to obtain the required dimensions.
WARNING: TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING
HEATED PARTS.

6 When the bearing has been coated to the specified dry film
d i a m e t e r , r e m o v e m a s k i n g m a t e r i a l s a n d r e m o v e o v e r sp r a y u s -
i n g a c l e a n c l o t h d a m p e n e d w i t h m e t h y l e t h y l k e t o n e. C u r e
t h e c o a t i n g b y b a k i n g t h e p a r t s i n a n o v e n a t 3 0 0 º -3 5 0 º F
(149º-177ºC) for a minimum of 3-1/2 hours.

73-11-11
Page 609
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

NOTE: (83,312)
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
(185)

3.875 (98,425)
BASIC

0.0011
(0.0279)
BASIC

0.0006
(0.0152)
BASIC

Installation of Thrust Bearing (Sheet 1 of 2)


Figure 605

73-11-11
Page 610
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

1.684
(42.774)

1.1569 (29,3853)
AS MACHINED
1.1564 (29,3726)

1.1567 (29,3802)
(29,3726)
2.638 (67,005)
GAGE DIA
(29,3319) SECTION AA
(29,3192) MODEL 708300 ONLY

(29,3446)
(29,3319)

(68,834)
1.684 (68,707)
(42,774)
PIN
(180)
2.638
(67,005) (25.654)
GAGE
DIA
K
0)
,24
(15
4)
,76
(175) (16
ALLOW FOR 0.005
(0,127) WEAR IN DRY
THROAT AREA FILM

(200)

NOTES:
DATUM -D- 1S A PLANE IN CONTACT WITH THE HIGH POINTS
OF SURFACE -G- .
DATUM -E- IS A PLANE PASSING THRU THE CENTER OF DIAMETERS
-H- AND SLOT -J- AND PERPENDICULAR TO DATUM -D- .
DATUM -F- IS A PLANE PERPENDICULAR TO DATUM -D- AND -E- .

-K- IS CENTERLINE OF THRUST BEARING INSIDE DIAMETER -R- AND PARALLEL TO DATUM -E-
-K- IS OFFSET FROM DATUMS -E- AND -F- AS SHOWN.

DETAIL C

Installation of Thrust Bearing (Sheet 2 of 2)


Figure 605

73-11-11
Page 611
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

CAUTION: D O N O T A T T E M P T T O R E M O V E T H E D R Y F I L M C O A T I N G A F TE R
CURING. A CURED COATING CANNOT BE REMOVED WITHOUT
DAMAGE TO THE BEARING MATERIAL.

7 A f t e r c u r i n g , i n s p e c t t h e c o a t e d s u r f a c e s f o r u n e ve n n e s s ,
p i n h o l e s , s a g s , r u n s , b u b b l e s , a n d o t h e r i m p e r f e c ti o n s .
T e s t t h e a d h e s i o n o f t h e f i l m b y a p p l y i n g a s h o r t st r i p o f
flat back pressure-sensitive tape (No. 250) to the bearing
f a c e s a n d b o r e s . P u l l o f f t h e t a p e a n d l o o k f o r s pe c k s o f
dry film on the tape.
(g) After dry film lubricating, burnish the bearing bore to the
AFTER BURNISHED DIAMETER shown in figure 605, using a burn-
i s h i n g b a l l o f 1 . 1 5 6 1 - 1 . 1 5 6 3 i n . ( 2 9 , 3 6 4 9 - 2 9 , 3 7 0 0 mm ) d i a m e -
ter. Make at least two passes, starting each time from the
thrust face of the bearing. From the bottom of the bore, re-
m o v e a n y b u r r s w h i c h m a y h a v e b e e n f o r m e d d u r i n g t he b u r n i s h -
ing operation.

(5) If helical insert (185) is damaged, remove it. If tapped hole,


from which insert was removed, is not damaged, coat new insert with
z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) a n d i n s t a l l i n a c co r d a n c e w i t h
M S 3 3 5 3 7 . I f t a p p e d h o l e i s d a m a g e d , a n d m a x i m u m d ia m e t e r c o r r e c -
t i o n r e q u i r e d d o e s n o t e x c e e d 0 . 0 1 1 5 i n . ( 0 , 2 9 2 1 m m) a t t h e m a x i m u m
material condition (MMC), repair as follows:

(a) S e l e c t a d r i l l b i t t h a t w i l l p r o v i d e a m i n o r d ia m e t e r , a f t e r
tapping, of 0.3041-0.3110 in. (7,7241-7,8994 mm).

(b) D r i l l t h e h o l e f r o m w h i c h i n s e r t ( 1 8 5 ) w a s r e m ov e d . D r i l l e d
h o l e s h a l l b e t h r o u g h , a n d i n i d e n t i c a l l o c a t i o n r el a t i v e t o
dimensions shown on figure 605.

(c) Using oversized bottoming tap, 3893-4, tap the through hole.

(d) I n s p e c t t a p p e d h o l e f o r 0 . 4 1 0 i n . ( 1 0 , 4 1 4 m m ) mi n i m u m f u l l
thread depth.

(e) Inspect tapped hole location. See figure 605.

(f) S e l e c t o u t e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n r e p a i r p a c k 3 17 9 - 4 . C o a t
with zinc chromate primer (TT-P-1757), and install into newly
t a p p e d h o l e , u s i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l s u p p l i e d i n r ep a i r p a c k
3179-4. Install to a depth 1/4 to 1/2 pitch below parting
s u r f a c e o f p u m p c o v e r . W i p e o f f e x c e s s p r i m e r . R em o v e d r i v -
i n g t a n g w i t h b r e a k - o f f t o o l s u p p l i e d i n r e p a i r p a ck 3 1 7 9 - 4 .

73-11-11
Page 612
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(g) S e l e c t i n n e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n p a c k . C o a t w it h z i n c c h r o -
m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d i n s t a l l i n t o o u t e r i n se r t , u s i n g
i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l . I n s t a l l t o d e p t h o f o u t e r i n s e rt a n d a l i g n
end of insert with the end of previously installed insert.
S e e d e t a i l C o f f i g u r e 6 0 5 . W i p e o f f e x c e s s i v e p r im e r .

(h) Check installation for normal fit by installing bolt (165), to


depth of the locking coil, in insert.

(i) R e m o v e r e m a i n i n g d r i v i n g t a n g u s i n g b r e a k - o f f to o l .

(6) Replace damaged studs (190) as follows:

CAUTION: E N S U R E T H A T F U E L C O N T R O L F L A N G E I S N O T D A M A G E D D UR I N G T H E
FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.

(a) If the side to side movement at the end of the stud is greater
than 0.062 in. (1,575 mm), tighten the locking keys by tapping
t h e k e y s i n t o p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) u s i n g a h am m e r a n d
p u n c h . T h e k e y s s h o u l d b e d r i v e n d o w n u n t i l t h e s tu d i s
tight, or until the keys are flush with the top of the in-
s e r t e d e n d o f t h e s t u d . I f t h e s t u d c a n n o t b e t i g ht e n e d , r e -
place studs.

(b) C u t o f f n u t e n d o f s t u d a t a p o i n t j u s t a b o v e th e s u r f a c e o f
the control flange.

(c) Select a drill of sufficient diameter to remove all of the


stud material between the locking keys.

(d) Drill out the material between the locking keys to a depth
s u f f i c i e n t t o a l l o w t h e l o c k i n g k e y s t o b e d r i v e n co m p l e t e l y
o u t o f t h e i r b r o a c h e d k e y - w a y s , a n d t o p e r m i t t h e in s e r t i o n o f
an easy-out.

(e) Insert easy-out and back out stud remnants.

(f) Coat new stud with zinc chromate primer (TT-P- 1757), and in-
s t a l l i n t o t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e u n t i l k e y s p r e v e n t f u rt h e r p e n e -
tration.

NOTE: When replacing a stud, the existing key slots may be


re-used if the stud length (extended from housing) is
within tolerances. If original key slots cannot be re-
u s e d , p o s i t i o n n e w k e y s l o t s h a l f w a y b e t w e e n e x i s t in g
key slots.

73-11-11
Page 613
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(g) Place installation tool over nut end of stud. Using a hammer
o r a r b o r p r e s s , d r i v e t h e k e y s d o w n i n t o t h e p u m p co v e r . T h e
t o o l w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e t k e y s a t t h e p r o p e r d e p th .

(7) Replace damaged inserts (195) as follows:

(a) S e l e c t a d r i l l o r g r i n d i n g t o o l o f s u f f i c i e n t di a m e t e r t o r e -
move all of the material between the locking keys.

(b) D r i l l o r g r i n d o u t t h e m a t e r i a l b e t w e e n t h e l o ck i n g k e y s t o a
d e p t h s u f f i c i e n t t o a l l o w t h e l o c k i n g k e y s t o b e d ri v e n o u t o f
their broached keyways.

(c) Insert easy-out and back out insert remnants.

(d) C o a t n e w i n s e r t w i t h z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P- 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d
s c r e w i n t o t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e u n t i l k e y s p r e v e n t f u rt h e r p e n e -
tration.

(e) P l a c e i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l o v e r i n s e r t . U s i n g a ha m m e r o r a r b o r
p r e s s , d r i v e t h e k e y s d o w n i n t o t h e p u m p c o v e r . T he t o o l w i l l
automatically set keys at the proper depth.

(8) If anodize coating is damaged in impeller rub area and damage


e x c e e d s 0 . 7 5 0 s q u a r e i n c h , s p o t a n o d i z e u s i n g p r o c es s d e v e l o p e d b y
B r o o k t r o n i c s E n g i n e e r i n g C o r p . , S h e r m a n B l v d . , N o r th H o l l y w o o d , C A ,
o r r e m o v e s t u d s a n d i n s e r t s a n d r e - a n o d i z e e n t i r e co v e r . A l s o u s e
t h i s p r o c e s s t o r e p a i r d a m a g e i n i n d u c e r r u b a r e a wh e n t h e d a m a g e
exceeds 0.250 square in. If damaged areas are less than 0.750
s q u a r e i n c h a n d 0 . 2 5 0 s q u a r e i n c h , r e s p e c t i v e l y , a pp l y c o n v e r s i o n
coating (Alodine 1200) to exposed surfaces.

(9) Use Alodine 1200 to touch up anodized areas of the pump cover that
were exposed during repair.

WARNING: WHEN USING FILTERED/DRY COMPRESSED AIR TO CLEAN, COOL, OR DRY,


DO NOT USE MORE THAN 30 PSIG (207 KPA GAGE). WEAR EYE
PROTECTION AND DO NOT POINT COMPRESSED AIR AT SELF OR OTHERS.
(10) After performing the above repairs, clean the pump cover assembly
a s d e s c r i b e d i n c l e a n i n g , a n d b l o w f i l t e r e d / d r y c o mp r e s s e d a i r
through the interior passages.

73-11-11
Page 614
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

E. Repair Impeller (265, IPL figure 2).

I f t h e i m p e l l e r i s d e t e r m i n e d t o b e u s a b l e a c c o r d in g t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
o f C H E C K p a r a g r a p h 2 L , r e p a i r m i n o r n i c k s , s c r a t c h e s , o r o th e r a r e a s
w h i c h h a v e h a d t h e a n o d i z e r e m o v e d . I f l e s s t h a n 40 p e r c e n t o f a n o d i z e d
s u r f a c e h a s b e e n r e m o v e d , a l o d i n e e x p o s e d s u r f a c e wi t h c o n v e r s i o n c o a t -
i n g ( A l o d i n e 1 2 0 0 ) . I f m o r e t h a n 4 0 p e r c e n t o f a n od i z e d s u r f a c e i s e x -
p o s e d , a n o d i z e i m p e l l e r i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h M I L - A - 8 62 5 , T y p e I .

F. Repair Impeller Shaft (285, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) C l e a n u p t h r e a d s o f i m p e l l e r s h a f t u s i n g a 1 . 25 0 - 1 8 U N J E F - 3 A d i e .

CAUTION: D O N O T G R I N D T H E B E A R I N G J O U R N A L O R T H R U S T F A C E AS T H I S
P R O C E S S W I L L R E M O V E T H E N I T R I D E L A Y E R A N D R E D U C E T HE S U R F A C E
HARDNESS.
(2) Lap the surfaces marked 6 microinches (0,1524 micrometer) as
n e c e s s a r y t o o b t a i n a s u r f a c e f i n i s h o f 6 m i c r o i n c he s ( 0 , 1 5 2 4 m i -
c r o m e t e r ) o r s m o o t h e r , u s i n g 6 m i c r o n d i a m o n d l a p p in g c o m p o u n d . S e e
figure 606.

( 3 ) W h e n r e p a i r i n g i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( - 2 8 5 A a n d - 2 8 5 B) , i f d r y f i l m i s
w o r n t h r o u g h o n t h e t h r e a d s , s t r i p a n d r e f i l m . A p p ly d r y f i l m l u -
b r i c a n t ( E v e r l u b e 6 2 0 ) o n t h r e a d s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 0 . 00 0 1 i n . ( 0 , 0 0 2 5
m m ) t h i c k i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h M I L - L - 8 9 3 7 ; c u r e t h e fi l m b y b a k i n g a t
300º-320ºF (149º-160ºC) for one hour.

D 0.0010 (0,0254) TIR


-C-

NOTE:
DIMENSIONS ARE
IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
1.3711 MIN. 1.1523 MIN.
(34,8259) (29,2684)

Repair Impeller Shaft


Figure 606

73-11-11
Page 615
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

G. Repair Impeller Shaft Nut (290, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) C l e a n u p t h e t h r e a d s o f i m p e l l e r s h a f t n u t u s in g a 1 . 2 5 0 - 1 8 U N J E F -
3BG tap.

CAUTION: D O N O T G R I N D T H E T H R U S T F A C E T O O B T A I N T H I S F I N I SH A S T H I S
W I L L R E M O V E T H E N I T R I D E L A Y E R A N D R E D U C E T H E S U R F A CE H A R D N E S S .
( 2 ) T h e t h r u s t f a c e o f t h e n u t r i d e s a g a i n s t t h e bo o s t s t a g e b e a r i n g ,
a n d m u s t h a v e a s u r f a c e f i n i s h o f 6 m i c r o i n c h e s ( 0 ,1 5 2 4 m i c r o m e t e r )
o r s m o o t h e r . I n i t i a l l a p t h e t h r u s t f a c e w i t h 1 5 mi c r o n d i a m o n d
lapping compound. Finish lap the surface with a 6 micron diamond
l a p p i n g c o m p o u n d t o a c h i e v e t h e r e q u i r e d s u r f a c e f in i s h .

H. Repair Bearing Plate Assembly (-375, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) I f b o o s t s t a g e b e a r i n g ( 3 9 0 ) i s d a m a g e d o r w o rn b e y o n d l i m i t s
specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES Table 801, remove by pulling out
p i n ( 3 9 5 ) a n d m a c h i n i n g o u t t h e b e a r i n g . S e e f i g u re 6 0 7 .

(2) Install boost stage bearing as follows:

WARNING: TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HEATED PARTS.


( 3 ) H e a t b e a r i n g p l a t e ( 4 0 5 ) t o 3 0 0 º - 3 5 0 º F ( 1 4 9 º - 17 7 º C ) f o r 1 5 - 3 0
m i n u t e s . P r e s s b e a r i n g ( 3 9 0 ) i n t o t h e b e a r i n g p l a te w i t h t h e
spring holes out and the groove positioned as shown in figure 607.

(4) When parts have returned to room temperature, drill the hole for
t h e b e a r i n g r e t a i n e r p i n ( 3 9 5 ) t o t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o ns s h o w n i n f i g -
ure 607. Install the pin in the hole and peen the edges of the
hole to retain the pin.

( 5 ) M a c h i n e t h e b e a r i n g b o r e t o t h e A S M A C H I N E D d ia m e t e r a n d t h e
bearing face as shown in figure 607.

(6) Vapor blast the machine bore and groove using blasting media.
W a t e r b l a s t a f t e r a b r a s i v e c l e a n i n g t o r e m o v e a l l tr a c e s o f g r i t .
Mask bearing plate assembly as required.

CAUTION: THE DRY FILM LUBRICANT MUST BE APPLIED WITHIN 48 HOURS AFTER
ABRASIVE CLEANING.
(7) Coat the bearing bore and groove with dry film lubricant (Electro-
f i l m 4 2 5 3 ) t o a t h i c k n e s s o f 0 . 0 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 0 0 7 i n . ( 0 , 01 2 7 - 0 , 0 1 7 8 m m ) .
Apply the film as follows:

(a) S h a k e t h e c o n c e n t r a t e d l u b r i c a n t o n a m e c h a n i c al s h a k e r f o r a
minimum of one hour.

73-11-11
Page 616
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(b) A f t e r s h a k i n g , i m m e d i a t e l y d i l u t e t h e c o n c e n t r at e i n t h e p r o -
p o r t i o n o f o n e p a r t b y w e i g h t d r y f i l m l u b r i c a n t ( El e c t r o f i l m
4 2 5 3 ) c o n c e n t r a t e t o f o u r p a r t s b y w e i g h t D i o x a n e ch e m i c a l
s o l v e n t . S h a k e t h i s d i l u t e d m i x t u r e o n a m e c h a n i c al s h a k e r
for a minimum of one hour.

NOTES:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.

2,957
(75,108)
GAGE

1.400
(35,560)
BASIC

Repair of Bearing Plate Assembly (Sheet 1 of 3)


Figure 607

73-11-11
Page 617
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

-N-

NOTES:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.

DETAIL D

DIAMETER REQUIRED
FOR A 0.0001-0.0008
(0,0025-0,0203)
PRESS FIT IN BEARING
PLATE

Repair of Bearing Plate Assembly (Sheet 2 of 3)


Figure 607

73-11-11
Page 618
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(148,844)

ITEM NUMBERS CORRESPOND TO THOSE IN IPL


FIG. 2.

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS


IN PARENTHESES.

Repair of Bearing Plate Assembly (Sheet 3 of 3)


Figure 607

73-11-11
Page 619
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(c) Wash bearing surfaces with methyl ethyl ketone and air dry.
T h e n r i n s e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s w i t h c h e m i c a l s o l v e n t an d a i r d r y .
Mask exposed areas to reduce overspray.

NOTE: P l a c e c l e a n e d p a r t s o n a s u r f a c e f r e e o f d u s t , d ir t ,
l i n t , g r e a s e , a n d o t h e r c o n t a m i n a n t s . T a k e p r e c a u t io n s
to avoid contamination of bearing after
cleaning.

CAUTION: D O N O T A T T E M P T T O R E M O V E T H E D R Y F I L M C O A T I N G A F TE R
CURING. A CURED COATING CANNOT BE REMOVED WITHOUT DAMAGE
TO THE BEARING MATERIAL.

(d) F i l l a s p r a y g u n w i t h t h e d i l u t e d d r y f i l m m i x tu r e . A d j u s t
the spray nozzle and air pressure to obtain a fine mist, and
c o a t t h e b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s t o t h e r e q u i r e d t h i c k n e s s. A l l o w
t h e c o a t i n g t o a i r d r y f o r 2 0 m i n u t e s a n d c h e c k t o le r a n c e s .

NOTE: A g i t a t e t h e s p r a y g u n d u r i n g a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e dr y
f i l m t o p r e v e n t s o l i d s f r o m s e t t l i n g . P r o t e c t b e a ri n g
surfaces from settling dust and other contaminants dur-
ing drying.

(e) I f b e a r i n g d o e s n o t m e e t s p e c i f i e d d i m e n s i o n s af t e r c o a t i n g ,
remove the coating with vapor blast, and recoat as necessary
to obtain the required dimensions.

WARNING: TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HEATED


PARTS.

(f) W h e n t h e b e a r i n g h a s b e e n c o a t e d t o t h e s p e c i f ie d d r y f i l m d i -
a m e t e r , r e m o v e m a s k i n g m a t e r i a l s a n d r e m o v e o v e r s p ra y u s i n g a
clean cloth dampened with isopropyl alcohol. Cure the coating
b y b a k i n g t h e p a r t s i n a n o v e n a t 3 0 0 º - 3 5 0 º F ( 1 4 9 º -1 7 7 º C ) f o r
a minimum of 3-1/2 hours.

(g) A f t e r c u r i n g , i n s p e c t t h e c o a t e d s u r f a c e s f o r un e v e n n e s s , p i n
h o l e s , s a g s , r u n s , b u b b l e s , a n d o t h e r i m p e r f e c t i o n s. T e s t t h e
a d h e s i o n o f t h e f i l m b y a p p l y i n g a s h o r t s t r i p o f fl a t b a c k
p r e s s u r e - s e n s i t i v e t a p e ( N o . 2 5 0 ) t o t h e b e a r i n g b or e s . P u l l
off the tape and look for specks of dry film on the tape. Re-
p l a c e t h e b e a r i n g i f t h e d r y f i l m c o a t i n g i s n o t s mo o t h a n d
u n i f o r m , o r i f a n y f i l m i s r e m o v e d b y t h e p r e s s u r e -s e n s i t i v e
tape.

73-11-11
Page 620
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 8 ) A f t e r d r y f i l m l u b r i c a t i n g , b u r n i s h t h e b e a r i ng b o r e t o t h e f i n -
i s h e d d i a m e t e r s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 0 7 , u s i n g a b u r n i s hi n g b a l l o f
1 . 3 7 4 9 - 1 . 3 7 5 1 i n . ( 3 4 , 9 2 2 5 - 3 4 , 9 2 7 5 m m ) d i a m e t e r . Ma k e a t l e a s t t w o
passes, starting each time from the thrust face of the bearing.
From the bottom of the bore, remove any burrs which may have been
formed during the burnishing operation.

( 9 ) I f h e l i c a l i n s e r t s ( 4 0 0 ) a r e d a m a g e d , r e m o v e th e m f r o m b e a r i n g
plate. If tapped hole, from which a damaged insert was removed, is
n o t d a m a g e d , c o a t n e w i n s e r t w i t h z i n c c h r o m a t e p r im e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 )
and install in accordance with MS33537. If tapped hole is damaged,
a n d m a x i m u m d i a m e t e r c o r r e c t i o n r e q u i r e d d o e s n o t ex c e e d 0 . 0 1 1 0
i n c h ( 0 , 2 7 9 4 m m ) a t h e m a x i m u m m a t e r i a l c o n d i t i o n (M M C ) , r e p a i r a s
follows:

(a) S e l e c t a d r i l l b i t t h a t w i l l p r o v i d e a m i n o r d ia m e t e r , a f t e r
taping, of 0.1854-0.1927 in. (4,7091-4,8945 mm).

(b) D r i l l t h e h o l e f r o m w h i c h i n s e r t ( 4 0 0 ) w a s r e m ov e d . D r i l l e d
h o l e s h a l l b e t h r o u g h , a n d i n i d e n t i c a l l o c a t i o n r el a t i v e t o
dimensions shown on figure 607.

(c) Using oversized bottoming tap, 3887-06, tap the through hole.

(d) I n s p e c t t a p p e d h o l e f o r 0 . 2 7 5 i n . ( 6 , 9 8 5 m m ) m in i m u m f u l l
thread depth.

(e) Inspect tapped hole location. See figure 607.

(f) S e l e c t o u t e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n r e p a i r p a c k 3 17 7 - 0 6 . C o a t
with zinc chromate primer (TT-P-1757), and install into newly
t a p p e d h o l e , u s i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l s u p p l i e d i n r ep a i r p a c k
3177-06. install to a depth 2 to 2-1/2 pitch below surface –L-
of bearing plate assembly. Wipe off excess primer. Remove
driving tang with break-off tool supplied in repair pack
3177-06.

(g) S e l e c t i n n e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n p a c k . C o a t w it h z i n c c h r o -
m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d i n s t a l l i n t o o u t e r i n se r t , u s i n g
i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l . I n s t a l l t o d e p t h o f o u t e r i n s e rt a n d a l i g n
end of insert with the end of previously installed insert.
S e e d e t a i l C o f f i g u r e 6 0 7 . W i p e o f f e x c e s s p r i m e r.

(h) Check installation for normal fit by installing screw (315) to


depth of the locking coil in insert.

(i) R e m o v e r e m a i n i n g d r i v i n g t a n g u s i n g b r e a k - o f f to o l .

73-11-11
Page 621
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 1 0 ) O n e o f t w o p i n s ( 3 9 5 ) i s i n s t a l l e d a d j a c e n t to l o w e r b e a r i n g p o c k e t
and used to align the bearing plate assembly during assembly to
g e a r h o u s i n g . I f t h i s p i n i s m i s s i n g o r d a m a g e d , or i f s u r f a c e – H -
o f t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y i s d a m a g e d b u t c o n s i de r e d t o b e r e -
pairable within the limits defined in CHECK and FITS AND
CLEARANCES, then repair as follows:

(a) If bearing (390) is installed in bearing plate, mask the upper


b e a r i n g p o c k e t w i t h p r e s s u r e s e n s i t i v e t a p e t o p r e ve n t d a m a g e
t o p o c k e t a n d b e a r i n g d u r i n g m a c h i n i n g p r o c e s s . A re a t o b e
masked is identified in figure 607.

(b) C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e p i n ( 3 9 5 ) f r o m n e x t t o t h e l o we r b e a r i n g
pocket. A recommended method of pin removal is:

1 S e c u r e l y a n d e v e n l y c l a m p t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m bl y ( p i n
up) to the table of a milling machine.
2 Open the chuck on the milling head wider than the diameter
of the installed pin.
CAUTION: U S E C A R E W H E N A C C O M P L I S H I N G T H E F O L L O W I N G S T E P S TO
PREVENT ENLARGING OR DAMAGING, THE HOLE INTO WHICH
T H E P I N I S I N S T A L L E D O R C A U S I N G A D D I T I O N A L D A M A G E TO
SURFACE –H- .

3 P o s i t i o n t h e m i l l i n g h e a d a n d c h u c k o v e r t h e p i n an d c a r e -
f u l l y l o w e r t h e c h u c k o v e r t h e i n s t a l l e d p i n . T i g ht e n t h e
chuck securely onto the pin diameter.
4 M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e c h u c k a n d b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b ly a r e
a l i g n e d t o e n s u r e a s t r a i g h t p u l l o n t h e p i n . R a i se t h e
m i l l i n g h e a d a n d r e m o v e t h e p i n f r o m t h e b e a r i n g p la t e a s -
sembly.
(c) Machine surface –H- to remove damage. Minimum dimension of
0 . 5 9 7 i n . ( 1 5 , 1 6 4 m m ) m u s t n o t b e e x c e e d e d . A l l r eq u i r e m e n t s
of figure 607 must be met after machining.

(d) R e a m b l i n d h o l e f r o m w h i c h p i n ( 3 9 5 ) w a s r e m o v ed t o a m a x i m u m
diameter of 0.130 in. (3,302 mm). Ream to a depth of 0.200 to
0.210 in. (5,080 to 5,334 mm).

(e) Remove all burrs and break sharp edges 0.003 to 0.015 in.
(0,076 to 0,381 mm).

73-11-11
Page 622
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(f) A p p l y A l o d i n e 1 2 0 0 c o n v e r s i o n c o a t i n g t o m a c h i ne d s u r f a c e s i n
accordance with MIL-C-5541, Class IA.

(g) Fabricate a replacement pin in accordance with the information


provided in figure 607. Note that the diameter of the fabri-
cated pin shall be 0.0001 to 0.0008 in. (0,0025 to 0,0203 mm)
larger than the diameter of the reamed hole. This is neces-
s a r y t o e n s u r e a s a t i s f a c t o r y p r e s s f i t b e t w e e n r e pl a c e m e n t
pin and bearing plate.

(h) A p p l y w e t z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) t o re p l a c e m e n t p i n
a n d p r e s s r e p l a c e m e n t p i n i n t o r e a m e d h o l e i n b e a r in g p l a t e .
Install to depth shown in figure 607. Wipe excess primer from
surfaces.

(i) I n s p e c t r e p a i r e d b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y i n a c c or d a n c e w i t h t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f f i g u r e 6 0 7 , C H E C K, a n d f i t s a n d C L E A R A N C E S.

J. Repair Fixed and Pressurized Bearings (425, 430, 460, and 465, IPL fig-
ure 2).

(1) Repair minor nicks, scratches, and dents using REPAIR paragraph 1B.

CAUTION: IF STANDARD BEARINGS CAN NOT BE LAPPED, FITTED TO MATCH, AND


I N S T A L L E D I N G E A R H O U S I N G S W I T H I N C R E A S E D C R O S S - B O RE
C L E A R A N C E S , O V E R S I Z E B E A R I N G S ( R E F E R T O T H E I L L U S T RA T E D P A R T S
LIST FOR THE CORRECT OVERSIZE BEARINGS PART NUMBER) MUST BE
INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE TO PARAGRAPH 2J.
CAUTION: O V E R S I Z E B E A R I N G S M U S T A L S O B E L A P P E D , T H E S A M E AS S T A N D A R D
B E A R I N G S , A C C O R D I N G T O S P E C I F I E D T O L E R A N C E I N P A R A GR A P H 2 J .
CAUTION: F A I L U R E T O L A P O R B U R N I S H B E A R I N G S A C C O R D I N G T O TO L E R A N C E
SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 2J(2) MAY RESULT IN BEARING FAILURE
D U R I N G P U M P O P E R A T I O N . E X T R E M E C A R E S H O U L D B E T A K EN T O A S S U R E
PROPER LAPPING AND BURNISHING.

73-11-11
Page 623
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(19,050 ± 0,254)

4. C = D [WITHIN ± 0.0001 (0,0025)]

(19,050 ± 0,254) BELOW

Fittings of Fixed and Pressurized Bearings


Figure 608

( 2 ) F i t a m a t c h e d s e t o f f i x e d b e a r i n g s a n d p r e s s ur i z e d b e a r i n g s t o t h e
bores in gear housing (670) as follows:

(a) M e a s u r e t h e d i s t a n c e a c r o s s t h e a d j a c e n t b e a r i ng b o r e s i n g e a r
h o u s i n g ( 6 7 0 ) t o o b t a i n d i m e n s i o n A a s s h o w n i n f i gu r e 6 0 8 . D o
not take any measurements within 0.750 ± 0.010 in. (19.050
± 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) o f t h e u p p e r e d g e o f t h e b o r e d i a m e t e r s.

(b) Subtract 0.0046 in. (0,1168 mm) from dimension A to obtain di-
mension B.

(c) L a p t h e b e a r i n g f l a t s u s i n g o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i ng p r o c e d u r e s t o
obtain dimensions C and D specified in figure 608.

1 L a p t h e b e a r i n g f l a t s u s i n g w a t e r p r o o f s i l i c o n c a rb i d e p a -
per of 400 grit placed on a surface plate. To lap the
b e a r i n g f l a t s s i m u l t a n e o u s l y , u s e a n o l d d r i v e n g e ar ( 4 4 5 )
with teeth ground off flat on one side so that the gear
w i l l n o t c o m e i n c o n t a c t w i t h t h e l a p p i n g s u r f a c e wh e n a s -
sembled as follows: Mount bearings on the journals of the

73-11-11
Page 624
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

g e a r w i t h t h e b e a r i n g f a c e s b u t t e d f i r m l y a g a i n s t th e g e a r
f a c e s a n d t h e b e a r i n g f l a t s p l a c e d d o w n o n t h e s u r fa c e
p l a t e . L a p i n a s t r a i g h t l i n e p a r a l l e l t o c e n t e r l in e o f
the gear.
2 B e c a u s e o f t h e s i z e a n d w e i g h t o f t h e g e a r s a n d b ea r i n g s ,
some mechanics will find it more convenient to use this al-
t e r n a t e p r o c e d u r e f o r l a p p i n g t h e b e a r i n g s i n d i v i d ua l l y
w i t h o u t u s i n g a g e a r . I n s t e a d o f t h e a b o v e , l a p t he b e a r -
i n g s o n e a t a t i m e , l a p p i n g a c r o s s t h e f l a t i n a s tr a i g h t
line perpendicular to the bearing bore axis. Take care to
k e e p t h e b e a r i n g f a c e p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e f l a t . Us e a
Sheffield Visual Gage or a dial indicator to ensure that
the bearings are properly sized and that dimensions C and D
are equal to within 0.0001 in. (0,0025 mm).
3 After each lapping, apply an extremely thin layer of bluing
t o t h e s u r f a c e p l a t e a n d c h e c k f o r f l a t n e s s . T h e mi n i m u m
b l u e d a r e a m u s t b e 7 5 p e r c e n t o f t h e b e a r i n g f l a t ar e a
starting from the plated face of the bearing. See figure
6 0 8 . M a x i m u m a l l o w a b l e t a p e r m e a s u r e d a c r o s s t h e be a r i n g
flats is 0.0001 inch (0,0025 mm).
(d) A f t e r f i t t i n g b e a r i n g s , b u r n i s h t h e b e a r i n g f a ce s o f a l l b e a r -
ings and the back faces of fixed bearings on a flat granite
p l a t e t o r e m o v e b u r r s o r f l a s h f r o m t h e l a p p i n g p r oc e s s . T h e
b u r n i s h i n g s h o u l d n o t r e m o v e s t o c k i n e x c e s s o f 0 . 00 0 0 5 i n .
( 0 , 0 0 1 2 7 m m ) . E x a m i n e t h e b u r n i s h e d f a c e s t o e n s u re n o s u r -
face damage or dents, as indicated by local exposed bronze
s p o t s , h a v e r e s u l t e d f r o m t h e f i t t i n g p r o c e s s a n d ha n d l i n g .

(e) A f t e r f i t t i n g a n d b u r n i s h i n g , c l e a n b e a r i n g s t ho r o u g h l y i n a
d e g r e a s e r f o r a m i n i m u m o f 5 m i n u t e s . M a t c h e d b e a ri n g s e t s
must be kept together for reassembly.

K. R e p a i r D r i v e a n d D r i v e n G e a r s ( 4 4 0 , 4 4 5 , I P L f i gu r e 2 ) .

( 1 ) G e a r s ( 4 4 0 a n d 4 4 5 ) a r e m a t c h e d s e t s . I f e i t he r o f t h e g e a r s i n
these sets exceed the wear limits specified in FITS AND CLEARANCES
Table 801, both gears must be replaced as a set.

CAUTION: D O N O T A T T E M P T T O R E F I N I S H S U P E R F I N I S H E D S U R F A C ES .
(2) Repair nicked and eroded areas by hand honing with an Arkansas
s t o n e , o r e q u i v a l e n t , t o r e m o v e s h a r p e d g e s a n d b u rr s w h i c h c o u l d
damage mating gear surfaces.

73-11-11
Page 625
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Repair of Relief Valve Piston


Figure 609

( 3 ) I f d r y f i l m i s w o r n t h r o u g h o n t h e s p l i n e s , s tr i p a n d r e f i l m . A p p l y
d r y f i l m l u b r i c a n t ( E v e r l u b e 6 2 0 ) o n s p l i n e a r e a s 0. 0 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 0 5 i n .
( 0 , 0 0 5 1 - 0 , 0 1 2 7 m m ) t h i c k i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h M I L - L - 46 0 1 0 D ; c u r e t h e
f i l m b y b a k i n g a t 3 0 0 º - 3 2 0 º F ( 1 4 9 º - 1 6 0 º C ) f o r o n e ho u r .

L. Repair Fuel Filter Cover (495, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) R e p a i r m i n o r n i c k s , s c r a t c h e s , a n d d e n t s p e r RE P A I R , p a r a g r a p h 1 B .

( 2 ) C l e a n u p i n t e r n a l t h r e a d s u s i n g a 0 . 5 6 2 5 - 1 8 U N JF - 3 B t a p .

M. Repair Relief Valve Piston (590, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) S c r a t c h e s a n d g r o o v e s o n p i s t o n s e a t m a y b e r em o v e d b y m a c h i n i n g a s
long as requirements of figure 609 are met.

( 2 ) I f d r y f i l m i s w o r n t h r o u g h o n t h e o u t s i d e d i am e t e r , s t r i p a n d
refilm. Apply dry film lubricant (Everlube 620) on outside diameter
0 . 0 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 0 5 i n . ( 0 , 0 0 5 1 - 0 , 0 1 2 7 m m ) t h i c k i n a c c o rd a n c e w i t h M I L -
L - 4 6 0 1 0 D ; c u r e t h e f i l m b y b a k i n g a t 3 0 0 º - 3 2 0 º F ( 1 49 º - 1 6 0 º C ) f o r
one hour.

N. Repair Relief Valve Housing (595, IPL figure 2).

( 1 ) C l e a n u p e x t e r n a l t h r e a d s u s i n g a 1 . 6 2 5 - 1 2 U N J -3 A d i e .

( 2 ) C l e a n u p i n t e r n a l t h r e a d s u s i n g a 1 . 2 5 0 - 1 6 U N J -3 B t a p .

73-11-11
Page 626
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 3 ) M a c h i n e t h e p i s t o n s e a t i n t h e v a l v e b o d y t o re m o v e n i c k s a n d
scratches and to restore a sharp edge to the corner of the valve
s e a t . M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n A , f i g u r e 6 1 0 , b e f o r e m a c hi n i n g . D i m e n -
s i o n A a f t e r m a c h i n i n g m u s t n o t e x c e e d 2 . 4 3 5 i n . ( 61 , 8 4 9 m m ) . R e -
place the valve body if the seat cannot be restored within these
limits.

WARNING: TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN HANDLING HEATED PARTS.


(4) Clean valve bodies, after cleaning threads and machining valve
s e a t s , a s d e s c r i b e d i n C L E A N I N G. C o a t e x t e r n a l a n d i n t e r n a l
threads with dry film lubricant (Everlube 620) to a thickness of
approximately 0.0001 in. (0,0025 mm) in accordance with MIL-L-8937.
C u r e t h e f i l m b y b a k i n g p a r t s a t 3 0 0 º - 3 2 0 º F ( 1 4 9 º - 16 0 º C ) f o r o n e
hour.

P. Repair Cover Plate (636, IPL figure 2).

NOTE: Cover plate repair applies to 708600 series pumps only.

Clean up internal threads using a 0.375-24UNJF-3B tap.

Repair of Relief Valve Housing


Figure 610

73-11-11
Page 627
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Q. R e p a i r G e a r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 , I P L f i g u r e 2) .

( 1 ) C l e a n t h r e a d s i n t h e g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y u s in g t h e f o l l o w i n g
taps:

(a) A f t e r f i l t e r p r e s s u r e t a p ( P S F ) - 0 . 4 3 7 5 - 2 0 U N J F- 3 B t a p .

(b) B e f o r e f i l t e r p r e s s u r e t a p ( P E F ) - 0 . 4 3 7 5 - 2 O U NJ F - 3 B t a p .

(c) M a c h i n e p l u g t h r e a d e d h o l e - 0 . 5 6 2 5 - 1 8 U N J F - 3 B ta p .

(d) R e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y b o r e s - 1 . 6 2 5 0 - 1 2 U N J - 3 B ta p .

(e) F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s , b o o s t s t a g e p r e s su r e d i s c h a r g e
tap (PBP) - 0.7500-16UNJF-3B tap.

(f) A c c e l e r o m e t e r m o u n t i n g b o r e - 0 . 3 7 5 - 2 4 U N J F - 3 B ta p .

( 2 ) D a m a g e d a c c e l e r o m e t e r m o u n t i n g b o r e m a y b e r e pa i r e d u s i n g r e p a i r
p a c k , 3 1 7 3 - 6 . T h e e f f e c t i v e c o r r e c t i o n t o t h e d a m ag e d h o l e s m a y
n o t e x c e e d 0 . 0 0 5 0 i n . ( 0 , 1 2 7 0 m m ) . R e p a i r a s f o l l ow s :

(a) R e t a p d a m a g e d h o l e u s i n g o v e r s i z e b o t t o m i n g t a p, 5 6 1 9 3 - 6 - 2 .

(b) Select oversized insert from repair pack. Coat insert with
z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) a n d i n s t a l l p e r M S3 3 5 3 7 .
Wipe off excess primer.

(c) Check installation for normal fit by installing plug (490, IPL
figure 2) to depth of locking coil.

(d) Remove remaining driving tang using applicable break-off tool.

( 3 ) I f p i n s ( 6 4 5 ) r e q u i r e r e p l a c e m e n t , c o a t w i t h zi n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r
(TT-P-1757) and press into gear housing until pins project 0.240-
0.260 in. (6,096-6,604 mm) above parting surface. Wipe off excess
primer. Inspect pin location using datums noted in figure 611.

NOTE: Datums noted in figure 611 are based on location of dowel


p i n s i n h o u s i n g . I f p i n s a r e r e p l a c e d , i t i s i m p e ra t i v e
that they be properly installed to ensure that all datums
noted in figure 611 hold their relative positions.

73-11-11
Page 628
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(4) If any helical inserts (655, 656, 660, or 665, IPL figure 2) are
damaged, remove them. If tapped hole (from which a damaged insert
w a s r e m o v e d ) i s n o t d a m a g e d , c o a t n e w i n s e r t w i t h zi n c c h r o m a t e
p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) a n d i n s t a l l i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h MS 3 3 5 3 7 . W i p e
o f f e x c e s s p r i m e r . I f a p p l i c a b l e t a p p e d h o l e i s d am a g e d , i t m a y b e
r e p a i r e d i f m a x i m u m d i a m e t e r c o r r e c t i o n r e q u i r e d d oe s n o t e x c e e d
the following:

Maximum Diameter
Correction at Maximum
Insert Item Number Material Condition (MMC)
655 and 656 0.0460 in. (1,1684 mm)
660 0.0540 in. (1,3716 mm)
665 0.0320 in. (0,8128 mm)

NOTE: F o r 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 t h r u - 6 , 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 a n d - 2 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 0- 1 a n d - 2
p u m p s , i f d u r i n g p r e l i m i n a r y i n s p e c t i o n i t w a s n o t ed t h a t
t h e f i l t e r c o v e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s w e r e r e m o v e d a n d r ep l a c e d
w i t h m o u n t i n g b o l t s u s i n g s e l f a l i g n i n g n u t s a n d w as h e r s ,
D-bolts (507) with retaining rings (506) and a new helical
i n s e r t s h o u l d b e i n s t a l l e d . R e w o r k f i l t e r c o v e r a nd m a i n
g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h R E P A I R, p a r a g r a p h
2R. If D-bolts (507), retaining rings (506) and a new heli-
c a l i n s e r t ( 6 5 5 ) c a n n o t b e i n s t a l l e d , t h e g e a r h o u si n g m u s t
be replaced.

NOTE: I f t h e f u e l f i l t e r c o v e r i s n o t r e t a i n e d w i t h D - he a d b o l t s
(507, IPL Figure 2), REPAIR paragraph 2R must be performed.

Repair as follows:

NOTE: I n s e r t i t e m n u m b e r s 6 5 5 a n d 6 5 6 h a v e 1 / 4 - 2 8 i n t e rn a l n o m i n a l
t h r e a d s i z e ; 6 6 0 h a s a 5 / 1 6 - 2 4 i n t e r n a l n o m i n a l t h re a d s i z e .

(a) S e l e c t a d r i l l b i t t h a t w i l l p r o v i d e a m i n o r d ia m e t e r , a f t e r
tapping, of:

Tapped Hole for Minor


Insert Item No. Diameter
655 and 656 0.3041-0.3110 in. (7,7241-7,8994 mm)
660 0.3756-0.3826 in. (9,5402-9,7180 mm)
665 0.1500-0.1568 in. (3,8100-3,9827 mm)

73-11-11
Page 629
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

1.510 (38,354)

3.875 (98,425) BASIC

6.125 (155,575) 1.9989 (50,7721) BASIC


BASIC

(75,1154) 4.980 (126,492)


(75,1002) 4.960 (125,984)

5.810 (147,574) BASIC

NOTE:
RETOUR BP PORT
FOR 708600 SERIES.
NOTES:
1. DATUM -D- IS A PLANE IN CONTACT WITH THE HIGH POINTS OF SURFACE -G- .
2. DATUM -E- IS A PLANE PASSING THROUGH THE CENTERS OF DIAMETERS -H- AND DIAMETER -J- AND
PERPENDICULAR TO DATUM -D- .
3. DATUM -F- IS A PLANE OFFSET BASIC DISTANCE SHOWN FROM THE CENTER OF DIAMETER -H- AND PERPENDICULAR
TO DATUMS -D- AND -E- .
4. DATUM -K- IS A PLANE PASSING THROUGH CENTERS OF DIAMETERS -N- AND -P- .
5. DATUM -L- IS A PLANE PASSING THROUGH THE CENTER OF DIAMETER -N- AND PERPENDICULAR TO DATUM -K- .
6. DATUM -M- IS A PLANE PASSING THROUGH THE CENTER OF DIAMETER -P- AND PERPENDICULAR TO DATUM -K- .
7. DIAMETERS -N- AND -P- MUST BE IN RELATION SHOWN RELATIVE TO DATUMS -E- AND -F- : HOWEVER, CENTER-
TO-CENTER DIMENSION SHOWN BETWEEN -N- AND -P- MUST BE MAINTAINED.
8. DATUM -K- IS OFFSET 0.0042 (0,1067) LEFT OF DATUM -E- .
9. PIN -AH- IS OFFSET 0.0006 (0,0152) RIGHT OF DATUM -E- .
10. DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.

Repair of Gear Housing Assembly (Sheet 1 of 3)


Figure 611

73-11-11
Page 630
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

NOTE:
RETOUR BP PORT
708600 SERIES.

(655/660)

3.750 (95,250) B.C.


BASIC

-AN-

NOTE:
DIMENSIONS ARE
6.560 (166,624) DIA IN INCHES WITH
BASIC MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.

1.125 (28,575)
BASIC
5.500 (139,700)
BASIC

1.125 (28,575)
BASIC

1.250 (31,750)
BASIC

1.190 0.001 (0,025) ENTIRE SURFACE


BASIC
0.0005 (0,0127) SURFACE WITHIN
GROOVE

1.350 (34,290)
BASIC
OR (656)

AB AN 0.015 (0,381)
6.125 (155,575)
BASIC

NOTE:
RETOUR BP PORT
708600 SERIES.

Repair of Gear Housing Assembly (Sheet 2 of 3)


Figure 611

73-11-11
Page 631
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(34,163)

(107,950) (104,140)

(34,163) (77,724)

(22,352) (31,750)

1.765 (44,831)
BASIC (103,124)
(105,664)

(74,930)
(7,112)
(28,448)

(37,592)
(47,752)
(66,548)
(147,574)
3.240 (82,296)
BASIC

(103,124) 4.720 (119,888)


BASIC

(23,876) (23,876)

(31,750) (31,750)

(50,292) (50,292)

(71,374) (71,374)

(127,000) (96,774)

NOTES:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES.

(155,575)

2.120 (53,848)

(32,512)

Repair of Gear Housing Assembly (Sheet 3 of 3)


Figure 611

73-11-11
Page 632
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(b) Measure applicable existing hole depth, if not a through hole,


and record.

(c) M e a s u r e f u l l t h r e a d d e p t h o f a p p l i c a b l e e x i s t i ng h o l e , a n d r e -
cord.

(d) Drill the hole from which applicable insert was removed.
Drilled hole shall meet dimension recorded in (b), above.
R e l a t i v e l o c a t i o n o f d r i l l e d h o l e s h a l l m e e t a p p l i ca b l e r e -
quirements of figure 611.

(e) T a p t h e a p p l i c a b l e h o l e u s i n g t h e o v e r s i z e d b o tt o m i n g t a p :

Oversized Repair
Insert Bottoming Pack
Item Number Tap Number
655 3893-4 3179-4
656 3893-4 3178-4
660 3893-5 3179-5
665 3887-04 3177-04

(f) I n s p e c t t a p p e d h o l e f o r m i n i m u m f u l l t h r e a d d e pt h r e c o r d e d i n
(c) above.

(g) Inspect tapped hole location. See figure 611.

(h) S e l e c t o u t e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n a p p l i c a b l e p a ck . C o a t w i t h
zinc chromate primer (TT-P-1757), and install into newly
t a p p e d h o l e , u s i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l s u p p l i e d i n a pp l i c a b l e
p a c k . I n s t a l l t o a d e p t h 1 / 4 t o 1 / 2 p i t c h b e l o w p ar t i n g s u r -
f a c e o f g e a r h o u s i n g . W i p e o f f e x c e s s p r i m e r . R e mo v e d r i v i n g
t a n g u s i n g b r e a k - o f f t o o l s u p p l i e d i n a p p l i c a b l e p ac k .

73-11-11
Page 633
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(i) S e l e c t i n n e r i n s e r t , s u p p l i e d i n p a c k . C o a t w it h z i n c c h r o -
m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d i n s t a l l i n t o o u t e r i n se r t , u s i n g
i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l s u p p l i e d i n a p p l i c a b l e p a c k . I n st a l l t o
depth of outer insert and align end of insert with the end of
previously installed insert. See installation note in figure
611. Wipe off excess primer.
(j) Check installation for normal fit by installing applicable
fastener, to depth of the locking coil, in insert.
(k) R e m o v e r e m a i n i n g d r i v i n g t a n g u s i n g b r e a k - o f f to o l .
CAUTION: E N S U R E T H A T H E A T E R F L A N G E I S N O T D A M A G E D D U R I N G RE P L A C E M E N T O F
STUDS.
( 5 ) R e p l a c e d a m a g e d s t u d s ( 6 5 0 ) i n t h e f o l l o w i n g ma n n e r :
(a) If the side to side movement at the end of the stud is greater
t h a n 0 . 0 6 2 i n . ( 1 , 6 m m ) , t i g h t e n t h e l o c k i n g k e y s by t a p p i n g
the keys into gear housing assembly (-640) using a hammer and
p u n c h . T h e k e y s s h o u l d b e d r i v e n d o w n u n t i l t h e s tu d i s
tight, or until the keys are flush with the top of the in-
s e r t e d e n d o f t h e s t u d . I f t h e s t u d c a n n o t b e t i g ht e n e d , r e -
place studs.
(b) C u t o f f n u t e n d o f s t u d a t a p o i n t j u s t a b o v e th e s u r f a c e o f
the heater flange.
(c) Select a drill of sufficient diameter to remove all of the
stud material between the locking keys.
(d) Drill out the material between the locking keys to a depth
s u f f i c i e n t t o a l l o w t h e l o c k i n g k e y s t o b e d r i v e n co m p l e t e l y
o u t o f t h e i r b r o a c h e d k e y w a y s , a n d a l l o w t h e i n s e r ti o n o f a n
easy-out.
(e) Insert easy-out and back out stud remnants.
(f) C o a t n e w s t u d w i t h z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P - P- 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d i n -
s t a l l i n t o t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e u n t i l k e y s p r e v e n t f u rt h e r
penetration.
NOTE: When replacing a stud, the existing key slots may be
r e - u s e d l e n g t h ( e x t e n d e d f r o m h o u s i n g ) i s w i t h i n t ol e r -
a n c e s . I f o r i g i n a l k e y s l o t s c a n n o t b e r e - u s e d , p os i -
t i o n n e w k e y s l o t s h a l f w a y b e t w e e n e x i s t i n g k e y s l ot s .
(g) Place installation tool over nut end of stud. Using a hammer
o r a r b o r p r e s s , d r i v e t h e k e y s d o w n i n t o t h e g e a r ho u s i n g .
The tool will automatically set keys at the proper depth.
NOTE: The following insert repair applies to the 708600 se-
ries pumps only.

73-11-11
Page 634
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(6) Replace damaged inserts (667) as follows:

(a) S e l e c t a d r i l l o r g r i n d i n g t o o l o f s u f f i c i e n t di a m e t e r t o r e -
move all of the material between the locking keys.

(b) D r i l l o r g r i n d o u t t h e m a t e r i a l b e t w e e n t h e l o ck i n g k e y s t o a
d e p t h s u f f i c i e n t t o a l l o w t h e l o c k i n g k e y s t o b e d ri v e n o u t o f
their broached keyways.

(c) Insert easy-out and back out insert remnants.

(d) C o a t n e w i n s e r t w i t h z i n c c h r o m a t e p r i m e r ( T T - P- 1 7 5 7 ) , a n d i n -
s t a l l i n t o t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e u n t i l k e y s p r e v e n t f u rt h e r p e n e -
tration.

(e) P l a c e i n s t a l l a t i o n t o o l o v e r i n s e r t . U s i n g a h am m e r o r a r b o r
press, drive the keys down into the pump cover. The tool will
automatically set keys at the proper depth.

(7) If the mating seat for the filter bypass valve (630) is damaged,
m a c h i n e i t t o r e m o v e n i c k s o r s c r a t c h e s . S e e f i g u re 6 1 1 . I f m a t e -
r i a l r e m o v a l w i l l c a u s e s e a t s u r f a c e t o b e m o r e t h an 1 . 5 1 0 i n .
(38,35 mm) from surface -AF- , repair valve seat as follows:

(a) M a k e a v a l v e s e a t r e p a i r i n s e r t a c c o r d i n g t o t he d i m e n s i o n s
shown in figure 612 or purchase valve seat insert, PN 219948,
from Argo-Tech Corporation.

Filter Bypass Valve Seat Insert


Figure 612

73-11-11
Page 635
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(b) I f u s i n g a l o c a l l y m a n u f a c t u r e d v a l v e s e a t i n s er t ( o t h e r t h a n
2 1 9 9 4 8 ) , p a s s i v a t e t h e v a l v e s e a t i n s e r t p e r A S T M A9 6 7 .

(c) Machine valve seat to 1.570 to 1.580 in. (39,88 to 40,13 mm)
height shown in figure 612.

(d) B o r e I D o f v a l v e s e a t t o D i m e n s i o n X . D i m e n s i on X m u s t b e
0.0025 to 0.0035 in. (0,0635 to 0,0889 mm) smaller than the
m a t i n g O D o f t h e r e p l a c e m e n t v a l v e s e a t i n s e r t . D ep t h o f t h e
bore must be 0.240 to 0.250 in. (6,096 to 6,350 mm) below ma-
chined valve seat.

(e) A p p l y c o n v e r s i o n c o a t i n g ( A l o d i n e 1 2 0 0 ) t o m a c hi n e d s u r f a c e s .

WARNING: P U T O N H E A T R E S I S T A N T G L O V E S W H E N Y O U H A N D L E H E A TE D O R
SUPER-COOLED PARTS. YOU CAN GET DANGEROUS BURNS IF YOU
TOUCH HEATED OR COOLED PARTS.

(f) Heat the gear housing assembly (-575) to 350ºF (177ºC) maxi-
mum, for no more than 30 minutes. Cool valve seat insert in
l i q u i d n i t r o g e n o r d r y i c e . Q u i c k l y i n s t a l l t h e c ol d v a l v e
seat insert in the machined bore as shown in figure 612.
Evenly press valve seat insert down while the gear housing
cools. Let housing cool to room temperature.

(g) Machine the valve seat insert to 1.500 to 1.510 in. (38,10 to
3 8 , 3 5 m m ) h e i g h t s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 1 3 . V a l v e s e a t s ur f a c e f i n -
ish and flatness must meet the requirements shown.

Repair of Filter Bypass Valve Seat


Figure 613

73-11-11
Page 636
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 8 ) R e m o v e b u r r s a n d r a i s e d m e t a l f r o m s c r a t c h e s an d w o r n a r e a s i n t h e
bearing bores.

( 9 ) I f t h e p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g c o u n t e r b o r e d i a m e t er i s g r e a t e r t h a n t h e
maximum, the bore must be machined. See CHECK paragraph AK(7).
Machine the counterbore as follows:

(a) Set up gear housing as shown in figure 614.

(b) Indicate diameter -AD- and -AE- to locate gear housing bearing
bores.

(c) R o u g h b o r e t h e 2 . 7 8 1 i n . ( 7 0 , 6 3 7 m m ) d i a m e t e r co u n t e r b o r e s t o
a d i a m e t e r a n d d e p t h t o e n s u r e a c c u r a t e f i n i s h m a c hi n i n g .

(d) Finish machine counterbore to 2.781 ±0.001 in. (70,637 ±0,025


m m ) d i a m e t e r a n d t o a d e p t h o f 3 . 1 2 5 ± 0 . 0 0 5 i n . ( 7 9, 3 7 5 ± 0 , 1 2 7
mm), true position to diameter -AD- and -AE- within 0.002 in.
( 0 , 0 5 1 m m ) , e n s u r i n g a 0 . 0 1 0 ± 0 . 0 0 5 i n . ( 0 , 2 5 4 ± 0 , 12 7 m m ) r a -
d i u s i n t h e b o t t o m o f t h e c o u n t e r b o r e a s s h o w n i n fi g u r e 6 1 4 .

(e) Blend reworked areas smooth. N o b u r r s / s t e p s p er m i t t e d . See


figure 614.

(f) L i q u i d p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t r e w o r k e d a r e a s p e r A S TM E 1 4 1 7 ,
Type 1.

(g) C h r o m a t e c o n v e r s i o n c o a t a l l u n a n o d i z e d o r r e w or k e d s u r f a c e s
per AMS-2473.

(h) C l e a n h o u s i n g a s d e s c r i b e d i n C L E A N I N G.

73-11-11
Page 637
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

32
Ø2.781±(0,001)
AD 0.002 TIR

32
Ø2.781±(0,001)
AE 0.002 TIR

BLEND SMOOTH IN
REWORKED AREA
-AD- R 0.010±(0,005)

-AE-

NOTES:
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN PARENTHESES. 3.125±(0,005)

Machining of Main Gear Housing Bearing Bores


Figure 614

73-11-11
Page 638
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 1 0 ) S e c u r e s e r v i c e b u l l e t i n p l a t e ( 1 0 6 , I P L f i g ur e 1 ) t o c a s t s u r f a c e
of fuel pump filter housing as follows:

WARNING: DO NOT USE ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL NEAR FLAMES OR HEAT OR LET


IT STAY ON SKIN. ALSO, ENSURE A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR
IS AVAILABLE. THESE MATERIALS ARE FLAMMABLE AND
DANGEROUS TO SKIN, EYES, AND LUNGS.

(a) Clean filter housing surface and plate surface with isopropyl
alcohol and scrub with a nylon acid brush.

(b) Roughen plate surfaces with a Scotch Brite pad and clean again
with isopropyl alcohol.

(c) D o n o t t o u c h c l e a n s u r f a c e s . A p p l y e p o x y ( f o l lo w i n g s t e p )
within 4 hours of cleaning or reclean surfaces.

(d) M i x t h o r o u g h l y e q u a l p a r t s A a n d B o f S u p r e m e 11 H T e p o x y .

(e) Apply an even thin layer [0.005 in. (0,127 mm) thick] of epoxy
to the plate. Press plate on filter housing.

(f) C l a m p p l a t e i n p l a c e w i t h b o n d i n g c l a m p , 2 7 8 0 1 7.

(g) W i p e o f f e x c e s s e p o x y u s i n g i s o p r o p y l a l c o h o l an d c o t t o n
swaps.

(h) Cure by one of the following methods:

1 Room temperature for 24 hours minimum


2 200ºF (93ºC) for 30 minutes minimum

(i) R e m o v e c l a m p a n d p r o t e c t i v e p l a s t i c f i l m f r o m fa c e o f p l a t e .

( 1 1 ) T o u c h u p p o l i s h e d a r e a s w i t h c o n v e r s i o n c o a t in g ( A l o d i n e 1 2 0 0 ) t o
coat exposed aluminum surfaces.

WARNING: WHEN USING FILTERED/DRY COMPRESSED AIR TO CLEAN, COOL, OR DRY,


DO NOT USE MORE THAN 30 PSIG (207 KPA GAGE). WEAR EYE
PROTECTION AND DO NOT POINT COMPRESSED AIR AT SELF OR OTHERS.
(12) After performing the above repairs, clean the gear housing assembly
as described in CLEANING, and blow filtered/dry compressed air
through the interior passages.

73-11-11
Page 639
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

R. Rework of Fuel Filter Cover and Gear Housing on Old Style Pumps.

(1) Rework Filter Cover VIN 216155 to VIN 219819. Refer to figure 615.

(a) Indicate diameter -A- within a total indicated reading to meet


t r u e p o s i t i o n t o - A - w i t h i n 0 . 0 1 0 i n . ( 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) T IR r e q u i r e -
ment when machining is finished.

(b) Drill 0.2925 ± 0.0075 in. (7,4295 ± 0,1905 mm) through holes
- A - e q u a l l y s p a c e d 6 0 d e g r e e s a p a r t o n 5 . 5 0 0 i n . ( 13 9 , 7 0 0 m m )
diameter in six places as shown. Spotface the back surface of
each hole location to obtain a flange thickness of 0.375
± 0 . 0 1 0 i n . ( 9 , 5 2 5 ± 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) . M a i n t a i n a d i a m e te r o f 0 . 7 6 0
± 0.020 in. (19,304 ± 0,508 mm). Reference figure 615 to se-
cure proper machining.

(c) Rough mill/bore the 0.450 ± 0.010 in. (11,430 ± 0,254 mm) di-
a m e t e r c o u n t e r b o r e t o a d i a m e t e r a n d d e p t h t o e n s u re a c c u r a t e
finish machining.

(d) Finish machine counterbore to 0.450 ± 0.010 in. (11,430


± 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) d i a m e t e r t o a d e p t h o f 0 . 1 2 0 ± 0 . 0 1 0 i n. ( 3 , 0 4 8
± 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) , t r u e p o s i t i o n t o d i a m e t e r - A - w i t h i n 0. 0 1 0 i n .
( 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) , e n s u r i n g a 0 . 0 2 0 ± 0 . 0 0 5 i n . ( 0 , 5 0 8 ± 0, 1 2 7 m m )
radius in the bottom of the counterbore as shown.

(e) C o u n t e r s i n k d i a m e t e r - A - 0 . 3 5 0 ± 0 . 0 1 0 i n . ( 8 , 89 0 ± 0 , 2 5 4 m m )
x 45° ± 5° basic as shown.

(f) B r e a k s h a r p e d g e s 0 . 0 0 3 - 0 . 0 1 5 i n . ( 0 , 0 7 6 - 0 ,3 8 1 m m ) . N o
burrs permitted.

(g) C h r o m a t e c o n v e r s i o n c o a t a l l u n a n o d i z e d o r r e w or k e d s u r f a c e s
per MIL-C-5541.

(h) R e i d e n t i f y t h e r e w o r k e d f i l t e r c o v e r b y i n k s t am p i n g 2 1 9 8 1 9 i n
the area shown in figure 615.

73-11-11
Page 640
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

-A-
6 PLACES
Ø 0.2925±0.0075 (7,4295±0,1905) THRU
Ø 0.760±0.020 (19,304±0,508) SPOTFACE
DEPTH SHOWN
60° 6 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED
6 PLACES E F Ø 0.010 (0,254)

FILTER FILTRE 5.500 (139,700)

-F-

0.375±0.10 (8,890±0,254)
6 PLACES DRAIN

INK STAMP
-E-

SEE DETAIL
B

R 0.020±0.005 45°±5°
(0,508±0,127)

Ø 0.450±0.010 (11,430±0,254) Ø 0.350±0.010 (8,890±0,254)


6 PLACES 6 PLACES
NOTE: 0.120±0.010 (3,048±0,254)
Ø 0.010 S (0,254) A Ø 0.010 S (0,254) A
DIMENSIONS ARE
IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.
DETAIL B

Filter Cover Rework VIN 216155 to VIN 219819


Figure 615

73-11-11
Page 641
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

CAUTION: T H E F O L L O W I N G R E W O R K P R O C E D U R E A F F E C T S F I V E O F S IX B O L T H O L E S
I N T H E M A I N G E A R H O U S I N G F I L T E R B O W L . T H E H O L E A D JA C E N T T O
THE PUMP NAMEPLATE IS NOT TO BE REWORKED. DRILLING THE HOLE
ADJACENT TO THE NAMEPLATE COULD DAMAGE THE HOUSING BEYOND
REPAIR.
(2) Rework Main Gear Housing Assembly VIN 216443-1 to VIN 219824-1 and
VIN 217406-1 to VIN 219823-1.

(a) R e m o v e f i v e t h r e a d e d i n s e r t s f r o m h o l e s s h o w n in f i g u r e 6 1 6 o r
figure 617 as applicable.

(b) S e t u p g e a r h o u s i n g p e r f i g u r e 6 1 6 o r f i g u r e 6 17 a s a p p l i c a -
b l e . I n d i c a t e s u r f a c e - A N - , d i a m e t e r - A B - , a n d d i am e t e r - A M -
w i t h i n a t o t a l i n d i c a t e d r e a d i n g t o m e e t t r u e p o s i ti o n t o - A B -
w i t h i n 0 . 0 1 0 i n . ( 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) T I R r e q u i r e m e n t w h e n m ac h i n i n g i s
finished.

(c) Drill and ream 0.360 ± 0.002 in. (9,144 ± 0,050 mm) through
h o l e s e q u a l l y s p a c e d 6 0 d e g r e e s a p a r t o n a 5 . 5 0 0 i n. ( 1 3 9 , 7 0 0 )
d i a m e t e r i n f i v e p l a c e s a s s h o w n i n f i g u r e 6 1 6 o r fi g u r e 6 1 7
as applicable.

(d) O n h o u s i n g 2 1 6 4 4 3 - 1 , m a c h i n e t h e b a c k s u r f a c e of e a c h r e a m e d
hole location to obtain a flange thickness of 0.370 ± 0.010
in. (9,398 ± 0,254 mm). Maintain a radius of 0.025 ± 0.055
i n . ( 0 , 6 3 5 ± 0 , 1 2 7 m m ) i n t h e a r e a s h o w n a n d a r a d iu s o f 1 . 0 0 0
± 0.005 in. (25,400 ± 0,127 mm). Machined surface must be
p a r a l l e l t o s u r f a c e - A N - w i t h i n 0 . 0 0 2 i n c h ( 0 , 0 5 0 mm ) . R e f e r -
ence figure 616 to ensure proper machining.

(e) O n h o u s i n g 2 1 7 4 0 6 - 1 , m a c h i n e t h e b a c k s u r f a c e of e a c h r e a m e d
hole location to obtain a flange thickness of 0.570 ± 0.010
i n . ( 1 4 , 4 7 8 ± 0 , 2 5 4 m m ) . M a i n t a i n a r a d i u s o f 0 . 0 25 ± 0 . 0 0 5
i n . ( 0 , 6 3 5 ± 0 , 1 2 7 m m ) i n t h e a r e a s h o w n a n d a r a d iu s o f 1 . 0 0 0
± . 0 0 5 i n . ( 2 5 , 4 0 0 ± 0 , 1 2 7 m m ) . M a c h i n e d s u r f a c e mu s t b e p a r -
allel to surface -AN- within 0.002 in. (0,050 mm). Reference
figure 617 to ensure proper machining.

(f) Break sharp edges 0.003 - 0.015 in. (0,076 0 - 0,381 mm). No
burrs permitted.

(g) L i q u i d p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t r e w o r k e d a r e a s p e r A S TM E 1 4 1 7 ,
Type 1.

(h) C h r o m a t e c o n v e r s i o n c o a t a l l u n a n o d i z e d o r r e w or k e d s u r f a c e s
per MIL-C-5541.

73-11-11
Page 642
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

-D-

BASIC
1.190 (30,226)

Ink Stamp 219824-1

R 0.025±0.005 (0,635±0,127)
5 PLACES

A A
-AN-
-AB-
0.370±0.010 (9,398±0,254)
5 PLACES R 1.000±0.005 (25,4±0,127)
5 PLACES
0.780 (19,812)
5 PLACES AN AM Ø 0.020 (0,508)

INSERT (655)
60°
5 PLACES

-D-

NOTE:
5.500 (139,7) DIMENSIONS ARE
IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.

Ø 0.360±0.002 (9,144±0,050) THRU


5 HOLES
AN AB Ø 0.010 (0,254)
-AM- INDIVIDUALLY 5 PLACES SECTION A-A

R e w o r k o f M a i n G e a r H o u s i n g A s s e m b l y V I N 2 1 6 4 4 3 - 1 to V I N 2 1 9 8 2 4 - 1
Figure 616

73-11-11
Page 643
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

BASIC
1.190 (30,226)

Ink Stamp 219823-1

R 0.025±0.005 (0,635±0,127)
5 PLACES

-AN-
-AB-
0.570±0.010 (14,478±0,254)
5 PLACES R 1.000±0.005 (25,4±0,127)
5 PLACES
0.780 (19,812)
5 PLACES AN AM Ø 0.020 (0,508)

INSERT (656)
60°
5 PLACES

-D-

NOTE:
5.500 (139,7) DIMENSIONS ARE
IN INCHES WITH
MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.

Ø 0.360±0.002 (9,144±0,050) THRU


5 HOLES
AN AB Ø 0.010 (0,254)
-AM- INDIVIDUALLY 5 PLACES
SECTION A-A

R e w o r k o f M a i n G e a r H o u s i n g V I N 2 1 7 4 0 6 - 1 t o V I N 2 1 98 2 3 - 1
Figure 617

73-11-11
Page 644
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

CAUTION: USE ONLY INSERT (655) IN HOUSING 216443-1. USING A LONGER


INSERT COULD CAUSE FILTER COVER RETENTION FAILURE.

(i) O n h o u s i n g 2 1 6 4 4 3 - 1 , r e p l a c e e x i s t i n g i n s e r t ( 65 5 ) w i t h a n e w
insert (655) per figure 616.

CAUTION: USE ONLY INSERT (656) IN HOUSING 217406-1. USING A


SHORTER INSERT COULD CAUSE FILTER COVER RETENTION
FAILURE.

(j) O n h o u s i n g 2 1 7 4 0 6 - 1 , r e p l a c e e x i s t i n g i n s e r t ( 65 5 ) w i t h a n e w
insert (656) per figure 617.

(k) R e i d e n t i f y t h e r e w o r k e d m a i n g e a r h o u s i n g b y i nk s t a m p i n g
2 1 9 8 2 3 - 1 o r 2 1 9 8 2 4 - 1 , a s a p p l i c a b l e , i n t h e a r e a s ho w n i n f i g -
ure 616 or figure 617, as applicable.

(l) Reidentify the fuel pump as follows:

From: To:
704300-1 704300-8
704300-2 704300-9
704300-3 704300-10
704300-4 704300-11
704300-5 704300-12
704300-6 704300-13
708300-1 708300-4
708300-2 708300-5
708600-1 708600-5
708600-2 708600-6

(m) R e c o r d t h e a c c o m p l i s h m e n t o f t h e a p p l i c a b l e s e rv i c e b u l l e t i n
a n d t h e d a t e o n t h e f u e l p u m p S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n p l a te .

73-11-11
Page 645/646
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP - ASSEMBLY

1. General.

A. T h i s s e c t i o n c o n t a i n s r e c o m m e n d e d a s s e m b l y a n d st o r a g e p r o c e d u r e s f o r
t h e f u e l p u m p . A s s e m b l e t h e u n i t a s d e s c r i b e d b e l ow , t h e n r e f e r t o
TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING for break-in and test procedures. Refer to
p a r a g r a p h 4 b e l o w , a n d p e r f o r m t h e p r e s e r v a t i v e p r oc e d u r e s b e f o r e s t o r -
ing the pump.

NOTE: I n t h e I P L s e c t i o n , s u f f i x l e t t e r s h a v e b e e n a s s ig n e d t o i t e m
n u m b e r s w h e n n e c e s s a r y t o a d d p a r t s . I n t h e t e x t po r t i o n o f t h i s
manual, however, all references will be to only the basic item
number unless it is necessary to refer to a suffix in order to
properly identify a specific part.

B. R e f e r t o T a b l e 7 0 1 f o r a l i s t o f s p e c i a l t o o l s an d r e c o m m e n d e d a s s e m b l y
and storage materials.

Table 701. Special Tools and Assembly Materials

NOTE: E q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s m a y b e u s e d u n l e s s o t h e r wi s e i n d i c a t e d .
Filter Plug, Main Filter Special tools are available from:
Bypass Valve Test, 216560 ARGO-TECH Corporation
Test Fixture, Wash Flow Filter 23555 Euclid Ave.
Bypass Valve, Test 216561 Cleveland, OH 44117
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A SUBSTITUTE FOR THE TORQUE FIXTURE. USING A
DIFFERENT TORQUE FIXTURE CAN CAUSE PUMP DAMAGE.
Torque Fixture, Impeller,
Inducer Assembly, 216562
(no substitute)
Shaft Seal Assembly Fixture, 216564
Spline Driver, Main Drive Shaft, 216565
Pressure Test Plate and Plug, 216692
Lubricant, Krytox 283AD E.I. DuPont DeNemours & Co.
Alternate for Ace-Kote 343X Brandywine Bldg 15305
Wilmington, DE 19898
Lubricant, Ace-Kote 343X Gopher Oil Company
Alternate for Krytox 283AD 900 Mendelson Ave. N.
Golden Valley, MN 55427
Dykem staining colors Dykem Company
8591 Delport Dr.
St. Louis, MO 63114
Deleted

73-11-11
Page 701
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 701. S p e c i a l T o o l s a n d A s s e m b l y M a t e r i a l s ( Co n t i n u e d )

Lubricant, Aerolubriplate F i s k e B r o t h e r s R e f i n i n g Co m p a n y
129 Lockwood Street
Newark, NJ 07105
Thread Lubricant, Silver Goop Swagelok Co.
29500 Solon Rd.
Thread Lubricant, MIL-L-24131 Solon, OH 44139
Alternate for Silver Goop Commercially available
Thread Lubricant, CP 2101 Commercially available
Alternate for Silver Goop
Thread Lubricant, Dag 156 Acheson Colloids Co.
Alternate for Silver Goop 1600 Washington Ave.
Port Huron, MI 48061
Lubricant, Oil 5W-30, Mobil 1 Commercially a v a i l a b le
Safetywire (lockwire), MS20995N20 Commercially a v a il a b l e
Safetywire (lockwire), MS20995N32 Commercially a v a il a b l e
Aviation turbine fuel, Commercially available
MIL-T-83133D(1) Grade JP-8
MIL-T-5624P Grade JP-4
ASTM D-1655 Jet A
CAN/CGSB 3.22-93, NATO F-40 or
Calibrating fluid, MIL-C-7024D Type II
Lubricant, colloidal graphite Commercially available
in isopropyl alcohol, MIL-L-24131
Corrosion preventive compound, Commercially available
MIL-C-16173, Grade 2
Hydraulic fluid, MIL-H-6083 Commercially available

2. P r e a s s e m b l y P r o c e d u r e s.

A. Preassembly Cleaning.
( 1 ) S o n i c a l l y d e g r e a s e a l l m e t a l p a r t s f o r a t l e a st 5 m i n u t e s .
( 2 ) A l l p a r t s m u s t b e c o v e r e d a n d p r o t e c t e d f r o m ai r b o r n e
contamination.
(3) Containers for materials used in assembly must be kept covered when
not in use to protect against contamination.

B. Bearing Fitting.
F i t t h e b e a r i n g s t o t h e g e a r h o u s i n g a n d h y d r a u l ic p u m p c o v e r , r e s p e c -
tively, as described in REPAIR paragraph 2J(2).

73-11-11
Page 702
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

C. Spline and Tooth Mesh Matching.

CAUTION: DO NOT PUNCH, STAMP, FILE, OR SCRIBE ANY MARKS ON


MICROFINISHED SURFACES.
( 1 ) M a t c h w e a r p a t t e r n s o n a l l r e u s e d s p l i n e d p a r ts a n d g e a r s e t s b y
aligning marks made during disassembly.

(2) Use staining color (Dykem) Prussian blue, or a similar material to


m a r k a l l n e w s p l i n e d p a r t s a n d g e a r s e t s d u r i n g r e as s e m b l y t o i n d i -
cate relationships for subsequent servicing.

D. Thread Lubrication.

Apply thin coat of lubricant (MIL-L-24131) to the threads of flat head


screw (315, IPL figure 2). Allow lubricant to dry thoroughly before as-
sembly.

3. A s s e m b l e F u e l P u m p.

CAUTION: A L L O W N O C O N T A M I N A N T S T O E N T E R T H E P U M P V I A P A R T S, T O O L S , H A N D S ,
ATMOSPHERE, OR LUBRICANTS.

H A N D L E A L L P A R T S C A R E F U L L Y . T H E N I T R I D E D G E A R S AN D J O U R N A L S A R E
SUSCEPTIBLE TO CHIPPING. SEAL AND BEARING SURFACES CAN BE RUINED
BY SCRATCHES. PACKINGS USED IN PUMP CAN BE EASILY CUT DURING
IMPROPER INSTALLATION.

NOTE: Apply a thin coat of lubricant (Aerolubriplate or Mobil 1) to all


preformed packings prior to assembling into pump.

T h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e a l l o w s a t e c h n i c i a n t o a ss e m b l e t h e f u e l p u m p
u s i n g a l l n e w p a r t s r e q u i r i n g r e f i t t i n g a n d r e s h i m mi n g . T h i s m e t h o d
enables all the required steps to be described and the tooling to be
d e f i n e d ; h o w e v e r , i f t h e p u m p h a s b e e n m a r k e d c o r r ec t l y d u r i n g d i s a s -
s e m b l y , a n d i f t h e p a r t s a r e t o b e r e u s e d , o n l y s e le c t e d p o r t i o n s o f
this assembly procedure will be required.

A. I f t h e n a m e p l a t e ( 1 0 7 , I P L f i g u r e 1 ) h a s b e e n r em o v e d f r o m t h e g e a r
housing (670, IPL figure 2), attach the plate using four new screws
(108, IPL figure 1). Torque the four screws to 6-8 lb in. (0,678-0,904
N·m).

NOTE: See IPL figure 2.

73-11-11
Page 703
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(620) (625)

(635)

(630)

Filter Bypass Valve Assembly


Figure 701

B. M o u n t g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) o n w o r k b e n c h. A s s e m b l e f i l t e r b y -
p a s s v a l v e g u i d e ( 6 2 0 ) , c o m p r e s s i o n s p r i n g ( 6 2 5 ) , an d f i l t e r b y p a s s
valve (630) using retaining ring (635). See figure 701. Ensure that
the spring seats uniformly in guide and valve, and that valve stem does
not bind in guide. Install preformed packing (615) in the packing
g r o o v e o n t h e f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l v e c o v e r ( 6 0 0 ) . P l ac e t h e a s s e m b l e d
v a l v e i n t h e g e a r h o u s i n g , a n d s e a t t h e v a l v e . I n st a l l c o v e r o v e r v a l v e
and secure cover using three bolts (605) and three washers (610).
T o r q u e t h e b o l t s t o 9 0 - 1 1 0 l b i n . ( 1 0 , 2 - 1 2 , 4 N · m ) ab o v e t h e t o r q u e r e -
q u i r e d t o r u n t h e f a s t e n e r t h r o u g h t h e m a c h i n e d t h re a d s .
C. A t t h i s p o i n t , p e r f o r m a m a i n f i l t e r b y p a s s v a l ve t e s t . See figures 702
and 703, and Table 702 for test setup.
( 1 ) A s s e m b l e c o m p o n e n t s d e s c r i b e d i n T a b l e 7 0 2 , a nd s h o w n i n f i g u r e s
702 and 703.
(2) Apply fluid pressure to the main filter inlet passage until a level
o f 8 ± 0 . 5 p s i g ( 5 5 ± 3 , 5 k P a g a g e ) i s r e a c h e d . I f le a k a g e i s o b -
served through the filter bypass valve (630, figure 2), as indi-
c a t e d b y f l u i d f l o w f r o m p o r t A , p o s i t i o n a c o n t a i ne r t o c o l l e c t
such leakage. Record the length of time under test conditions, and
the amount of leakage collected. The valve leakage rate shall not
exceed 50 cm3/minute.

73-11-11
Page 704
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

MAKE SURE

SHALL BE PERFORMED AT

(0-172 kPa GAGE)

(85)

PEF

(-575)

Schematic Diagram of Filter Bypass Valve Test Setup


Figure 702

73-11-11
Page 705
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Filter Plug Installation (Filter Bypass Valve Test)


Figure 703

73-11-11
Page 706
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 702. Filter Bypass Valve Test Components

F u e l P u m p C o m p o n e n t s.
G e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) a n d f i l t e r b y p a s s v a lv e ( 6 3 0 ) i n s t a l l e d a s
described in paragraph 2B.
Test Equipment.
H e a t e x c h a n g e r b l a n k i n g p l a t e ( p a r t o f 2 1 6 6 9 2 ) d e s ig n e d t o m a t e w i t h t h e p u m p
h e a t e x c h a n g e r f l a n g e a n d s e a l t h e h e a t e x c h a n g e r ou t l e t p o r t ( t h e p o r t w h i c h
does not contain the PBP pressure tap).
Preformed packing, M83248-1-123 (2 ea.)
Drain plug for bearing cavity (part of 216692).
F i l t e r p l u g , 2 1 6 5 6 0 , a n d f i l t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) i n s t a ll e d a s s h o w n i n f i g u r e 7 0 3 .
Inlet fitting (part of 216560).
A threaded plug and packing to seal the PEF filter inlet pressure tap.
N O T E : A n i n l e t f i t t i n g s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d i n f i l t e r c o v er ( 4 9 5 ) .
T e s t s t a n d c o n s i s t i n g o f a t e s t f l u i d s u p p l y s y s t em c a p a b l e o f m a i n t a i n i n g a
p r e s s u r e r a n g i n g f r o m 5 - 2 5 ± 0 . 2 5 p s i g ( 3 4 , 5 - 1 7 2 ± 1 ,7 2 k P a g a g e ) a n d a f l o w
range of 0-1 gpm.
Fluid pressure gage having a minimum range of 0-25 psig (0-172 kPa gage), a
m i n i m u m a c c u r a c y o f ± 0 . 2 5 p s i ( 1 , 7 2 k P a ) , a n d a m a xi m u m g a g e d i v i s i o n o f 0 . 2 5
psi (1,72 kPa) (calibrated).
Graduate having a minimum capacity of 100 cm3, a maximum gage division of
1,0 cm3, and a minimum accuracy of ±1,0 cm3.
Test Fluid.
80° ±20°F (27° ±11.1°C) at pump inlet:
(1) A v i a t i o n t u r b i n e f u e l , M I L - T - 5 6 2 4 , G r a d e J P- 4 , o r
(2) Calibrating fluid, MIL-C-7024, Type II, or
(3) CAN/CGSB 3.22-93, NATO F-40 or
(4) Jet A, ASTM D-1655, or
(5) A v i a t i o n t u r b i n e f u e l , M I L - T - 8 3 1 3 3 D ( 1 ) , G r ad e J P - 8

73-11-11
Page 707
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

( 3 ) S l o w l y i n c r e a s e t h e a p p l i e d f l u i d p r e s s u r e u n ti l t h e l e a k a g e f l o w
r a t e i n c r e a s e s ( v a l v e c r a c k p o i n t ) . T h e v a l v e c r a ck i n g p r e s s u r e
shall be 15 ±l psid (103 ±6,9 kPa).

( 4 ) A f t e r s a t i s f a c t o r y c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e f i l t e r b yp a s s v a l v e t e s t , d o
not remove the valve from the gear housing assembly. Filter bypass
valve (630), compression spring (625), guide (620), retaining ring
( 6 3 5 ) , p a c k i n g ( 6 1 5 ) , a n d c o v e r ( 6 0 0 ) m u s t r e m a i n in p l a c e a f t e r
satisfactory completion of the test.

NOTE: I f v a l v e d o e s n o t p a s s t e s t , d i s a s s e m b l e v a l v e u si n g
DISASSEMBLY paragraph 3Z. Inspect using CHECK paragraphs
2 A E , A F , A G , A H , a n d A K ( 3 ) ; r e p a i r s e a t u s i n g R E P A IR p a r a -
g r a p h 2 Q ( 8 ) ; o r r e p l a c e v a l v e o r g e a r h o u s i n g . R e as s e m b l e
using paragraph 3B, above, and retest.

( 5 ) R e m o v e t e s t p l u g a n d p a c k i n g f r o m P E F p o r t . Re m o v e a d a p t e r s f r o m
g e a r h o u s i n g , a n d r e m o v e g e a r h o u s i n g f r o m t e s t s t an d .

NOTE: I f e i t h e r o r b o t h o f t h e p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g s ( 4 60 a n d 4 6 5 )
are to be replaced, they must be fitted to the gear housing
bearing bores in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 2J(2).

D. I n s t a l l c o m p r e s s i o n s p r i n g s ( 4 7 5 ) i n b o t h p r e s s u r i ze d b e a r i n g s . I n s t a l l
dowel pin (470) in pressurized drive bearing (460). Assemble packings
( 4 8 5 ) a n d b a c k u p r i n g s ( 4 8 0 ) o n p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n gs ( 4 6 0 a n d 4 6 5 ) . I n -
s t a l l p a c k i n g a d j a c e n t t o b e a r i n g f l a n g e . U s e a n am p l e a m o u n t o f l u b r i -
c a n t ( A e r o l u b r i p l a t e o r M o b i l 1 ) t o e n s u r e t h a t p a ck i n g s a n d b a c k u p
rings stay on bearings.

NOTE: If standard bearings can not be fitted, oversize bearings are


available. Refer to the Illustrated Parts List for correct over-
size bearings part numbers.

E. A s s e m b l e p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g s ( 4 6 0 a n d 4 6 5 ) . C oa t t h e g e a r h o u s i n g
bores with lubricant (Aerolubriplate or Mobil 1). Match eccentricity of
b e a r i n g s w i t h t h a t o f b o r e . C a r e f u l l y p o s i t i o n p r es s u r i z e d b e a r i n g s
into gear housing bores. The pressurized bearings should move freely in
the bores without binding.

NOTE: I f e i t h e r o r b o t h p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g s a r e n e w , fi t t o b e a r i n g
bore per REPAIR paragraph 2J(2).

73-11-11
Page 708
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

CAUTION: F A I L U R E T O L A P O R B U R N I S H B E A R I N G S A C C O R D I N G T O TO L E R A N C E
SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 2J(2) MAY RESULT IN BEARING FAILURE DURING
P U M P O P E R A T I O N . E X T R E M E C A R E S H O U L D B E T A K E N T O A SS U R E P R O P E R
LAPPING AND BURNISHING.

F. C o a t t h e j o u r n a l s o f t h e m a t c h e d s e t o f g e a r s ( 44 0 a n d 4 4 5 ) w i t h l u b r i -
cant (Aerolubriplate or Mobil 1). Install packing (450) and backup ring
(455) in packing groove of drive gear, as shown in figure 704. Backup
r i n g s h o u l d b e i n s t a l l e d i n b o a r d o f p r e f o r m e d p a c k in g . A s s e m b l e m a t c h e d
s e t o f g e a r s i n p r e s s u r i z e d b e a r i n g s a s f o l l o w s : pa c k i n g e n d o f g e a r
( 4 4 0 ) i n t o b e a r i n g ( 4 6 0 ) , a n d g e a r ( 4 4 5 ) i n t o b e a r in g ( 4 6 5 ) w i t h i d e n t i -
fication groove in end of gear upward.

NOTE: I f g e a r s ( 4 4 0 a n d 4 4 5 ) ( m a t c h e d s e t ) a r e b e i n g r eu s e d , c h e c k t h a t
the bluing marks are aligned properly to ensure the same mesh.

If one of the matched set of gears is found to be defective, both


must be replaced.

NOTE: If either or both fixed bearings are new, fit to bearing bore per
REPAIR paragraph 2J(2).

(450, 485)
(455, 480)

Packing and Backup Ring installation


Figure 704

73-11-11
Page 709
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

CAUTION: F A I L U R E T O L A P O R B U R N I S H B E A R I N G S A C C O R D I N G T O TO L E R A N C E
SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 2J(2) MAY RESULT IN BEARING FAILURE DURING
P U M P O P E R A T I O N . E X T R E M E C A R E S H O U L D B E T A K E N T O A SS U R E P R O P E R
LAPPING AND BURNISHING.

E N S U R E T H A T F I X E D B E A R I N G S ( 4 2 5 A N D 4 3 0 ) F I T S Q U AR E L Y I N T H E G E A R
H O U S I N G B E A R I N G B O R E S T O P R E V E N T G A L L I N G O F T H E B O RE S .

G. L i g h t l y c o a t t h e g e a r h o u s i n g b o r e s w i t h l u b r i c an t ( A e r o l u b r i p l a t e o r
M o b i l 1 ) . I n s t a l l m a t c h e d s e t o f f i x e d b e a r i n g s ( 42 5 a n d 4 3 0 ) i n t h e
gear housing bores and on the gear journals. Align bearings so that
l u b e h o l e s a r e p o s i t i o n e d t o w a r d f i l t e r s i d e o f h o us i n g . P l a c e d o w e l
pin (415) in groove between fixed bearings.

NOTE: I f o n e o f t h e m a t c h e d s e t o f f i x e d b e a r i n g s i s f ou n d t o b e d e f e c -
tive, both must be replaced and fitted to the gear housing bear-
ing bore in accordance with REPAIR paragraph 2J(2).

H. I n s e r t t h e l a r g e d i a m e t e r s p l i n e o f t h e b o o s t s ta g e d r i v e s h a f t ( 4 1 0 ) i n
the drive gear spline.

J. I n s e r t t h e c o n t r o l d r i v e s h a f t ( 3 7 0 ) i n t h e b o o st s t a g e d r i v e s h a f t i n -
ternal spline.

K. I f b e a r i n g p l a t e ( 4 0 5 ) o r t h r u s t b e a r i n g ( 3 5 0 ) ha s b e e n r e p l a c e d , o r i f
the impeller/inducer cluster has been disassembled, measure and record
t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a n d t h r u s t b e a r in g d i m e n s i o n J , w h e n
assembled without dowel pin or springs installed. See figure 705. This
dimension will be referred to in paragraph M.

NOTE: I f r e p a i r i n g / r e p l a c i n g b e a r i n g p l a t e ( 4 0 5 ) o r t h ru s t b e a r i n g
(350), verify shimming requirements in step M.

L. I n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y ( - 3 7 5 ) o v e r th e d o w e l p i n s l o c a t e d i n
t h e g e a r h o u s i n g . I n s t a l l 1 0 b o l t s ( 3 8 0 ) a n d w a s h er s ( 3 8 5 ) t h r o u g h t h e
b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y a n d i n t o g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m bl y . T o r q u e t h e b o l t s
t o 2 3 0 - 2 5 0 l b i n . ( 2 6 - 2 8 N · m ) a b o v e t h e t o r q u e r e q ui r e d t o r u n t h e f a s -
teners through the locking coil.

NOTE: W h e n t h e b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y ( - 3 7 5 ) i s i n s t a l le d i n t o t h e g e a r
housing assembly (-640), one of the two pins (395) used in the
bearing plate assembly is used as an alignment pin to ensure
proper assembly to the gear housing. Some bearing plate assembly
r e p a i r a c t i o n s c a n c a u s e t h e r e p l a c e m e n t o f t h i s p in w i t h a f a b -
ricated replacement pin. See REPAIR paragraph 2H for additional
information.

73-11-11
Page 710
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(415)

(360)

B e a r i n g P l a t e a n d T h r u s t B e a r i n g T h i c k n e s s R e q u i r e me n t
Figure 705

M. A s s e m b l e t h e i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r a n d d e t e r mi n e s h i m r e q u i r e m e n t s
using the following procedure. See figure 706 and IPL figure 2.

(1) Place pump cover assembly (-160) on workbench.

( 2 ) S e e i n d u c e r s h i m p o r t i o n o f f i g u r e 7 0 6 a n d c a lc u l a t e i n d u c e r s h i m
requirements as follows:

(a) Measure inducer (245) hub thickness A.

(b) Press inducer into throat of pump cover (-160) and measure di-
mension B, parting surface to inducer hub. Remove inducer.

(c) Place nut (290) in pump cover and seat squarely on thrust
b e a r i n g ( 1 7 5 ) , a s s h o w n . M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n C , p a r ti n g s u r f a c e
to nut. Remove nut.

(d) R e q u i r e d i n d u c e r s h i m t h i c k n e s s D c a n b e d e t e r mi n e d u s i n g t h e
following formula:

D = [C - B - A + 0.O11 in. (0,279 mm)]

S e l e c t i n d u c e r s h i m s ( 2 3 0 ) , a s n e e d e d , t o o b t a i n re q u i r e d
thickness D ±0.002 in. (0,051 mm).

73-11-11
Page 711
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Impeller/Inducer Cluster and Impeller Shroud


Shimming Requirements (Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 706

73-11-11
Page 712
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(-160)

(265)

(0,152 - 0,203)

(250) (245)
(230)

(290)

(285)

IMPELLER SHIM

R 0.001 - 0.003 (0,025 - 0,076)

(325)
(310)

NOTES:
ITEM NUMBERS
(-375) CORRESPOND TO THOSE IN
IPL FIG. 2.

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES


WITH MILLIMETERS IN
PARENTHESES.

SHROUD SHIM

Impeller/Inducer Cluster and Impeller Shroud


Shimming Requirements (Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 706

73-11-11
Page 713
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(e) B u i l d c l e a r a n c e o f 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 6 i n c h ( 0 , 1 0 2 - 0 , 1 52 m m ) m u s t b e
met with inducer (245), shims (230), and nut (290) assembled
on shaft (285). Install assembly in pump cover and take up
end play by exerting pressure on inducer in THRUST direction
shown to ensure proper clearance.

( 3 ) S e e i m p e l l e r s h i m p o r t i o n o f f i g u r e 7 0 6 a n d c al c u l a t e i m p e l l e r s h i m
requirements as follows:

(a) R e m o v e t h e s h a f t a s s e m b l y i n s t a l l e d i n s t e p ( 2 )( e ) a b o v e . I n -
s t a l l n u t ( 2 9 0 ) , s h i m s ( 2 3 0 ) , a n d i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ) i n to t h e p u m p
cover (-160).

(b) W i t h e n d p l a y t a k e n u p a s d e s c r i b e d i n s t e p ( 2 )( e ) a b o v e m e a s -
u r e d i m e n s i o n E , p a r t i n g s u r f a c e t o i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ) hu b .

(c) Measure impeller (265) hub thickness F. Remove inducer,


shims, and nut from pump cover.

(d) P l a c e i m p e l l e r i n p u m p c o v e r s o t h a t b o o s t s t a ge b l a d e s o n t h e
impeller contact the larger conical bore in cover. Measure di-
mension G, parting surface to impeller hub.

(e) R e q u i r e d i m p e l l e r s h i m t h i c k n e s s H c a n b e d e t e rm i n e d u s i n g t h e
following formula:

H = [E - F - G + 0.007 in. (0,178 mm)]

Select impeller shims (250), as needed, to obtain required


thickness H ±0.001 in. (0,025 mm).

(f) Build clearance of 0.006-0.008 in. (0,152-0,203 mm) must be


m e t w i t h i m p e l l e r ( 2 6 5 ) , s h i m s ( 2 5 0 ) , i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ), s h i m s
(230), nut (290) assembled on shaft (285). Install assembly
i n p u m p c o v e r a n d t a k e u p e n d p l a y b y e x e r t i n g p r e ss u r e o n i m -
peller in direction shown.

( 4 ) S e e s h a f t s h i m p o r t i o n o f f i g u r e 7 0 6 a n d c a l c ul a t e s h a f t s h i m
requirements as follows:

(a) W i t h n u t ( 2 9 0 ) t h r e a d e d a l l t h e w a y o n s h a f t ( 28 5 ) a n d e n d
p l a y t a k e n u p a s d e s c r i b e d i n s t e p ( 3 ) ( f ) a b o v e m e as u r e d i m e n -
sion S, parting surface to shaft (285) flange.

(b) Dimension J is equivalent to dimension obtained in paragraph


K, above.

73-11-11
Page 714
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(c) R e q u i r e d s h a f t s h i m t h i c k n e s s K c a n b e d e t e r m i ne d u s i n g t h e
following formula:

K = [S - J - 0.007 in. (0,178 mm)]

S e l e c t s h a f t s h i m s ( 2 7 0 ) , a s n e e d e d , t o o b t a i n r e qu i r e d t h i c k -
ness K ±0.001 in. (0,025 mm). Install shims (270), key (305),
i m p e l l e r ( 2 6 5 ) , s h i m s ( 2 5 0 ) , i n d u c e r ( 2 4 5 ) , s h i m s (2 3 0 ) , a n d
nut (290) on impeller shaft (285).

NOTE: If a 704300 series pump has not been updated to a


7 0 4 3 0 0 - 4 , - 6 o r l a t e r , t h e p u m p m u s t b e u p d a t e d b e fo r e
the pump can be returned to service.

CAUTION: N U T ( 2 9 0 ) M U S T B E T O R Q U E D T O 1 3 0 0 - 1 4 0 0 L B I N . ( 1 47 - 1 5 8 N · M )
WHEN INSTALLED ON IMPELLER SHAFT 215535 OR 950-1050 LB IN.
( 1 0 7 - 1 1 9 N · M ) W H E N I N S T A L L E D O N I M P E L L E R S H A F T 2 1 7 24 0 A N D
218964. FAILURE TO APPLY CORRECT TORQUE RANGE MAY RESULT IN
DRIVE TRAIN FAILURE AND SEVERE PUMP DAMAGE.
( 5 ) M o u n t i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r o n t o r q u e f i x t ur e , 2 1 6 5 6 2 , a n d u s i n g
spline driver, torque nut (290) to:

(a) 1 3 0 0 - 1 4 0 0 l b i n . ( 1 4 7 - 1 5 8 N · m ) w h e n i n s t a l l e d on i m p e l l e r
shaft 215535.

(b) 950-1050 lb in. (107-119 N·m) when installed on impeller shaft


217240 and 218964.

( 6 ) M o u n t i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r o n i n s p e c t i o n ce n t e r s a n d i n s p e c t a s
specified in CHECK paragraph 2J.

( 7 ) C a l c u l a t e a x i a l e n d p l a y o f i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r cl u s t e r , w h e n i n -
s t a l l e d i n b e a r i n g p l a t e ( - 3 7 5 ) a n d p u m p c o v e r ( - 1 60 ) . S e e s h a f t
shim portion of figure 706.

(a) Measure dimension L, parting surface to thrust surface of


bearing (175).

(b) M e a s u r e d i m e n s i o n M , i m p e l l e r s h a f t ( 2 8 5 ) f l a n ge t o n u t ( 2 9 0 )
thrust face.

(c) A x i a l e n d p l a y N c a n b e d e t e r m i n e d u s i n g t h e f ol l o w i n g
formula:

N = [L - J - M]

A x i a l e n d p l a y N m u s t b e 0 . 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 8 i n . ( 0 , 1 5 2 - 0 ,2 0 3 m m ) .

73-11-11
Page 715
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

NOTE: A s s e m b l e d a x i a l e n d p l a y N w i l l b e t a k e n u p b y s pr i n g s
( 3 6 5 ) i n s t a l l e d b e t w e e n b e a r i n g ( 3 9 0 ) a n d t h r u s t b ea r -
ing (350).

( 8 ) S e e s h r o u d s h i m p o r t i o n o f f i g u r e 7 0 6 a n d c a l cu l a t e s h r o u d s h i m
requirements as follows:

(a) I n s t a l l s h r o u d ( 3 1 0 ) o n b e a r i n g p l a t e ( - 3 7 5 ) u si n g t h r e e
screws (315) and washers (320).

(b) Place impeller/inducer cluster in bearing plate against shroud


and exert pressure in direction shown.

(c) Measure dimension R.

(d) R e q u i r e d s h r o u d s h i m t h i c k n e s s P c a n b e d e t e r m in e d u s i n g t h e
following formula:

P = [R - 0.002 in. (0,051 mm)]

S e l e c t s h r o u d s h i m s ( 3 2 5 ) t h r o u g h ( 3 3 1 ) a s r e q u i r ed t o o b t a i n
desired thickness P ±0.001 in. (0,025 mm).

(e) R e m o v e s h r o u d ( 3 1 0 ) b y r e m o v i n g t h r e e s c r e w s ( 31 5 ) a n d w a s h e r s
(320). Selected shims and shroud will be installed as de-
scribed in paragraph P.

N. Install packing (355) in groove in bearing plate assembly (-375). In-


stall three compression springs (365) in the three counterbored holes in
t h e b o o s t s t a g e j o u r n a l b e a r i n g ( 3 9 0 ) . I n s t a l l d o we l p i n ( 3 6 0 ) i n b l i n d
hole of boost stage journal bearing. Lightly coat thrust bearing (350)
w i t h l u b r i c a n t ( A e r o l u b r i p l a t e o r M o b i l 1 ) . I n s t a ll t h e t h r u s t b e a r i n g ,
aligning it with dowel pin (360).

P. Install packing (340) on bearing plate assembly (-375). Install quan-


t i t y o f s h i m s ( 3 2 5 ) t h r o u g h ( 3 3 1 ) d e t e r m i n e d i n s t ep M ( 8 ) a b o v e , a n d p o -
s i t i o n s h r o u d ( 3 1 0 ) o n b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y . A p pl y a t h i n c o a t o f
l u b r i c a n t ( M I L - L - 2 4 1 3 1 ) t o t h r e a d s o f s i x s c r e w s ( 31 5 ) . A l l o w t o d r y
a n d i n s t a l l t h e s i x s c r e w s , w i t h w a s h e r s ( 3 2 0 ) , t h ro u g h s h r o u d a n d s h i m s
into the bearing plate assembly. Torque six screws (315) to 6-7 lb in.
( 0 , 7 - 0 , 8 N · m ) a b o v e t h e t o r q u e r e q u i r e d t o r u n f a s te n e r t h r o u g h l o c k i n g
c o i l . A f t e r t o r q u i n g s c r e w s ( 3 1 5 ) , r e p e a t s t e p s M (8 ) ( b a n d c ) a b o v e .
Dimension R of figure 706 shall be 0.001-0.003 in. (0,025-076 mm). Mark
shroud with Dykem Prussian blue.

Q. Install retainer (295) and retaining ring (300) in ID of impeller shaft


(285).

R. Install packing (345) on bearing plate assembly (-375).

73-11-11
Page 716
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

S. I n s t a l l i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r o v e r c o n t r o l d ri v e s h a f t ( 3 7 0 ) a n d
boost stage drive shaft (410).

NOTE: The wash flow filter bypass valve (130) and guide (135) must be
lapped prior to installation as specified in REPAIR paragraph 2C.

T. Install packing (140) on wash flow filter bypass valve guide (135); in-
stall wash flow filter bypass valve (130) in guide. Install guide and
v a l v e i n p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) . I n s t a l l c o m p re s s i o n s p r i n g ( 1 2 5 )
in valve. Place packing (120) on wash flow filter bypass valve retainer
( 1 1 5 ) , a n d i n s t a l l r e t a i n e r o v e r s p r i n g i n p u m p c o ve r a s s e m b l y . T o r q u e
retainer (115) to 90-110 lb in. (10,2-12,4 N·m).

U. A t t h i s p o i n t i n a s s e m b l y o f t h e p u m p , t h e f o l l ow i n g t e s t s m u s t b e p e r -
formed on the wash flow filter bypass valve (130), guide (135), packings
( 1 2 0 a n d 1 4 0 ) , c o m p r e s s i o n s p r i n g ( 1 2 5 ) , a n d r e t a i ne r ( 1 1 5 ) i n s t a l l e d i n
the pump cover assembly. See figure 707 and Table 703 for test setup.

(1) Cracking Pressure and Leakage Test.

(a) Assemble components described in Table 703, as shown in crack-


ing pressure portion of figure 707.

(b) A p p l y f l u i d p r e s s u r e t o t h e p u m p d i s c h a r g e p a s sa g e u n t i l a
level of 8 ±0.5 psig (55 ±3,5 kPa gage) is reached. If leak-
age is observed through the wash flow filter bypass valve
( 1 3 0 ) , p o s i t i o n a c o n t a i n e r t o c o l l e c t s u c h l e a k a g e. R e c o r d
t h e l e n g t h o f t i m e u n d e r t e s t c o n d i t i o n s a n d t h e a mo u n t o f
leakage collected. At the completion of the test, determine
the average wash flow filter bypass valve leak rate by divid-
i n g t h e t o t a l l e a k a g e v o l u m e i n c u b i c c e n t i m e t e r s by t h e
e l a p s e d t i m e u n d e r t e s t i n m i n u t e s . T h e v a l v e l e a ka g e r a t e
shall not exceed 25 cm3/minute.

(c) S l o w l y i n c r e a s e t h e a p p l i e d f l u i d p r e s s u r e u n t il t h e l e a k a g e
f l o w r a t e i n c r e a s e s ( v a l v e c r a c k p o i n t ) . R e c o r d t he f l u i d
p r e s s u r e a t t h i s p o i n t . V a l v e c r a c k i n g p r e s s u r e s ha l l b e
10 psig (69 kPa gage) minimum.

73-11-11
Page 717
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

NOTES:
ALL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS SHALL
BE PREFORMED AT TEST SITE
PREVAILING AMBIENT CONDITIONS OF
TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY, AND
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE.
MAIN FLANGE ADAPTER AND CONTROL
FLANGE ADAPTER ARE PART OF
PRESSURE TEST FIXTURE, 216561.

Schematic Diagram of Wash Flow Filter Bypass Valve


Test Setup (Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 707

73-11-11
Page 718
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

NOTES:
ALL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS SHALL
BE PREFORMED AT TEST SITE
PREVAILING AMBIENT CONDITIONS OF
TEMPERATURE, RELATIVE HUMIDITY, AND
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE.
MAIN FLANGE ADAPTER AND CONTROL
FLANGE ADAPTER ARE PART OF
PRESSURE TEST FIXTURE, 216561.

Schematic Diagram of Wash Flow Filter Bypass Valve


Test Setup (Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 707

73-11-11
Page 719
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 703. W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e T e s t C o m po n e n t s

F u e l P u m p a n d F i l t e r A s s e m b l y C o m p o n e n t s.
P u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) a n d w a s h f l o w f i l t e r b yp a s s v a l v e ( 1 3 0 ) i n s t a l l e d
as described in paragraph 3T.
T e s t E q u i p m e n t.
M a i n f l a n g e a d a p t e r , w i t h d u m m y w a s h f l o w f i l t e r el e m e n t , a n d c o n t r o l f l a n g e
adapter (part of pressure test fixture, 216561).
I n l e t a n d o u t l e t f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e s ; f l o w c a p a b i li t y m u s t e x c e e d 5 8 g p m
( 2 2 , 2 7 0 p h r ) ( 2 2 0 l/ m i n ) .
A n a d a p t e r f o r t h e P F p o r t , d i s c h a r g e p a s s a g e 0 . 4 80 i n . ( 1 2 , 1 9 2 m m ) i n
diameter.
Cracking:
T e s t s t a n d c o n s i s t i n g o f a t e s t f l u i d s u p p l y s y s t em c a p a b l e o f m a i n t a i n i n g
a pressure ranging from 5-25 ±0.25 psig (34,5-172 ±1,7 kPa gage) and a flow
r a n g e o f 0 - 1 g p m ( O - 3 8 4 p h r ) ( 0 - 3 , 8 l/ m i n ) .
Flow:
T e s t s t a n d c o n s i s t i n g o f a t e s t f l u i d s u p p l y s y s t em c a p a b l e o f m a i n t a i n i n g
a f l u i d p r e s s u r e o f 2 5 p s i q ( 1 7 2 k P a g a g e ) a t a f l ow o f 5 8 g p m ( 2 2 , 2 7 0 p h r )
( 2 2 0 l/ m i n ) . A f i l t e r s h a l l b e i n s t a l l e d i n t h e f l u i d s up p l y l i n e t o t h e
test specimen capable of removing all particles to at least the 20 micron
absolute, 10 micron nominal, level.
Fluid pressure gage having a minimum range of 0-30 psig (0-207 kPa gage), a
m i n i m u m a c c u r a c y o f ± 0 . 2 5 p s i ( 1 , 7 k P a ) , a n d a m a x im u m g a g e d i v i s i o n o f
0.25 psi (1,7 kPa) (calibrated).
Graduate having a minimum capacity of 100 cm3, a maximum gage division of
1 cm3, and a minimum accuracy of ±1 cm3.
P u m p d i s c h a r g e f l o w m e t e r w i t h i n d i c a t o r h a v i n g a mi n i m u m r a n g e o f 1 0 - 5 0 g p m
( 3 8 4 0 - 1 9 , 2 0 0 p h r ) ( 3 7 , 9 - 1 8 9 l/ m i n ) , a m i n i m u m a c c u r a c y o f ± 0 . 5 g p m ( 1 9 2 p h r )
( 1 , 9 l/ m i n ) , a n d a m a x i m u m g a g e d i v i s i o n o f 0 . 2 g p m ( 7 6 . 8 p h r ) ( 0 , 7 6 l/ m i n ) .
PF port flowmeter with indicator having a minimum range of 10-15 gpm (3840-
5 7 6 0 p h r ) ( 3 7 , 9 - 5 6 , 8 l/ m i n ) , a m i n i m u m a c c u r a c y o f ± 0 . 1 g p m ( 3 8 . 4 p h r )
( 0 , 3 8 l/ m i n ) , a n d a m a x i m u m g a g e d i v i s i o n o f 0 . 1 g p m ( 3 8 . 4 p h r ) ( 0 , 3 8 l/ m i n ) .
Differential pressure gage with a minimum range of 0-25 psid (0-172 kPa), and
accuracy of ±0.5 psi (3,5 kPa).
A t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r w i t h i n d i c a t o r c a p a b l e o f r e ad i n g b e t w e e n 5 0 º - 1 0 0 º F
( 1 0 0 º - 3 7 . 8 º C ) m e a s u r e d a t p u m p i n l e t w i t h a n a c c u r ac y o f ± 3 º F ( 1 . 7 º C ) ;
maximum gage division 1ºF (0,6ºC).

73-11-11
Page 720
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 703. W a s h F l o w F i l t e r B y p a s s V a l v e T e s t C o m po n e n t s ( C o n t i n u e d )

Test Fluid.
80º ±20ºF (27º ±11.1ºC) at pump inlet:
(1) ASTM D-1655 Jet A,
(2) A v i a t i o n t u r b i n e f u e l ( M I L - T - 5 6 2 4 P , G r a d e J P -4 ) ,
(3) Aviation turbine fuel (MIL-T-83133D(1), Grade JP-8),
(4) Calibrating fluid (MIL-C-7024D, Type II), or
(5) CAN/CGSB-3.22-93 NATO F-40.

(2) Single Point Flow Test.

(a) Assemble components described in Table 703, as shown in flow


portion of figure 707.

(b) S t a r t c i r c u l a t i n g p u m p a n d a d j u s t i n l e t f l o w c on t r o l a n d dis-
charge flow control valves, simultaneously, until a flow of 44
± 1 g p m ( 1 6 , 8 9 6 ± 3 8 4 p h r ) ( 1 6 7 ± 3 , 8 l/ m i n ) i s m e a s u r e d a t pump
discharge flowmeter and a flow of 14 ±0.5 gpm (5376 ±192 phr)
( 5 3 ± 1 , 9 l/ m i n ) i s m e a s u r e a t P F p o r t f l o w m e t e r .

(c) R e c o r d t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e b e t w e e n p u m p di s c h a r g e p o r t
a n d t h e P F p o r t . D i f f e r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e s h a l l b e 2 1. 0 p s i d
(145 kPa) maximum.

NOTE: I f v a l v e d o e s n o t p a s s t e s t , d i s a s s e m b l e , c h e c k an d r e -
p a i r o r r e p l a c e v a l v e , g u i d e , o r s p r i n g . R e a s s e m b le
and retest.

(3) Remove all test equipment from pump cover and continue with para-
graph V.

NOTE: A f t e r b y p a s s v a l v e i s t e s t e d , i t s h a l l r e m a i n a s se m b l e d
w i t h i n p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y . I f b y - p a s s v a l v e i s r em o v e d f o r
any reason, it must be retested.

V. I n s t a l l w a s h f l o w f i l t e r ( 2 2 5 ) i n p u m p c o v e r ( - 16 0 ) . I n s t a l l p a c k i n g s
( 2 0 5 , 2 1 0 , 2 1 5 , a n d 2 2 0 ) i n p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y , u si n g a m p l e l u b r i c a t i o n
(Aerolubriplate or Mobil 1) to ensure that packings remain in place dur-
i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n o f p u m p c o v e r . C a r e f u l l y p l a c e p um p c o v e r a s s e m b l y
o v e r t h e i m p e l l e r / i n d u c e r c l u s t e r a n d m a t c h c o v e r wi t h d o w e l p i n ( 6 4 5 ) .
Install 12 bolts (165), with 10 washers (170), and bracket (167) through
pump cover assembly and into gear housing assembly (-640). Torque bolts
t o 9 0 - 1 1 0 l b i n . ( 1 0 , 2 - 1 2 , 4 N · m ) a b o v e t o r q u e r e q u ir e d t o r u n b o l t s
through locking coil.

W. I n s t a l l f i v e D - h e a d b o l t s ( 5 0 7 ) i n t o g e a r h o u s i ng a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) a n d
secure with retaining rings (506).

73-11-11
Page 721
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

X. Pre SB CFM56-2 73-0086, SB CFM56-2C 73-0119, SB CFM56-3/-3B/-3C 0141:


L u b r i c a t e p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s ( 5 1 5 a n d 5 2 0 ) w i t h l u br i c a n t ( A e r o l u -
b r i p l a t e o r M o b i l 1 ) . I n s t a l l w a v e s p r i n g ( 5 2 5 ) a nd r e t a i n i n g r i n g
( 5 3 0 ) o n f i l t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) . I n s t a l l p a c k i n g s ( 5 2 0) i n p a c k i n g g r o o v e s
o f f i l t e r e l e m e n t ( 5 1 0 ) . P l a c e p a c k i n g ( 5 1 5 ) i n g ro o v e o n f i l t e r c o v e r .
Install one end of filter element (510) onto filter cover (495). Visu-
ally inspect down the center of the filter element (510) for evidence of
e x t r u s i o n a n d / o r c u t p a c k i n g ( 5 2 0 ) a t t h e f i l t e r c ov e r / p a c k i n g i n t e r -
f a c e . I n s t a l l f i l t e r e l e m e n t / f i l t e r c o v e r s u b a s s e mb l y i n t o g e a r h o u s i n g
assembly (-640).

Y. Post SB CFM56-2 73-0086, SB CFM56-2C 73-0119, SB CFM56-3/-3B/-3C 0141:


V e r i f y t h a t p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s a r e i n s t a l l e d i n f i lt e r e l e m e n t ( 5 1 0 ) .
L u b r i c a t e p r e f o r m e d p a c k i n g s ( 5 1 5 a n d t h o s e i n s t a l le d i n f i l t e r e l e m e n t )
w i t h l u b r i c a n t ( A e r o l u b r i p l a t e o r M o b i l 1 ) . I n s t a ll w a v e s p r i n g ( 5 2 5 )
a n d r e t a i n i n g r i n g ( 5 3 0 ) o n f i l t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) . P la c e p a c k i n g ( 5 1 5 ) i n
groove on filter cover. Install one end of filter element (510F or
5 1 0 G ) o n t o f i l t e r c o v e r ( 4 9 5 ) . V i s u a l l y i n s p e c t d ow n t h e c e n t e r o f t h e
filter element for evidence of extrusion and/or cut packing at the fil-
t e r c o v e r / p a c k i n g i n t e r f a c e . I n s t a l l f i l t e r e l e m e nt / f i l t e r c o v e r s u b a s -
s e m b l y i n t o g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) . Or ient the fil ter a nti-
ro tation tab b etween t wo rib s of t he gear housin g.

Z. Apply MIL-L-24131 lubricant to five D-head bolts (507) and one bolt
( - 5 0 0 B ) . I n s t a l l f i v e n u t s ( 5 0 3 ) w i t h w a s h e r s ( - 5 05 B ) o n t o D - h e a d
bolts. Install one bolt (500B) with washer (505B) through filter cover
(495A) and into gear housing. Torque nuts and bolt to 70-80 lb in.
(7,9-9,0 N·m).

CAUTION: DO NOT DAMAGE PACKING (40) DURING INSTALLATION OF STATIONARY SHAFT


SEAL (35).

AA. Install packing (40) in seal carrier (25), and press stationary shaft
seal (35) into seal carrier, according to paragraph AB.

NOTE: I n s p e c t s t a t i o n a r y s h a f t s e a l ( 3 5 ) f o r o b v i o u s d ef e c t s p r i o r t o
installation.

AB. Install stationary shaft seal (35) in the seal carrier (25) in the fol-
lowing manner:

(1) See figure 708. Mount seal assembly fixture, 216564, items A, B,
and C, on arbor press as shown in Step 1.

73-11-11
Page 722
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Stationary Shaft Seal Installation


Figure 708

( 2 ) L u b r i c a t e p a c k i n g ( 4 0 ) w i t h l u b r i c a n t ( A e r o l u br i p l a t e o r M o b i l 1 )
and install in seal carrier (25).

(3) Place guide (D) onto seal carrier as shown.

( 4 ) P l a c e s e a l ( 3 5 ) o n d r i v e r ( E ) . S e t d r i v e r E in g u i d e ( D ) a n d s e a l
carrier with seal end facing up.

( 5 ) L o w e r a r b o r p r e s s r a m u n t i l f a c e o f r a m a d a p t er ( C ) r e s t s c e n t e r e d
on seal. Do not apply pressure.

(6) Zero indicator. Raise arbor press ram.

73-11-11
Page 723
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(7) Remove driver (E) and seal from guide (D), and invert driver and
seal as shown in Step 2, figure 708.

( 8 ) L o w e r a r b o r p r e s s r a m o n t o d r i v e r ( E ) a n d c o n ti n u e t o l o w e r u n t i l
i n d i c a t o r r e a d s b e t w e e n 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 0 i n . ( 0 , 0 5 1 - 0 , 0 00 m m ) .

A C . D e t e r m i n e t h e s h i m s ( 7 5 ) r e q u i r e d . A s s e m b l e a nd i n s t a l l t h e s e a l c a r -
rier assembly (-5), packings (30 and 50), rotating seal ring (55), wash-
ers (60, 70, and 90), spring washer (65), and main drive shaft (45) in
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h f i g u r e 7 0 9 a n d t h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e du r e :

( 1 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n A ( s e a l c a r r i e r mo u n t i n g f a c e o n g e a r
housing to shoulder of drive gear).

CAUTION: USE CARE WHEN MEASURING SEAL (35). DO NOT DAMAGE CARBON FACE
OF SEAL WHILE HANDLING.
( 2 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n B ( f a c e o f s e a l ca r r i e r t o f a c e o f
solid carbon insert).

( 3 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n C [ t h i c k n e s s o f ro t a t i n g s e a l r i n g
(55) flange].

( 4 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n E [ t h i c k n e s s o f ou t e r s h o u l d e r w a s h e r
(60), not including shoulder].

( 5 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n F [ t h i c k n e s s o f in n e r s h o u l d e r w a s h e r
(70), not including shoulder].

( 6 ) M e a s u r e a n d r e c o r d d i m e n s i o n G [ t h i c k n e s s o f wa s h e r ( 9 0 ) ] .

( 7 ) D e t e r m i n e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e s i n g l e s h i m ( 7 5) , ± 0 . 0 0 3 i n .
(0,076 mm), by using the following formula:

D = A - [ B + C + E + F + G + 0 . 0 5 5 i n . ( 1 , 3 9 7 m m) ]

NOTE: S h i m t h i c k n e s s D c a l c u l a t e d c a n v a r y ± 0 . 0 0 3 i n . (0 , 0 7 6 m m ) ,
to allow use of available shims. Only one shim can be used
to achieve D ±0.003 inch (0,076 mm).

( 8 ) A s s e m b l e p a c k i n g ( 5 0 ) o n t o m a i n d r i v e s h a f t ( 45 ) . A p p l y 3 g r a m s o f
l u b r i c a n t ( K r y t o x 2 8 3 A D o r A c e - K o t e 3 4 3 X ) t o s p l i n es ( d r i v e g e a r )
o f d r i v e s h a f t , a n d i n s t a l l s h a f t i n t o d r i v e g e a r sp l i n e .

( 9 ) I n s t a l l w a s h e r ( 9 0 ) , s e l e c t e d s h i m ( 7 5 ) , i n n er s h o u l d e r w a s h e r
(70), spring washer (65), and outer shoulder washer (60) on shoul-
der of drive gear.

(10) Install rotating seal ring (55) in spline of drive gear as shown in
figure 709.

73-11-11
Page 724
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(11) Install packing (30) on seal carrier assembly (-5), and assemble
s e a l c a r r i e r t o g e a r h o u s i n g u s i n g b o l t s ( 1 0 ) a n d wa s h e r s ( 1 5 ) .
Torque bolts to 90-110 lb in. (10,2-12,4 N·m) above torque required
to run through locking coil to gear housing.

INNER
SHOULDER
WASHER (70)
PREFORMED
PACKING (50)

Installation of Main Drive Shaft and Rotating Seal Ring


Figure 709

73-11-11
Page 725
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

A D . I f t h e r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m b l y ( - 5 6 0 ) r e q u i r e s r ea s s e m b l y p r i o r t o i n s t a l -
lation in the gear housing, proceed as follows:

( 1 ) C a r e f u l l y i n s t a l l p i s t o n ( 5 9 0 ) i n t o r e l i e f v a lv e h o u s i n g ( 5 9 5 ) ;
e n s u r e t h a t p i s t o n s e a t i s n o t d a m a g e d d u r i n g i n s t al l a t i o n .

( 2 ) I n s t a l l p a c k i n g ( 5 8 0 ) i n t o p a c k i n g g r o o v e o n re l i e f v a l v e c o v e r
(570).

(3) Assemble compression spring (585) into piston (590).

( 4 ) P l a c e w a s h e r ( 5 7 5 ) a n t o p o f s p r i n g a n d i n s t a ll r e l i e f v a l v e c o v e r
( 5 7 0 ) , o v e r w a s h e r a n d s p r i n g , i n t o r e l i e f v a l v e h ou s i n g .

( 5 ) T h r e a d c o v e r i n t o h o u s i n g u n t i l c o v e r s e a t s a ga i n s t s p r i n g . E n s u r e
that distance between cover shoulder and valve body hex flange is
0.700 ±0.010 in. (17,780 ±0,254 mm).

( 6 ) A p p l y c o r r o s i o n p r e v e n t i v e c o m p o u n d ( M I L - C - 1 6 17 3 , G r a d e 2 ) t o
threads of relief valve nut (565). Thread nut onto relief valve
cover (570).

A E . I n s t a l l p a c k i n g s ( 5 4 5 a n d 5 5 0 ) i n p a c k i n g g r o o ve s o n r e l i e f v a l v e a s s e m -
bly (-560). Install relief valve assembly in gear housing assembly
(-640). Torque relief valve assembly to 135-165 lb in. (15,3-18,6 N·m).

A F . I n s t a l l p a c k i n g s ( 1 5 0 a n d 1 5 5 ) i n p a c k i n g g r o o ve s o n l u b e f l o w s c r e e n
assembly (145). Install lube flow screen assembly in pump cover assem-
b l y ( - 1 6 0 ) a n d t o r q u e t o 9 0 - 1 1 0 l b i n . ( 1 0 , 2 - 1 2 , 4 N· m ) .

AG. Install mounting flange assembly (-95) on gear housing assembly (-640).
A p p l y t h r e a d l u b r i c a n t ( S i l v e r G o o p o r t h r e a d l u b r ic a n t , M I L - L - 2 4 1 3 1 , C P
2 1 0 1 , o r D a g 1 5 6 ) t o t h r e a d s a n d u n d e r h e a d s o f s cr e w s ( 1 0 0 a n d - 1 0 0 A . )
I n s t a l l s c r e w s t h r o u g h m o u n t i n g f l a n g e a n d i n t o g e ar h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( -
6 4 0 ) . T o r q u e s c r e w s ( 1 0 0 ) t o 9 5 - 1 0 5 l b i n . ( 1 0 , 7 - 11 , 9 N · m ) a b o v e t h e
t o r q u e r e q u i r e d t o r u n t h e s c r e w t h r o u g h t h e l o c k i ng c o i l o f p u m p M o d e l s
704301-1, -3, -8 and -10. Torque screws (-10OA) to 130-140 lb in.
( 1 4 , 7 - 1 5 , 8 N · m ) a b o v e t h e t o r q u e r e q u i r e d t o r u n t he s c r e w t h r o u g h t h e
l o c k i n g c o i l o f p u m p M o d e l s 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 2 , - 4 , - 5 , - 6 , -9 , - 1 1 , - 1 2 , a n d - 1 3 ,
708301-1, -2, -4 and -5, and 708601-1, -2, -5, and -6.

AH. Install packing (540) on plug (535) and install plug in drain port on
filter cover (495). Torque plug (535) to 45-55 lb in. (5,1-6,2 N·m).

A J . I n s t a l l p a c k i n g ( 6 8 0 ) o n p l u g ( 6 7 5 ) , a n d i n s t a ll p l u g i n g e a r h o u s i n g
a s s e m b l y ( - 6 4 0 ) . T o r q u e p l u g t o 4 5 - 5 5 l b i n . ( 5 , 1 -6 , 2 N · m ) .

A K . I n s t a l l p l u g ( 4 9 0 ) i n t o g e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y (- 6 4 0 ) . Torque plug to
45-55 lb in. (5,1-6,2 N·m).

73-11-11
Page 726
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

AL. For the 708600 series pumps proceed as follows:

( 1 ) I n s t a l l p a c k i n g ( 6 3 9 ) i n p a c k i n g g r o o v e o f c o ve r p l a t e ( 6 3 6 ) .

(2) Install cover plate in RETOUR BP port of gear housing assembly


( - 6 4 0 B a n d - 6 4 0 C ) u s i n g w a s h e r s ( 6 3 8 ) a n d b o l t s ( 6 37 ) . T o r q u e
b o l t s t o 3 0 - 3 5 l b i n . ( 3 , 4 - 3 , 9 N · m ) a b o v e t h e t o r q ue r e q u i r e d t o
run through the locking coil.

( 3 ) I n s t a l l p a c k i n g ( 4 9 3 ) o n p l u g ( 4 9 2 ) a n d i n s t a ll i n c o v e r p l a t e
(636). Torque plug to 45-55 lb in. (5,1-6,2 N·m).

AM. After completing assembly, and before testing, rotate drive shaft using
s p l i n e d r i v e , 2 1 6 5 6 5 . C r a n k t o e n s u r e t h a t t h e s h af t r o t a t e s w i t h o u t
r u b b i n g o r b i n d i n g . I f e x c e s s i v e b i n d i n g o r r u b b i ng i s e v i d e n t , t h e
pump must be disassembled and the trouble corrected before testing.

A N . T e s t f u e l p u m p a n d f i l t e r a s s e m b l y u s i n g T E S T I NG s e c t i o n o f t h i s m a n u a l .

A P . A f t e r s a t i s f a c t o r y c o m p l e t i o n o f t e s t i n g , s a f e ty w i r e t h e f o l l o w i n g i t e m s
u s i n g s a f e t y w i r e ( l o c k w i r e M S 2 0 9 9 5 N 3 2 ) i n a c c o r d a n ce w i t h M S 3 3 5 4 0 : r e -
l i e f v a l v e h o u s i n g ( 5 9 5 ) , n u t ( 5 6 5 ) , a n d c o v e r ( 5 7 0) . A p p l y s a f e t y w i r e
seal (555).

4. A s s e m b l e t h e F u e l P u m p a n d F i l t e r I n s t a l l a t i o n.

A. After the fuel pump has satisfactorily completed testing, flush with
p e t r o l e u m - b a s e d p r e s e r v a t i v e , s u c h a s h y d r a u l i c f l ui d ( M I L - H - 6 0 8 3 ) .
P r i o r t o u s e o n t h e p u m p , f i l t e r t h e h y d r a u l i c f l u id t o 1 0 m i c r o n s n o m i -
nal. Flush the pump in the following manner:

( 1 ) P o u r h y d r a u l i c f l u i d i n t o t h e i n l e t p o r t o f t he p u m p .

(2) Using crank test tool, 216565, rotate the main drive shaft (45, IPL
f i g u r e 2 ) u n t i l t h e h y d r a u l i c f l u i d f l o w s o u t t h e di s c h a r g e p o r t .

(3) Tilt the pump and drain out as much hydraulic fluid as possible.

B. Apply a light coating of lubricant (Krytox 283AD or Ace-Kote 343X) to


t h e s p l i n e s o f m a i n d r i v e s h a f t ( 4 5 ) a n d c o n t r o l d ri v e s h a f t ( 3 7 0 ) .

NOTE: See IPL figure 1.

C. I f n a m e p l a t e ( 1 0 7 , I P L f i g u r e 1 ) h a s b e e n r e m o v ed , a t t a c h t h e p l a t e u s -
i n g f o u r n e w s c r e w s ( 1 0 8 ) . T o r q u e t h e s c r e w s t o 6 -8 l b i n . ( 0 , 6 7 8 - 0 , 9 0 4
N · m ) . U s e s a f e t y w i r e M S 2 0 9 9 5 N 2 0 i n a c c o r d a n c e w i th M S 3 3 5 4 0 .

73-11-11
Page 727
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

D. If using old style shipping closure (5), install closure on fuel pump
m o u n t i n g f l a n g e u s i n g t h r e e n u t s ( 1 0 ) a n d b o l t s ( 1 5) w i t h w a s h e r s ( 2 0 ) .
Torque bolts to 50 lb in. (5,65 N·m).

E. I f u s i n g n e w s t y l e s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 5 A ) , i n s t a ll c o r r o s i o n i n h i b i t i n g
bag (20B) on end of drive shaft. Install shipping closure (5A) and se-
cure with closure ring (10A).

F. For new style shipping closure, install plastic sheet (20C) into center
hole of shipping closure (25).

G. I n s t a l l s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 2 5 ) o n c o n t r o l s h a f t si d e o f p u m p u s i n g f o u r
n u t s ( 3 0 ) , o n e b o l t ( 3 5 ) , a n d f i v e w a s h e r s ( 4 0 ) . To r q u e n u t s a n d b o l t s
to 50 lb in. (5,65 N·m).

H. Install shipping closure (45) on heat exchanger ports using two nuts
( 5 0 ) w i t h w a s h e r s ( 5 5 ) . T o r q u e n u t s t o 5 0 l b i n . (5 , 6 5 N · m ) .

J. I n s t a l l s h i p p i n g c l o s u r e ( 6 0 ) o n i n l e t p o r t u s i ng t w o b o l t s ( 6 5 ) w i t h
w a s h e r s ( 7 0 ) . T o r q u e b o l t s t o 5 0 l b i n . ( 5 , 6 5 N · m ).

K. F o r t h e 7 0 4 3 0 0 a n d 7 0 8 3 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s , p l a c e t wo p a c k i n g s ( 8 0 ) o n p l u g s
( 7 5 ) a n d i n s t a l l i n p o r t s m a r k e d P B P a n d P H P . T o r qu e p l u g s t o 4 5 - 5 5 l b
i n . ( 5 , 1 - 6 , 2 N · m ) . F o r 7 0 8 6 0 0 s e r i e s p u m p s p l a c e pa c k i n g ( - 8 0 A ) o n p l u g
(-75A) and install in port marked PHP. Torque plug to 45-55 lb in.
(5,1-6,2 N·m).

L. P l a c e t w o p a c k i n g s ( 9 0 ) o n p l u g s ( 8 5 ) a n d i n s t a ll i n p o r t s m a r k e d P E F
a n d P S F . T o r q u e p l u g s t o 4 5 - 5 5 l b i n . ( 5 , 1 - 6 , 2 N · m) .

M. P l a c e p a c k i n g ( 1 0 5 ) o n p l u g ( 1 0 0 ) a n d i n s t a l l p lu g i n p o r t m a r k e d P F .
Torque plug to 45-55 lb in. (5,1-6,2 N·m).

N. S a f e t y w i r e p l u g s ( 7 5 , 8 5 , a n d 1 0 0 ) u s i n g s a f e t y wi r e ( l o c k w i r e
MS20995N32) in accordance with MS33540.

5. S t o r a g e.

If pump is to be stored for an extended period of time, assemble the fuel


p u m p a n d f i l t e r i n s t a l l a t i o n i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h p r ec e d i n g p a r a g r a p h 4 .
S t o r e i n a d u s t p r o o f c o n t a i n e r o r e v a c u a t e d b a g . Se a l b o x a n d m a r k i d e n t i -
f i c a t i o n o n o u t s i d e o f b o x ( p a r t n u m b e r , s e r i a l n u mb e r , e t c . ) .

Extended Storage Retest Instructions


Time Interval Action
0 to 2 years Non Required
2 to 3 years Calibration Check
Greater than 3 years Teardown and Inspect

73-11-11
Page 728
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP - FITS AND CLEARANCES

1. General.

Table 801, Fits and Clearances, provides a list of in-service wear limits
f o r t h e c o m p o n e n t p a r t s o f t h e f u e l p u m p . A n y c o m po n e n t w h i c h d o e s n o t f a l l
w i t h i n t h e s p e c i f i e d l i m i t s m u s t b e r e p l a c e d . R e f er t o t h e a p p r o p r i a t e
p a r a g r a p h s i n C H E C K f o r a d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n , i n c l u d i n g s u r f a c e f i n is h r e -
q u i r e m e n t s . T a b l e 8 0 2 , T o r q u e L i m i t s , l i s t s t h e r eq u i r e d a s s e m b l y t o r q u e
values, where applicable.

Table 801. Fits and Clearances

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS


FIG.
MEASURE

AND DIMENSION LIMITS IN. (MM)


REF ITEM NO. MAX ALLOWABLE
LTR IPL FIG. 2 WEAR IN. (MM) MIN MAX

501 * -5
A 0.005 0.170
(0,127) (4,318)
502 † 45
A 0.005 1.3273
(0,127) (33,7134)
B † 0.005 1.4713
(0,127) (37,3710)
503 * 55
A N/A 1.451
(36,855)
B * N/A 0.169
(4,293)
C † 0.003 1.8812
(0,076) (47,7825)
505 130
A * N/A 0.7980
(20,2692)
506 135
A * N/A 0.801
(20,345)
508 285
E ** 0.003 0.7065
(0,076) (17,9451)
* As indicated in referenced figure
** Between pins
† Over pins, over pins/balls
N/A Not applicable

73-11-11
Page 801
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 801. Fits and Clearances (Continued)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS


FIG.
MEASURE

AND DIMENSION LIMITS IN. (MM)


REF ITEM NO. MAX ALLOWABLE
LTR IPL FIG. 2 WEAR IN. (MM) MIN MAX

511 285
A * 1.3711
(34,8259)
B * 1.1523
(29,2684)
C * 0.156
(3,962)
E ** 0.003 0.7065
(0,076) (17,9451)
512 290 0.6200
B * (15,748)
514 350
B * 0.178
(4,521)
C * 2.227
(56,566)
D * 0.009
(0,229)
515 † 370
A 0.003 0.4162
(0,076) (10,5715)
B † 0.003 0.4450
(0,076) (11,3030)
E * 0.525
(13,335)
F * 0.195
(4,953)
G * 0.310
(7,874)
* As indicated in referenced figure
** Between pins
† Over pins, over pins/balls
N/A Not applicable

73-11-11
Page 802
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 801. Fits and Clearances (Continued)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS


FIG. MEASURE
AND DIMENSION LIMITS IN. (MM)
REF ITEM NO. MAX ALLOWABLE
LTR IPL FIG. 2 WEAR IN. (MM) MIN MAX

516 375
A * 0.008* 0.597*
(0,2032) (15,164)
B * 1.3736 1.3741
(34,8894) (34,9021)
517 410
A ** 0.003 0.2718
(0,076) (6,9037)

B † 0.003 1.8484
(0,076) (46,949)
C † 0.003 1.1302
(0,076) (28,707)
517A -410A
A ** 0.003 0.2718
(0,076) (6,9037)
B † 0.003 1.8484
(0,076) (46,949)
C † 0.003 1.1302
(0,076) (28,707)
518 425
430
B * 0.0003
(0,0076)
from original
bore diameter
H * 0.022
(0,559)
* As indicated in referenced figure
** Between pins
† Over pins, over pins/balls
N/A Not applicable

73-11-11
Page 803
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 801. Fits and Clearances (Continued)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS


FIG.
MEASURE

AND DIMENSION LIMITS IN. (MM)


REF ITEM NO. MAX ALLOWABLE
LTR IPL FIG. 2 WEAR IN. (MM) MIN MAX

519 440
445 0.0003 2.1973
A * (0,0076) (55,811)
B † N/A 3.2756
(83,200)
C ** 0.003 1.4690
(0,076) (37,313)
D ** 0.003 0.9566
(0,076) (24,298)
E ** 0.003 1.1929
(0,076) (30,300)
520 460 0.0003
465 (0,0076)
B * from original
bore diameter
H 0.022
(0,559)
522 590 N/A 1.0610
A * (26,949)
523 595
A * N/A 1.0635
(27,013)
B * N/A 0.010
(0,254)
C * 2.435
(61,849)
524 600
A * N/A 0.2800
(7,1120)
525 620
A * N/A 0.252
(6,401)
B * N/A 0.085
(2,159)
* As indicated in referenced figure
** Between pins
† Over pins, over pins/balls
N/A Not applicable

73-11-11
Page 804
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 801. Fits and Clearances (Continued)

IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS


FIG. MEASURE
AND DIMENSION LIMITS IN. (MM)
REF ITEM NO. MAX ALLOWABLE
LTR IPL FIG. 2 WEAR IN. (MM) MIN MAX

526 630 0.2485


A * N/A (6,3119)
527
B * 0.0004
(0,0102)
C * N/A 2.777
(70,536)
528
D * N/A 1.3770
(34,9758)
* As indicated in referenced figure

73-11-11
Page 805
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Table 802. Torque Limits

IPL FIG. & TORQUE VALUES


ITEM NO. PART NAME LB IN. (NEWTON-METERS)
1 15 Bolt 50 5,65
1 30 Nut 50 5,65
1 35 Bolt 50 5,65
1 50 Nuts 50 5,65
1 65 Bolt 50 5,65
1 75 Plug 45-55 5,1-6,2
1 85 Plug 45-55 5,1-6,2
1 100 Plug 45-55 5,1-6,2
1 108 Screw 6-8 0,678-0,904
2 10 Bolt 90-100 10,2-11,3
2 100 Screw 95-105 10,7-11,9
2-100A Screw 130-140 14,7-15,8
2 115 Retainer 90-110 10,2-12,4
2 145 Lube Flow Screen Assembly 90-110 10,2-12,4
2 165 Bolt 90-110 10,2-12,4
2 290 Impeller Nut (when installed on 1300-1400 147-158
impeller shaft part number 215535)
2 290 Impeller Nut (when installed on 950-1050 107-119
impeller shaft part number 217240
and 218964)
2 315 Screw 6-7 0,678-0,791
2 380 Bolt 230-250 26,0-28,2
2 490 Plug 45-55 5,1-6,2
2 492 Plug 45-55 5,1-6,2
2 500 Bolt 70-80 7,9-9,0
2 500B Bolt 70-80 7,9-9,0
2 503 Nut 70-80 7,9-9,0
2 535 Plug 45-55 5,1-6,2
2-560 Relief Valve Assembly 135-165 15,3-18,6
2 605 Bolt 90-110 10,2-12,4
2 637 Bolt 30-35 3,4-4,0
2 675 Plug 45-55 5,1-6,2
N O T E : I t e m 2 1 0 0 a p p l i e s t o M o d e l s 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 1 , - 3 , - 5 , - 8, - 1 0 , a n d - 1 2 .
I t e m 2 - 1 0 0 A a p p l i e s t o M o d e l s 7 0 4 3 0 0 - 2 , - 4 , - 6 , - 9, - 1 1 , a n d - 1 3 ,
M o d e l s 7 0 8 3 0 0 - 1 , - 2 , - 4 , a n d - 5 a n d t o M o d e l s 7 0 8 6 00 - 1 a n d - 2 , - 5 , a n d - 6 .
NOTE: All torque valves listed are above run-in torque, except for filter cover
bolt, Item 2 500.
N O T E : I t e m 2 5 0 0 i s l u b r i c a t e d w i t h d r y f i l m g r a p h i t e lu b r i c a n t , D a g 5 6 . No run-
in torque is required for these bolts.

73-11-11
Page 806
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP - SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT

1. General.

T h e s p e c i a l t o o l s , f i x t u r e s , a n d e q u i p m e n t r e q u i r ed t o a c c o m p l i s h c o m p o n e n t
m a i n t e n a n c e a n d t e s t t h e f u e l p u m p a r e l i s t e d i n T ab l e 9 0 1 a n d i l l u s t r a t e d
in figure 901.
NOTE: E q u i v a l e n t s u b s t i t u t e s m a y b e u s e d u n l e s s o t h e r w is e i n d i c a t e d .

2. Source.

Fabrication information for listed tooling may be obtained from ARGO-TECH.

3. Environmental Requirements.

Assembly area must be clean and contain provisions for control of airborne
contamination.

Table 901. Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment

Tool No. Name Paragraph Used

100-47856 Extractor, Bearing Disassembly 3S


207968 Tool, Inserting Assembly 2A(5)
216560 Plug, Filter (includes inlet Table 702
fitting)
216561 Fixture, Test Table 703
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A SUBSTITUTE FOR THE TORQUE FIXTURE. USING A
DIFFERENT TORQUE FIXTURE CAN CAUSE PUMP DAMAGE.
216562 Fixture, Torque (no substitute) Disassembly 3J
Assembly 2M(5)
216564 Assembly Fixture, Shaft Seal Disassembly 3A
Assembly AC
216565 Driver, Spline Testing and Trouble Shooting 3F
Assembly 3AN
Assembly 4A(2)
216676 Lapping Fixture, Wash Flow Valve Repair 2C
216692 Plate, Pressure Test Table 702
(includes Drain Plug)
216718 Adapter, Heater Port T e s t i n g a n d T r o u b l e S h oo t i n g
4A(19)
216719 Adapter, Discharge T e s t i n g a n d T r o u b l e S h o o ti n g
4A(20)
216720 Adapter, Inlet Testing and Trouble Shooting
4A(21)
216746 Support, Seal Removal Disassembly 3A
217051 Installation Tool, Thrust Bearing Repair 2D
278017 Clamp, Bonding Repair 2Q(11)

73-11-11
Page 901
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Special Tools, Fixtures, and Equipment


Figure 901

73-11-11
Page 902
© October 2009 Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FUEL PUMP - ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

1. Introduction.

A. Purpose.

T h i s i l l u s t r a t e d p a r t s l i s t l i s t s a n d d e s c r i b e s th e p a r t s r e q u i r e d f o r
F u e l P u m p s , P a r t N u m b e r s 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 2 , 7 0 4 3 0 1- 3 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 4 ,
704301-5, 704301-6, 704301-8, 704301-9, 704301-10, 704301-11, 704301-12,
7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 3 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 4 , 7 0 4 3 0 1 - 1 5 , 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 1 , 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 2, 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 4 , 7 0 8 3 0 1 - 5 ,
7 0 8 3 0 1 - 6 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 1 , a n d 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 2 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 5 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 -6 , 7 0 8 6 0 1 - 7 a n d i s
used in conjunction with the Component Maintenance Manual to serve as an
aid to disassembly and reassembly.

B. Usage.

(1) Item Sequence.

The Detailed Parts List consists of the complete fuel pump listed
in disassembly order.

(a) T h e f i r s t c o l u m n l i s t s t h e f i g u r e a n d i n d e x n u mb e r s f o r a l l
items illustrated in the exploded views.

(b) The second, third, and fourth columns list the part numbers
and descriptions of all assemblies, subassemblies, and de-
tailed parts.

(c) T h e f i f t h c o l u m n i s a v a i l a b l e f o r a c o d e t o i n di c a t e t h e e f -
f e c t i v i t y o f t h e p a r t t o v a r i o u s m o d e l s a n d i n s t a l la t i o n s .

(d) T h e s i x t h c o l u m n s h o w s t h e u n i t s r e q u i r e d p e r as s e m b l y o r s u b -
assembly.

(2) Part Numbering System.

All ARGO-TECH part numbers used for the equipment being covered are
d e s i g n a t e d b y p l a i n f i v e o r s i x d i g i t n u m b e r s . G o ve r n m e n t s t a n d a r d
p a r t s a r e p r e f i x e d b y t h e l e t t e r s A N , M , M S , a n d N AS . P u r c h a s e d
parts are listed by the manufacturer's part number. An ARGO-TECH
p a r t n u m b e r h a s b e e n a s s i g n e d t o a l l p u r c h a s e d i t e ms a n d i s s h o w n
i n p a r e n t h e s e s f o r r e f e r e n c e p u r p o s e s a f t e r t h e d e sc r i p t i o n o f t h e
part.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1001
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(3) Numerical Index.

(a) In the Numerical Index, all parts shown in the Detailed Parts
L i s t a r e a r r a n g e d i n a l p h a - n u m e r i c a l o r d e r . T h e ar r a n g e m e n t
s e q u e n c e o f e a c h p a r t b e g i n s a t t h e e x t r e m e l e f t - h an d p o s i t i o n
and continues left to right, one column at a time, until com-
plete numerical arrangement is determined.

(b) In the first position, the order of precedence is the letters


A through Z, then numerals 0 through 9.

(c) In the second and all succeeding positions, the order of


precedence is as follows:

1 Dash (-).
2 Letters A through Z.
3 Numerals 0 through 9.
NOTE: Alphabetic O's shall be considered numerical
zeros.

(d) The columns used in the Numerical Index are as follows:

1 PART NUMBER. Parts are listed by their respective part


n u m b e r s o n l y o n c e , r e g a r d l e s s o f h o w m a n y t i m e s t h ey a p p e a r
in the Detailed Parts List.
2 AIRLINE PART NO. T h i s c o l u m n i s a l l o c a t e d f o r a i rl i n e p a r t
numbers.
3 F I G . T h i s c o l u m n i n d i c a t e s t h e f i g u r e o n w h i c h t he p a r t
appears.
4 I T E M . T h i s c o l u m n i n d i c a t e s t h e i t e m n u m b e r o f t he p a r t
listed. For Government standard parts, the figure and item
n u m b e r i s s h o w n o n l y f o r t h e f i r s t l i s t i n g i n t h e Nu m e r i c a l
Index. For all other part numbers, each occurrence is
shown.
5 TTL REQ. This column indicates the total quantity of parts
for a complete unit of equipment. When a definite quantity
cannot be shown, the letters AR are used to signify "As
Required.”

(4) Arrangement of Detailed Parts List.

(a) A l l a s s e m b l i e s a n d p a r t s a r e a r r a n g e d i n t h e o rd e r o f d i s a s -
sembly with the exception of attaching parts which follow im-
mediately after the item to be attached.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1002
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

(b) S u b a s s e m b l i e s a n d p a r t s a r e i n d e n t e d t o i n d i c a te t h e i r
relationship to the complete assembly. Associated with the
l i s t i s a n e x p l o d e d v i e w i l l u s t r a t i o n . T h i s i l l u s tr a t i o n
identifies and shows the relative positions of the various as-
semblies and parts.

(c) P a r t v a r i a t i o n s a m o n g m o d e l s a r e i n d i c a t e d b y le t t e r s y m b o l s
p l a c e d i n t h e " E F F C O D E " c o l u m n o f t h e D e t a i l e d P a rt s L i s t .
Where the parts are used on all units of equipment the column
is left blank.

PARTS LIST
EFF CODE NUMBER
A 704301-1
B 704301-2
C 704301-3
D 704301-4
E 708301-1
F 704301-5
G 704301-6
H 708301-2
J 708601-1
K 708601-2
L 704301-8
M 704301-9
N 704301-10
P 704301-11
Q 708301-4
R 708301-12
S 704301-13
T 708301-5
U 708601-5
V 708601-6
W 708301-6
X 708601-7
Y 704301-14
Z 704301-15
(d) T h e q u a n t i t i e s l i s t e d i n t h e " U N I T S P E R A S S Y " co l u m n a r e , i n
the case of assemblies, the total quantity used per unit of
e q u i p m e n t a t t h e l o c a t i o n i n d i c a t e d , w h i l e t h e c o m po n e n t p a r t s
i n d e n t e d u n d e r t h e a s s e m b l i e s o n l y s h o w t h e q u a n t i ty u s e d p e r
assembly. Therefore, the quantities specified are not neces-
sarily the total used per unit of equipment.

(5) Abbreviations.

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1003
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

T h e f o l l o w i n g a b b r e v i a t i o n s a r e u s e d i n t h e d e t a il e d p a r t s l i s t :

ALT Alternate
AR As required
ASSY Assembly
BYP Bypass
CONT Control
EFF Effectivity
FIG Figure
FLG Flange
FLTR Filter
FXD Fixed
HTR Heater
LKG Locking
MACH Machine
mm Millimeter
MTG Mounting
NP Not procurable
NHA Next higher assembly
P/N Part number
REPL Replaced
REPLS Replaces
RF Reference
RTNR Retainer
SUPSD Superseded
SUPSDS Supersedes
THD Thread
V Valve

(6) Vendor Codes.

Commercial suppliers are identified by a code in parentheses


i m m e d i a t e l y f o l l o w i n g t h e p a r t d e s c r i p t i o n . C o d e sy m b o l s u s e d a r e
i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e F e d e r a l S u p p l y C o d e f o r M a n uf a c t u r e r s , C a t a -
loging Handbook H4-1, except that each code symbol is preceded by
the letter V. Vendor codes are as follows:

CODE VENDOR NAME


VOZOA4 Sofrance
ZI, Des Gannes
BP No. 3
87800 Nexon France

V00736 Air Maze Corporation


115 E. Steels Corners Rd.
P.O. Box 1459
Stow, OH 44224-0459

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1004
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

CODE VENDOR NAME


V18350 Pall Aeropower Corp.
6301 49th St. N.
Pinellas Park, FL 34665
V29372 Rexnord, Inc.
Tridair Industries
3000 W. Lomita Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90505
V59875 ARGO-TECH
23555 Euclid Ave.
Cleveland, OH 44117
V80756 Spirolox Division of Kaydon Corporation
29 Cassens Ct.
St. Louis, MO 63026-2542
V83259 Parker-Hannifin Corp.
O-Seal Division
10567 Jefferson Blvd.
Culver City, CA 90231
V87405 Facet International, Inc.
9910 E. 56th St. N.
Tulsa, OK 74117-4011
V91587 Rexnord
Mechanical Power Division
Seal Operation
634 Glenn Ave.
Wheeling, IL 60090

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1005
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

2. Numerical Index.

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


ACB006F2474Y3 2 -510B NP
SUPSD BY ITEMS
2 510F AND 2 510G
ACB006F2474Y6 2 -510D NP
SUPSD BY ITEMS
2 510F AND 2 510G
ACC462F2038M 2 510G 1
AS3066-10 2 503 5
AS3237-16 2 500B 1
AN4-5A 1 65 2
AN4-11A 1 15 3
AN5-15A
REPL BY 999002-28
AN960-416L 1 70 2
REPL BY AN960C416L
AN960-516L
REPL BY AN960C516L
AN960-416L 2 15 NP
REPL BY MS9230-10 2 170 NP
2 505 NP
2 610 NP
AN960C416L 1 70 2
AN960C516L 1 40 5
1 55 2
CA01962B 2 510F 1
CH0697-101-552N00 2 -510C NP
C8205 2 -510A NP
SUPSD BY ITEMS
2 510B THROUGH 2 510E
EP-001 1 20C 1
GRR87SPK 2 300 1
GRS118SPK 2 530 1
KNNS524JM15SY56 2 650 6
KNNS524JM16SY66 2 190 3
MS122116 2 665 4
MS16555-602 2 180 1
MS16555-625 2 395 2
MS16624-4025 2 635 1
MS16632-4031 2 506 5
MS20066-17 2 305 1
MS21209C0615 2 400 6
MS21209F4-15 2 185 1
2 655 35
-Item not illustrated

MS21209F4-15 2 -655A 24
2 -655B 30

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1006
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


2 -655C 19
2 -655D 18
MS21209F4-20 2 656 1
MS21209F5-15 2 660 10
2 -660A 22
MS24585C58 2 365 3
MS24671-9
SUPSD BY MS51959-30
MS24677-1 1 108 4
MS35650-3252 1 10 3
MS35650-3312 1 30 3
MS51959-30 2 -315A 6
SUPSDS MS24671-9
MS9320-09 2 638 2
MS9320-10 1 -70A 2
2 -15A 4
2 -170A 10
2 -505A 6
2 -610A 3
MS9320-11 2 385 10
MS9453-11 2 380 10
MS9518-10 2 637 2
MS9519-07 2 10 4
MS9519-09 2 605 3
MS9519-12 2 165 12
2 500 NP
MS9519-15 2 -165A 12
2 -500A 6
MS9954-03 2 490 1
2 492 1
MS9954-04 1 85 2
MS9954-06 2 535 1
2 675 1
MS9954-08 1 75 2
1 -75A 1
MS9954-10 1 100 1
M25988-1-018 2 140 1
2 155 1
M25988-1-022 2 205 1
M25988-1-026 2 545 1
M25988-1-035 2 355 1
-Item not illustrated
M25988-1-038 2 485 2
SUPSD BY M83248-1-038
M25988-1-119 2 580 1
M25988-1-123 2 520 NP
SUPSD BY M83248-1-123 2 639 1
M25988-1-124 2 210 1

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1007
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


M25988-1-126 2 220 1
2 615 1
M25988-1-127 2 450 1
M25988-1-151 2 30 1
M25988-1-156 2 515 1
M25988-1-164 2 345 1
M25988-1-216 (Deleted)
M25988-1-266 2 215 1
M25988-1-318 2 50 1
M25988-1-903 2 493 1
M25988-1-904 1 90 2
M25988-1-906 2 540 1
2 680 1
M25988-1-908 1 80 2
1 -80A 1
M25988-1-910 1 105 1
M25988-1-911 2 150 1
M25988-1-914 2 120 1
M25988-1-920 2 550 1
M83248-1-123 2 520A NP
SUPSDS M25988-1-123
M83248-1-308 2 485A 2
SUPSDS M25988-1-038
M83248-2-026 2 -545A 1
NAS1149E0463R 2 -505B 6
NAS5404U10 (Deleted)
NAS5405U11 (Deleted)
RR87SPK
REPL BY GRR87SPK
RS118SPK
REPL BY GRS118SPK
R9W1800 2 -145A 1
R9W2135 2 -510E NP
SUPSD BY ITEMS
2 510F AND 2 510G
1-1468-4 2 -35A 1
SUPSDS 215182
203806 2 415 1
2 470 1
-Item not illustrated
204872 2 570 1
205527 2 565 1
210235 2 575 1
214870-2 2 465 4
214928-1 2 270 1
214928-2 2 -271 AR
214928-3 2 -272 AR
214928-4 2 -273 AR

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1008
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


214928-5 2 -274 AR
214928-6 2 -275 AR
214928-7 2 -276 AR
215172 2 525 1
215174
SUPSD BY ITEMS 2 510B
THROUGH 2 510E
215175
SUPSD BY 217829
215182
SUPSD BY 1-1468-4
215183 2 320 6
215185 2 175 1
215187
See KNNS524JM16SY66
215189 2 290 1
215190-1 2 250 1
215190-2 2 -251 AR
215190-3 2 -252 AR
215190-4 2 -253 AR
215190-5 2 -254 AR
215190-6 2 -255 AR
215190-7 2 -256 AR
215289-1 2 230 1
215289-2 2 -231 AR
215289-3 2 -232 AR
215289-4 2 -233 AR
215289-5 2 -234 AR
215289-6 2 -235 AR
215289-7 2 -236 AR
215308-5 1 109 1
215309 1 20 3
215331-1 2 325 1
215331-2 2 -326 AR
215331-3 2 -327 AR
-Item not illustrated
215331-4 2 -328 AR
215331-5 2 -329 AR
215331-6 2 -330 AR
215331-7 2 -331 AR
215370-1 2 -560 1
215371 2 595 1
215372 2 590 1
215373 2 585 1
215374 2 265 1
215534-1 2 350 1

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1009
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


215535
SUPSD BY 217240
215536 2 360 1
215590 2 475 22
215618 2 245 1
215619 2 310 1
215660
SUPSD BY 216616
215705 2 70 1
215706 2 60 1
215717-1 2 -5 1
215717-2 2 25 NP
215718 2 20 1
215788 2 55 1
215832 2 65 1
215870 2 90 1
215871-1 2 75 1
215871-2 2 -76 AR
215871-3 2 -77 AR
215871-4 2 -78 AR
215871-5 2 -79 AR
215871-6 2 -80 AR
215871-7 2 -81 AR
215871-8 2 -82 AR
215871-9 2 -83 AR
215871-10 2 -84 AR
215891 2 630 1
215892 2 620 1
215893 2 600 1
215894 2 625 1
216081-1 2 -420 1
216082-1 2 425 NP
SUPSD BY 217715-1
-Item not illustrated
216083-1 2 430 NP
SUPSD BY 217716-1
216084-1 2 460 1
216085-1 2 465 1
216089
SUPSD BY 218042
216095
See KNNS524JM15SY56
216121-1 2 255 1
216155 2 495 1
SUPSD BY 219819
216157 2 45 1
216158-1
SUPSD BY 218044-1

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1010
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


216159
SUPSD BY 218043
216160
SUPSD BY 218963
216161 2 370 1
216203-1 2 -375 1
216203-2 2 405 NP
216204 2 390 1
216259-1
SUPSD BY 219825-1
216259-2 2 670 NP
SUPSD BY 219825-2
216263-1 2 -160 1
216263-2 2 200 NP
216276 2 130 1
216277 2 135 1
216278 2 125 1
216279 2 115 1
216427-1
SUPSD BY 216487-1
216427-2 2 110 NP
216428
SUPSD BY 216486
216443-1
SUPSDS 216259-1
SUPSD BY 219824-1
216443-2 2 -670A NP
SUPSD BY 219824-2
216450-1
See 30308
-Item not illustrated
216486 2 -100A 12
SUPSDS 216428
216487-1 2 -95A 1
SUPSDS 216427-1
216487-2 2 -110A NP
216616 2 -105A 2
SUPSDS 215660
216716 2 167 1
217240
SUPSD BY 218964
217404-1 2 -160A 1
217404-2 2 -200A NP
217406-1 2 -640B 1
SUPSD BY 219823-1
217406-2 2 -670B NP
SUPSD BY 219823-2
217410 2 -167A 1

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1011
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


217415
See AC5006F2474Y3
217558 2 636 1
217714-1 2 -420A 1
217715-1 2 -425A NP
217716-1 2 -430A NP
217717-1 2 -460A 1
217718-1 2 -465A 1
217829 2 -295A 1
SUPSDS 215175
218042 2 -445A NP
SUPSDS 216089
SUPSD BY 219957
218043 2 -440A NP
SUPSDS 216159
SUPSD BY 219956
218044-1 2 -435A 1
SUPSDS 216158-1
SUPSD BY 219958-1
218304
See 1-1468-4
218963 2 -410A 1
SUPSDS 216160
218964 2 -285B 1
SUPSDS 217240
219623-1 2 -420B 1
219624-1 2 -425B NP
219625-1 2 -430B NP
219626-1 2 -460B 1
-Item not illustrated
219627-1 2 -465B 1
219818-1 2 507 5
219818-2 2 -507A 5
219819 2 -495A 1
219823-1 2 640C 1
219823-2 2 670C 1
219824-1 2 640D 1
SUPSDS 216443-1
219824-2 2 670D 1
219825-1 2 640E 1
219825-2 2 670E 1
219946 2 510F 1
SUPSDS ITEMS 2 510C
THROUGH 2 510E
219948 2 627 1
219956 2 -440B NP
SUPSDS ITEM 2 -440A

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1012
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


219957 2 -445B NP
SUPSDS ITEM 2 -445A
219958-1 2 -435B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 2 -435A
219965-1 1 20B 1
30308 2 145 1
704300-1 1 -1 NP
REPL BY 704300-8
704300-2 1 -1A NP
REPL BY 704300-9
704300-3 1 -1B NP
REPL BY 704300-5
REPL BY 704300-10
704300-4 1 -1C NP
REPL BY 704300-6
REPL BY 704300-11
704300-5 1 -1E NP
REPLS 704300-3
REPL BY 704300-12
704300-6 1 -1F NP
REPLS 704300-4
REPL BY 704300-13
704300-8 1 -1K RF
REPLS 704300-1
704300-9 1 -1L RF
REPLS 704300-2
704300-10 1 -1M RF
REPLS 704300-3
704300-11 1 -1N RF
REPLS 704300-4
-Item not illustrated
704300-12 1 -1Q RF
REPLS 704300-5
REPL BY 704300-14
704300-13 1 -1R RF
REPLS 704300-6
REPL BY 704300-15
704300-14 1 -1X RF
REPLS 704300-12
704300-15 1 -1Y RF
REPLS 704300-13
704301-1 1 110 NP
2 -1 NP
704301-2 1 -110A NP
2 -1A NP
704301-3 1 -110B RF
2 -1B RF
704301-4 1 -110C RF
2 -1C RF

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1013
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


704301-5 1 -110E RF
2 -1E RF
704301-6 1 -110F RF
2 -1F RF
704301-8 1 -110K RF
2 -1L RF
704301-9 1 -110L RF
2 -1M RF
704301-10 1 -110M RF
2 -1N RF
704301-11 1 -110N RF
2 -1P RF
704301-12 1 -110Q RF
2 -1R RF
704301-13 1 -110R RF
2 -1S RF
704301-14 1 -110X RF
2 -1Y RF
704301-15 1 -110Y RF
2 -1Z RF
708300-1 1 -1D NP
REPL BY 708300-2
REPL BY 708300-4
708300-2 1 -1G NP
REPLS 708300-1
REPL BY 708300-5
708300-4 1 -1P RF
REPLS 708300-1
-Item not illustrated
708300-5 1 -1S RF
REPLS 708300-2
REPL BY 708300-6
708300-6 1 -1V RF
REPLS 708300-5
708301-1 1 -110D RF
2 -1D RF
708301-2 1 -110G RF
2 -1G RF
708301-4 1 -110P RF
2 -1Q RF
708301-5 1 -110S RF
REPL BY 708301-6 2 -1T RF
708301-6 1 -110V RF
REPLS 708301-5 2 -1W RF
708600-1 1 -1H NP
REPL BY 708600-5
708600-2 1 -1J NP
REPL BY 708600-6

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1014
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


708600-5 1 -1T RF
REPLS 708600-1
REPL BY 708600-7
708600-6 1 -1U RF
REPLS 708600-2
708600-7 1 -1W RF
REPLS 708600-5
708601-1 1 -110H RF
2 -1J RF
708601-2 1 -110J RF
2 -1K RF
708601-5 1 -110T RF
REPL BY 708601-7 2 -1U RF
708601-6 1 -110U RF
2 -1V RF
708601-7 1 -110W RF
REPLS 708601-5 2 -1X RF
8-038V709-90 2 480 2
8-127V709-90 2 455 1
90372-5
See AN4-5A
90372-11
See AN4-11A
90384-15
See AN5-15A
-Item not illustrated
90790-35
See AN960-416L
90790-36
See AN960-516L
90794-36
See AN960C516L
91122-4
See MS35650-3252
91122-6
See MS35650-3312
91320-3
See MS16555-602
91377-6
See MS20066-17
91530-1
See MS122116
91559-1
See MS16555-625
91935-2
See MS21209F4-15
91935-3
See MS21209C0615

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1015
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


91936-2
See MS21209C0615
92022-30
See MS51959-30
92025-3
See MS24671-9
92141-58
See MS24585C58
92265-10
See MS9320-10
92265-11
See MS9320-11
92265-9
See MS9320-09
92444-18
See M25988-1-018
92444-22
See M25988-1-022
92444-26
See M25988-1-026
92444-35
See M25988-1-035
-Item not illustrated
92444-38
See M25988-1-038
92445-19
See M25988-1-119
92445-23
See M25988-1-123
92445-24
See M25988-1-124
92445-26
See M25988-1-126
92445-27
See M25988-1-127
92445-51
See M25988-1-151
92445-56
See M25988-1-156
92445-64
See M25988-1-164
92446-16 (Deleted)
See M25988-1-216
92446-66
See M25988-1-266
92447-10
See M25988-1-910

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1016
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


92447-11
See M25988-1-911
92447-14
See M25988-1-914
92447-20
See M25988-1-920
92447-3
See M25988-1-903
92447-4
See M25988-1-904
92447-6
See M25988-1-906
92447-8
See M25988-1-908
92467-1
See MS24677-1
92472-12
See MS9519-12
92472-15
See MS9159-15
-Item not illustrated
92472-7
See MS9519-07
92472-9
See MS9519-09
92474-10
See MS9954-10
92474-3
See MS9954-03
92474-4
See MS9954-04
92474-6
See MS9954-06
92474-8
See MS9954-08
92476-4 2 667 4
92476-14 2 195 4
92493-18
See M25988-1-318
92494-11
See MS9453-11
92497-10
See MS9518-10
93031-1 2 555 NP
93091
See MS16624-4025
93148-46
See GRR87SPK

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1017
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .


93149-20
See GRS118SPK
93375-10
See 8-127V709-90
93375-11
See 8-038V709-90
94000-80 1 5 1
94000-84 1 60 1
94000-87 1 45 1
94000-89 1 25 1
94094-4 1 10A 1
94156-24 1 -107A 1
94156-45 1 -107B 1
94156-47 1 107 1
94156-65 2 695 1
94408-26
See M83248-2-026
-Item not illustrated
94501-26 2 40 1
94501-27 2 340 1
98011-1 1 5A 1
999001-10 1 65 2
999002-28 1 35 1
999006-5 1 30 4

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1018
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Part Number Airline Part Number Figure Item T o t a l Re q .

-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1019
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Fuel Pump and Filter Installation


Figure 1

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1020
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

3. I l l u s t r a t e d P a r t s L i s t.

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
1 -1 704300-1 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL A NP
SB 73-113
REPL BY 704300-8
-1A 704300-2 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL B NP
SB 73-001R1
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
REPL BY 704300-9
-1B 704300-3 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL C NP
PRIOR SB 73-054
SB 73-026
REPL BY 704300-5
SB 73-113
REPL BY 704300-10
-1C 704300-4 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL D NP
SB 73-006R1
SB 73-026
REPL BY 704300-6
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
REPL BY 704300-11
-1D 708300-1 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL E NP
PRIOR SB 73-036
REPL BY 708300-2
SB 73-129
REPL BY 708300-4
-1E 704300-5 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL F NP
SB CFM56-2B 73-079
SB 73-054
REPLS 704300-3
SB 73-113
REPL BY 704300-12
-1F 704300-6 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL G NP
SB 73-020
SB 73-054
REPLS 704300-4
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
REPL BY 704300-13

-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1021
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
1 -1G 708300-2 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL H NP
SB 73-036
REPLS 708300-1
SB 73-129
REPL BY 708300-5
-1H 708600-1 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL J NP
SB 73-055
SB 73-021
SB 73-033
SB 73-042
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
REPL BY 708600-5
-1J 708600-2 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL K NP
SB 73-129
SB 73-113
REPL BY 708600-6
-1K 704300-8 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL L RF
SB 73-113
REPLS 704300-1
-1L 704300-9 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL M RF
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
REPLS 704300-2
-1M 704300-10 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL N RF
SB 73-113
REPLS 704300-3
-1N 704300-11 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL P RF
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
REPLS 704300-4
-1P 708300-4 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL Q RF
SB 73-129
REPLS 708300-1
-1Q 704300-12 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL R RF
SB CFM56-2C 73-113
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
REPLS 704300-5
REPL BY 704300-14

-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1022
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
1 -1R 704300-13 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL S RF
SB 73-079
SB73-113
REPLS 704300-6
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
REPL BY 704300-15
-1S 708300-5 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL T RF
SB 73-079
REPLS 708300-2
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144
REPL BY 708300-6
-1T 708600-5 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL U RF
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB73-113
REPLS 708600-1
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144
REPL BY 708600-7
-1U 708600-6 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL V RF
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
REPLS 708600-2
-1V 708300-6 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL W RF
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144
REPLS 708300-5
-1W 708600-7 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL X RF
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144
REPLS 708600-5

-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1023
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
1 -1X 704300-14 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL Y RF
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
REPLS 704300-12
-1Y 704300-15 PUMP INSTALLATION, FUEL Z RF
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
REPLS 704300-13
5 94000-80 .CLOSURE, SHIPPING, A,B,C 1
PUMP MOUNTING D,E,F
G,J,K
L,M,N
P,R,S
Q,U,V
5A 98011-1 .CLOSURE, SHIPPING, W,X,Y 1
PUMP MOUNTING Z
ATTACHING PARTS
10 MS35650-3252 .NUT, PLAIN, HEX A,B,C 3
(91122-4) D,E,F
G,J,K
L,M,N
P,R,S
Q,U,V
10A 94094-4 .RING, CLOSURE W,X,Y 1
Z
15 AN4-11A .BOLT, MACH W,X,Y 3
...(90372-11) Z
20 215309 .WASHER, FLAT, SPECIAL A,B,C 3
D,E,F
G,H,L
M,N,P
Q,R,S
T
-20A AN960-416L .WASHER, FLAT J,K,U 3
(90790-35) V
***
20B 219965-1 .BAG, CORROSION INHIBITING A,B,C 1
D,E,F
G,J,K
L,M,N
P,R,S
Q,U,V
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1024
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
1 20C EP-001 .SHEETING, PLASTIC A,B,C 1
D,E,F
G,J,K
L,M,N
P,R,S
Q,U,V
25 94000-89 .CLOSURE, SHIPPING, CONT FLG 1
ATTACHING PARTS
30 999006-5 .NUT, PLAIN, HEX 4
35 999002-28 .BOLT, MACH 1
40 AN960C516L .WASHER, FLAT (90794-32) 5
***
45 94000-87 .CLOSURE, SHIPPING, HTR FLG 1
ATTACHING PARTS
50 999006-5 .NUT, HEX, FINE THD 2
55 AN960C516L .WASHER, FLAT (90794-32) 2
***
60 94000-84 .CLOSURE, SHIPPING 1
ATTACHING PARTS
65 999001-10 .BOLT, HEX HEAD 2
70 AN960C416L .WASHER, FLAT (90794-3) A,B,C 2
D,E,F
G,J,K
L,M,N
P,R,S
Q,U,V
X,Y,Z
-70A MS9320-10 .WASHER, FLAT (92265-10) H,T,W 2
***
75 MS9954-08 .PLUG, MACH THD A,B,C 2
(92474-8) D,E,F
G,H,L
M,N,P
Q,R,S
T,W,Y
Z
-75A MS9954-08 .PLUG, MACH THD J,K,U 1
(92474-8) V,X
80 M25988-1-908 .PACKING, PREFORMED A,B,C 2
(92447-8) D,E,F
G,H,L
M,N,P
Q,R,S
T,W,Y
Z
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1025
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
1 -80A M25988-1-908 .PACKING, PREFORMED J,K,U 1
(92447-8) V,X
85 MS9954-04 .PLUG, MACH THD 2
(92474-4)
90 M25988-1-904 .PACKING, PREFORMED 2
(92447-4)
100 MS9954-10 .PLUG, MACH THD 1
(92474-10)
105 M25988-1-910 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92447-10)
106 94156-65 .PLATE, SERVICE BULLETIN
SB 73-095
SB 73-086
SB 73-053
107 94156-47 .NAMEPLATE J,K,U 1
V,X
-107A 94156-24 .NAMEPLATE A,B,C 1
D,F,G
L,M,N
P,R,S
Y,Z
-107B 94156-45 .NAMEPLATE E,H,Q 1
T,W
ATTACHING PARTS
108 MS24677-1 .SCREW 4
(92467-1)
***
109 215308-5 .DECAL, MODEL TYPE B,D,E 1
F,G,H
J,K,L
M,N,P
Q,R,S
T,U,V
W,X,Y
Z
110 704301-1 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 A NP
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB CFM56-2C 73-113
-110A 704301-2 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 B NP
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-001R1
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1026
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
1 -110B 704301-3 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 C NP
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-026
SB 73-113
-110C 704301-4 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 D NP
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-026
SB 73-006R1
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-11OD 708301-1 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 E NP
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-036
SB 73-129
-110E 704301-5 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 F NP
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-054
SB 73-113
-110F 704301-6 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 G NP
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-020
SB 73-054
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-110G 708301-2 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 H NP
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-036
SB 73-129
-110H 708601-1 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 J NP
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-021
SB 73-033
SB 73-055
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-110J 708601-2 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 K NP
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-129
SB 73-113
-110K 704301-8 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 L RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-113
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1027
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
1 -110L 704301-9 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 M RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-110M 704301-10 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 N RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-113
-110N 704301-11 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 P RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-110P 708301-4 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 Q RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-129
-110Q 704301-12 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 R RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB CFM56-2B 73-079
SB 73-113
-110R 704301-13 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 S RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-110S 708301-5 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 T RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-129
-110T 708601-5 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 U RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-110U 708601-6 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 V RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-110V 708301-6 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 W RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1028
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
1 -110W 708601-7 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 X RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144
-110X 704301-14 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 Y RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
-110Y 704301-15 .PUMP, FUEL (SEE FIGURE 2 Z RF
FOR DETAIL BREAKDOWN)
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1029
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

605
610
600 585

615
555
590 565
635
620 595
570
625
667 630
*627 575
655
638 655
639 675 580
645
636 680
* NOTE:
550
493 ITEM 627 IS A
670 545 REPAIR PART.
507
492
637 660A

110
655 660
650

50
45 NOTE:
656
INSET ITEMS 510 AND
90 520 SUPERCEDED BY
75 REPLACEMENT ITEMS
70 665 510F AND 510G PER
490
65 SB 73-0086, SB 73-0119,
60 AND SB 73-0141.
55 105 100
520
510F 510
510G
30
35 530
40
515
15 20
10 506
525
25 520
505 B 495

503 505
505A
540
500
535

Fuel Pump (Sheet 1 of 2)


Figure 2

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1030
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

Fuel Pump (Sheet 2 of 2)


Figure 2

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1031
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
2 -1 704301-1 PUMP, FUEL A NP
SB 73-113
-1A 704301-2 PUMP, FUEL B NP
SB 73-001R1
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-1B 704301-3 PUMP, FUEL C NP
SB 73-026
SB 73-113
-1C 704301-4 PUMP, FUEL D NP
SB 73-026
SB 73-006R1
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-1D 708301-1 PUMP, FUEL E NP
SB 73-129
-1E 704301-5 PUMP, FUEL F NP
SB 73-054
SB 73-113
-1F 704301-6 PUMP, FUEL G NP
SB 73-020
SB 73-054
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-1G 708301-2 PUMP, FUEL H NP
SB 73-036
SB 73-129
-1J 708601-1 PUMP, FUEL J NP
SB 73-021
SB 73-033
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-1K 708601-2 PUMP, FUEL K NP
SB 73-129
SB 73-113
-1L 704301-8 PUMP, FUEL L RF
SB 73-113
-1M 704301-9 PUMP, FUEL M RF
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-1N 704301-10 PUMP, FUEL N RF
SB 73-113
-1P 704301-11 PUMP, FUEL P RF
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1032
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
2 -1Q 708301-4 PUMP, FUEL Q RF
SB 73-129
-1R 704301-12 PUMP, FUEL R RF
SB 73-113
SB CFM56-2B 73-079
REPL BY 704301-14
-1S 704301-13 PUMP, FUEL S RF
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
REPLS 708301-6
REPL BY 704301-15
-1T 708301-5 PUMP, FUEL T RF
SB 73-129
REPLS 708301-2
REPL BY 708301-6
-1U 708601-5 PUMP, FUEL U RF
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
REPLS 708601-1
REPL BY 708601-7
-1V 708601-6 PUMP, FUEL V RF
SB 73-129
SB CFM56-2B 73-079
SB 73-113
-1W 708301-6 PUMP, FUEL W RF
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144
REPLS 708301-5
-1X 708601-7 PUMP, FUEL X RF
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144
REPLS 708601-5
-1Y 704301-14 PUMP, FUEL Y RF
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
REPLS 704301-12
-1Z 704301-15 PUMP, FUEL Z RF
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
REPLS 704301-13
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1033
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
2 -5 215717-1 .CARRIER, SEAL, ASSEMBLY 1
ATTACHING PARTS
10 MS9519-07 .BOLT (92472-7) 4
15 AN960-416L .WASHER, FLAT (90790-35) A,B,C NP
REPL BY MS9320-10 D,E
-15A MS9320-10 .WASHER, FLAT (92265-10) F,G,H 4
REPLS AN960-416L J,K,L
M,N,P
Q,R,S
T,U,V
W,X,Y
Z
***
20 215718 ..BEARING, THRUST 1
25 215717-2 ..CARRIER, SEAL NP
30 M25988-1-151 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92445-51)
35 215182 .SEAL, SHAFT, STATIONARY NP
SUPSD BY 1-1468-4
-35A 1-1468-4 .SEAL, SHAFT, STATIONARY 1
(V91587) (218304)
SUPSDS 215182
SB 73-085
SB 73-082
SB 73-050
40 94501-26 .PACKING, O-RING, SPECIAL 1
45 216157 .SHAFT, DRIVE, MAIN 1
50 M25988-1-318 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92493-18)
55 215788 .RING, SEAL, ROTATING 1
60 215706 .WASHER, SHOULDER, OUTER 1
65 215832 .WASHER, SPRING 1
70 215705 .WASHER, SHOULDER, INNER 1
75 215871-1 .SHIM [0.080 INCH 1
(2,032 mm) THICK]
(SELECT FROM THIS OR
THE FOLLOWING)
-76 215871-2 .SHIM [0.085 INCH AR
(2,159 mm) THICK]
-77 215871-3 .SHIM [0.090 INCH AR
(2,286 mm) THICK]
-78 215871-4 .SHIM [0.095 INCH AR
(2,413 mm) THICK]
-79 215871-5 .SHIM [0.100 INCH AR
(2,540 mm) THICK]
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1034
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
2 -80 215871-6 .SHIM [0.105 INCH AR
(2,667 mm) THICK]
. -81 215871-7 .SHIM [0.110 INCH AR
(2,794 mm) THICK]
-82 215871-8 .SHIM [0.115 INCH AR
(2,921 mm) THICK]
-83 215871-9 .SHIM [0.120 INCH AR
(3,048 mm) THICK]
-84 215871-10 .SHIM [0.125 INCH AR
(3,175 mm) THICK]
90 215870 .WASHER 1
-95 216427-1 .FLANGE ASSEMBLY, A,C,F NP
MOUNTING L,N,R
SUPSD BY 216487-1 Y
-95A 216487-1 .FLANGE ASSEMBLY, B,D,E 1
MOUNTING G,H,J
SUPSDS 216427-1 K,M,P
SB 73-001 Q,S,T
U,V,W
X,Z
ATTACHING PARTS
100 216428 .SCREW A,C,F NP
SUPSD BY 216486 L,N,R
Y
-100A 216486 .SCREW B,D,E 12
SUPSDS 216428 G,H,J
SB 73-001R1 K,M,P
Q,S,T
U,V,W
X,Z
***
105 215660 ..PIN, DOWEL A,C,F NP
SUPSD BY 216616 L,N,R
Y
-105A 216616 ..PIN, DOWEL, SPECIAL B,D,E 2
SUPSDS 215660 G,H,J
SB 73-001 K,M,P
Q,S,T
U,V,W
X,Z
110 216427-2 ..FLANGE, MOUNTING A,C,F NP
L,N,R
Y
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1035
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
2 -110A 216487-2 ..FLANGE, MOUNTING B,D,E NP
G,H,J
K,M,P
Q,S,T
U,V,W
X,Z
115 216279 .RETAINER, VALVE, WASH 1
FLOW FLTR BYPASS
120 M25988-1-914 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92447-14)
125 216278 .SPRING, COMPRESSION 1
130 216276 .VALVE, WASH FLOW FLTR 1
BYPASS
135 216277 .GUIDE, VALVE, WASH FLOW 1
FLTR BYPASS
140 M25988-1-018 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92444-18)
145 30308 .SCREEN ASSEMBLY, 1
LUBE FLOW (V10989)
(216450-1)
-145A R9W1800 .SCREEN ASSEMBLY, 1
LUBE FLOW (V00736)
(ALT TO 145)
150 M25988-1-911 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92447-11)
155 M25988-1-018 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92444-18)
-160 216263-1 .COVER ASSEMBLY, PUMP A,B,C 1
D,F,G
L,M,N
P,R,S
Y,Z
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1036
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
2 -160A 217404-1 .COVER ASSEMBLY, PUMP E,H,J 1
K,Q,T
U,V,W
X
ATTACHING PARTS
165 MS9519-12 .BOLT (92472-12) A,B,C NP
REPL BY MS9519-15 D,F,G
165A MS9519-15 .BOLT (92472-15) E,H,J 12
REPLS MS9519-12 K,L,M
N,P,Q
R,S,T
U,V,W
X,Y,Z
167 216716 .BRACKET A,B,C 1
D,F,G
L,M,N
P,R,S
Y,Z
-167A 217410 .BRACKET E,H,J 1
K,Q,T
U,V,W
X
170 AN960-416L .WASHER, FLAT A,B,C NP
(90790-35) D,E
REPL BY MS9320-10
-170A MS9320-10 .WASHER, FLAT F,G,H 10
(92265-10) J,K,L
REPLS AN960-416L M,N,P
Q,R,S
T,U,V
W,X,Y
Z
***
175 215185 ..BEARING, THRUST 1
180 MS16555-602 ..PIN (91320-3) 1
185 MS21209F4-15 ..INSERT, HELICAL COIL, 1
LOCKING (91935-2)
190 KNNS524JM16SY66 ..STUD, LOCKED IN 3
(V29372) (215187)
195 92476-14 ..INSERT E,H,J 4
K,Q,T
U,V,W
X
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1037
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
2 200 216263-2 ..COVER, PUMP A,B,C NP
D,F,G
L,M,N
P,R,S
Y,Z
-200A 217404-2 ..COVER, PUMP E,H,J NP
K,Q,T
U,V,W
X
205 M25988-1-022 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92444-22)
210 M25988-1-124 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92445-24)
215 M25988-1-266 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92446-66)
220 M25988-1-126 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92445-26)
225 216121-1 .FILTER, WASH FLOW 1
230 215289-1 .SHIM [0.004 INCH 1
(0,102 mm) THICK]
(SELECT FROM THIS
OR THE FOLLOWING)
-231 215289-2 .SHIM [0.005 INCH AR
(0,127 mm) THICK]
-232 215289-3 .SHIM [0.006 INCH AR
(0,152 mm) THICK]
-233 215289-4 .SHIM [0.007 INCH AR
(0,178 mm) THICK]
-234 215289-5 .SHIM [0.012 INCH AR
(0,305 mm) THICK]
-235 215289-6 .SHIM [0.016 INCH AR
(0,406 mm) THICK]
-236 215289-7 .SHIM [0.020 INCH AR
(0,508 mm) THICK]
245 215618 .INDUCER 1
250 215190-1 .SHIM [0.004 INCH 1
(0,102 mm) THICK]
(SELECT FROM THIS
OR THE FOLLOWING)
-251 215190-2 .SHIM [0.005 INCH AR
(0,127 mm) THICK]
-252 215190-3 .SHIM [0.006 INCH AR
(0,152 mm) THICK]
-253 215190-4 .SHIM [0.007 INCH AR
(0,178 mm) THICK]
-Item not illustrated
2 -254 215190-5 .SHIM [0.012 INCH AR
(0,305 mm) THICK]

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1038
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
-255 215190-6 .SHIM [0.016 INCH AR
(0,406 mm) THICK]
-256 215190-7 .SHIM [0.020 INCH AR
(0,508 mm) THICK
265 215374 .IMPELLER 1
270 214928-1 .SHIM [0.004 INCH 1
(0,102 mm) THICK]
(SELECT FROM THIS
OR THE FOLLOWING)
-271 214928-2 .SHIM [0.005 INCH AR
(0,127 mm) THICK]

-272 214928-3 .SHIM [0.006 INCH AR


(0,152 mm) THICK]
-273 214928-4 .SHIM [0.007 INCH AR
(0,178 mm) THICK]
-274 214928-5 .SHIM [0.012 INCH AR
(0,305 mm) THICK]
-275 214928-6 .SHIM [0.016 INCH AR
(0,406 mm) THICK]
-276 214928-7 .SHIM [0.020 INCH AR
(0,508 mm) THICK]
285 215535 .SHAFT, IMPELLER A,B,L NP
SUPSD BY 217240 M
-285A 217240 .SHAFT, IMPELLER C,D,E NP
SUPSDS 215535 F,G,H
SB 73-006R1 J,K
SB 73-026
SUPSD BY 218964
-285B 218964 .SHAFT, IMPELLER C,D,E 1
SUPSDS 217240 F,G,H
SB CFM56-2B 73-079 J,K,N
SB CFM56-2B 73-064 P,Q,R
SB CFM56-2 73-098 S,T,U
SB CFM-3/-3B/-3C 73-112 V,W,X
Y,Z
ATTACHING PART
290 215189 .NUT, IMPELLER SHAFT 1
***
295 215175 .RETAINER, CONTROL SHAFT NP
SUPSD BY 217829
-Item not illustrated
2 -295A 217829 .RETAINER, CONTROL SHAFT 1
SUPSDS 215175
SB 73-102
SB 73-089
SB 73-057

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1039
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
ATTACHING PART
300 GRR87SPK .RING, RETAINING 1
(V80756) (93148-46)
***
305 MS20066-17 .KEY (91377-6) 1
310 215619 .SHROUD, IMPELLER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
315 MS24671-9 .SCREW (92025-3) NP
SUPSD BY MS51959-30
-315A MS51959-30 .SCREW (92022-30) 6
SUPSDS MS24671-9
320 215183 .WASHER, COUNTERSUNK 6
***
325 215331-1 .SHIM, SHROUD [0.004 INCH 1
(0,102 mm) THICK
(SELECT FROM THIS
OR THE FOLLOWING)
-326 215331-2 .SHIM, SHROUD [0.005 INCH AR
(0,127 mm) THICK]
-327 215331-3 .SHIM, SHROUD [0.006 INCH AR
(0,152 mm) THICK]
-328 215331-4 .SHIM, SHROUD [0.007 INCH AR
(0,178 mm) THICK]
-329 215331-5 .SHIM, SHROUD [0.012 INCH AR
(0,305 mm) THICK]
-330 215331-6 .SHIM, SHROUD [0.016 INCH AR
(0,406 mm) THICK]
-331 215331-7 .SHIM, SHROUD [0.020 INCH AR
(0,508 mm) THICK]
340 94501-27 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
345 M25988-1-164 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92445-64)
350 215534-1 .BEARING, THRUST 1
355 M25988-1-035 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92444-35)
360 215536 .PIN, DOWEL 1
-Item not illustrated

2 365 MS24585C58 .SPRING, COMPRESSION 3


(92141-58)
370 216161 .SHAFT, DRIVE, CONTROL 1
-375* 216203-1 .PLATE ASSEMBLY, BEARING 1
ATTACHING PARTS
380 MS9453-11 .BOLT (92494-11) 10
385 MS9320-11 .WASHER (92265-11) 10

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1040
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
***
390 216204 ..BEARING 1
395* MS16555-625 ..PIN (91559-1) 2
400 MS21209C0615 ..INSERT, HELICAL COIL 6
(91936-2)
405 216203-2 ..PLATE, BEARING NP
410 216160 .SHAFT, DRIVE, A,B NP
BOOST STAGE
SUPSD BY 218963
-410A 218963 .SHAFT, DRIVE, C,D,E 1
BOOST STAGE F,G,H
SUPSDS 216160 J,K,L
SB 73-113 M,N,P
Q,R,S
T,U,V
W,X,Y
Z
415 203806 .PIN, DOWEL 1
-420† 216081-1 .BEARINGS, FIXED, A,B,C 1
MATCHED SET D,E,F
ALT 217714-1 FOR G,H,J
704300 SERIES AND L,M,N
708300 SERIES P,Q,R
ALT 219623-1 S,T,U
W,Y,Z
-420A 217714-1 .BEARINGS, FIXED, K,V NP
MATCHED SET
SUPSDS 216081-1
SB 73-082
SB 73-087
SB 73-078
SB 73-081
-Item not illustrated
* S o m e r e p a i r a c t i o n s t o t h e s e i t e m s m a y c a u s e a f a br i c a t e d r e p l a c e m e n t p i n t o
b e i n s t a l l e d i n b e a r i n g p l a t e a s s e m b l y . S e e f i g u re 6 0 7 f o r i n f o r m a t i o n .
†D o n o t m i x s t a n d a r d a n d a l t e r n a t e b e a r i n g s i n a p u mp a s s e m b l y .
2 -420B 219623-1 .BEARINGS, FIXED, 1
MATCHED SET
(OVERSIZED)
SB 73-106
425 2 1 6 0 8 2 - 1 . . B EARING, FIXED, DRIVE J,U,X NP
(MATCHED PART, ORDER
NHA ITEM –420)
SUPSD BY 217715-1

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1041
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
-425A 217715-1 ..BEARING, FIXED, DRIVE A,B,C NP
(MATCHED PART, ORDER D,E,F
NHA, ITEM –420A) G,H,K
SUPSDS 216082-1 Q,T,V
SB 73-082 L,M,N
SB 73-078 P,R,S
SB 73-081 W,X,Y
Z
-425B 219624-1 ..BEARING, FIXED, DRIVE NP
(OVERSIZE)
(MATCHED PART, ORDER
NHA, ITEM -420B)
SB 73-127
430 216083-1 ..BEARING, FIXED, DRIVEN J,U,X NP
(MATCHED PART, ORDER
NHA, ITEM –420)
SUPSD BY 217716-1
-430A 217716-1 ..BEARING, FIXED, DRIVEN A,B,C NP
(MATCHED PART, ORDER D,E,F
NHA, ITEM –420A) G,H,K
SUPSDS 216083-1 L,M,N
SB 73-082 P,Q,R
SB 73-087 S,T,V
SB 73-078 W,Y,Z
SB 73-081
-430B 219625-1 ..BEARING, FIXED, DRIVEN NP
(OVERSIZE)
(MATCHED PART, ORDER
NHA, ITEM –420B)
SB 73-127
-435 216158-1 .GEARS, MATCHED SET A,B NP
SUPSD BY 218044-1
-Item not illustrated
2 -435A 218044-1 .GEARS, MATCHED SET C,D,E 1
SUPSD BY 219958-1 F,G,H
J,K,L
M,N,P
Q,R,S
T,U,V
-435B 219958-1 .GEARS, MATCHED SET W,X,Y 1
SUPSDS 218044-1 Z
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1042
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
440 216159 ..GEAR, DRIVE A,B NP
(MATCHED PART, ORDER
NHA, ITEM –435)
SUPSD BY 218043
-440A 218043 ..GEAR, DRIVE C,D,E NP
(MATCHED PART, ORDER F,G,H
NHA, ITEM –435A) J,K,L
SUPSDS 2116159 M,N,P
SB 73-105 Q,R,S
SB 73-091 T,U,V
SB 73-059
SUPSD BY 219956
-440B 219956 ..GEAR, DRIVE W,X,Y NP
(MATCHED PART, ORDER Z
NHA, ITEM –435B)
SUPSDS 218043
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144
445 216089 ..GEAR, DRIVEN A,B NP
(MATCHED PART, ORDER
NHA, ITEM –435)
SUPSD BY 218042
-445A 218042 ..GEAR, DRIVEN C,D,E NP
(MATCHED PART, ORDER F,G,H
NHA, ITEM -435A) J,K,L
SB 73-105 M,N,P
SB 73-091 Q,R,S
SB 73-059 T,U,V
SUPSDS 216089
SUPSD BY 219957
-Item not illustrated
2 -445B 219957 ..GEAR, DRIVEN W,X,Y NP
(MATCHED PART, ORDER Z
NHA, ITEM -435B)
SUPSDS 218042
SB CFM56-2B 73-0089
SB CFM56-2C 73-0123
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0144
450 M25988-1-127 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92445-27)
455 8-127V709-90 .RING, BACKUP 1
(V83259) (93375-10)

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1043
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
460* 216084-1 .BEARING, DRIVE, A,B,C 1
PRESSURIZED D,E,F
217717-1, 219626-1 G,H,J
ALT FOR 704300 SERIES, L,M,N
708300 SERIES P,Q,R
S,T,U
W,X,Y
Z
-460A 217717-1 .BEARING, DRIVE K,V NP
PRESSURIZED
460B 219626-1 .BEARING, DRIVE 1
PRESSURIZED
(OVERSIZED)
SB 73-127
465* 216085-1 .BEARING, DRIVEN, A,B,C 1
PRESSURIZED D,E,F
217718-1, 219627-1 G,H,J
ALT FOR 704300 SERIES L,M,N
AND 708300 SERIES P,R,S
PUMPS Q,T,U
W,X,Y
Z
-465A 217718-1 .BEARING, DRIVEN, K,V 1
PRESSURIZED
-465B 219627-1 .BEARING, DRIVEN 1
PRESSURIZED
(OVERSIZED)
SB 73-127
470 203806 .PIN, DOWEL 1
-Item not illustrated
* D o n o t m i x s t a n d a r d a n d a l t e r n a t e b e a r i n g s i n a p um p a s s e m b l y .

2 475 215590 .SPRING, COMPRESSION 22


480 8-038V709-90 .RING, BACKUP 2
(V83259) (93375-11)
485 M25988-1-038 .PACKING, PREFORMED NP
(92444-38)
SUPSD BY M83248-1-038
SB 73-132
SB 73-080
SB 73-114

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1044
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
-485A M83248-1-038 .PACKING, PREFORMED 2
(92527-38)
SUPSDS M25988-1-038
SB 73-132
SB 73-080
SB 73-114
490 MS9954-03 .PLUG, MACHINE THD 1
(92474-3)
492 MS9954-03 .PLUG, MACHINE THD J,K,U 1
(92474-3) V,X
493 M25988-1-903 .PACKING, PREFORMED J,K,U 1
(92447-3) V,X
495 216155 .COVER, FILTER A,B,C NP
SUPSD BY 219819 D,E,F
G,H,J
K
-495A 219819 .COVER, FILTER L,M,N 1
SPSDS 216155 P,Q,R
SB 73-129 S,T,U
SB 73-079 V,W,X
SB 73-113 Y,Z
ATTACHING PARTS
500 MS9519-12 .BOLT (92472-12) A,B,C NP
REPL BY MS9519-15 D,F,G
-500A MS9519-15 .BOLT (92472-15) E,H,J NP
REPLS MS9519-12 K
-500B AS3237-16 .BOLT, MACHINE, DOUBLE L,M,N 1
HEX HEAD P,Q,R
SB 73-129 S,T,U
SB 73-079 V,W,X
SB 73-113 Y,Z
-Item not illustrated

2 503 AS3066-10 .NUT, SELF LOCKING L,M,N 5


SB 73-129 P,Q,R
SB 73-079 S,T,U
SB 73-113 V,W,X
Y,Z
505 AN960-416L .WASHER, FLAT (90790-35) A,B,C NP
REPL BY MS9320-10 D,E
505A MS9320-10 .WASHER, FLAT (92265-10) F,G,H NP
REPLS AN960-416L J,K

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1045
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
505B NAS1149E0463R .WASHER, FLAT L,M,N 6
SB 73-129 P,Q,R
SB 73-079 S,T,U
SB 73-113 V,W,X
Y,Z
506 MS16632-4031 .RING, RETAINING L,M,N 5
SB 73-129 P,Q,R
SB 73-079 S,T,U
SB 73-113 V,W,X
Y,Z
507 219818-1 .BOLT, D-HEAD L,M,N 5
SB 73-129 P,Q,R
SB 73-079 S,T,W
SB 73-113 Y,Z
-507A 219818-2 .BOLT, D-HEAD U,V,X 5
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
***
510 215174 .FILTER ELEMENT, FUEL NP
SUPSD BY ITEM –510B
THROUGH –510E
-510A C8205 .FILTER ELEMENT, FUEL NP
(V87405) (215174)
SUPSD BY ITEM 510B
THROUGH –510E
-510B ACB006F2474Y3 .FILTER ELEMENT, FUEL NP
(V18350) (217415)
SUPSD BY –510F AND –510G
-510C CH0697-101- .FILTER ELEMENT, FUEL NP
552N00 (V0Z0A4) (218134)
SUPSD BY –510F AND –510G
-Item not illustrated

2 -510D ACB006F2474Y6 .FILTER ELEMENT, FUEL NP


(V18350) (218134)
SUPSD BY –510F AND –510G
-510E R9W2135 .FILTER ELEMENT, FUEL NP
(V00736) (218134)
SUPSD BY –510F AND –510G

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1046
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
510F CA01962B .FILTER ELEMENT, FUEL 1
(V0Z0A4) (219946)
SUPSDS ITEMS –510B
THROUGH –510E
SB CFM56-2B 73-0086
SB CFM56-2C 73-0119
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0141
510G ACC462F2038M .FILTER ELEMENT, FUEL 1
(V18350) (219946)
ALT FOR ITEM –510F
SB CFM56-2B 73-0086
SB CFM56-2C 73-0119
SB CFM56-3-B1/-3-B2/
-3C-1 73-0141
515 M25988-1-156 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92445-56)
520 M25988-1-123 .PACKING, PREFORMED NP
(92445-23)
SUPSD BY 520A
520A M83248-1-123 .PACKING, PREFORMED NP
(92528-23)
INTRODUCED BY SB CFM56-2B
73-0084, SB CFM56-2C 73
-0118, SB CFM56-3-B1/-3
-B2/-3C-1 73-0137
DELETED BY SB CFM56-2B
73-0086, SB CFM56-2C 73
-0119, SB CFM56-3-B1/-3
-B2/-3C-1 73-0141
525 215172 .SPRING, WAVE 1
ATTACHING PART
530 GRS118SPK .RING, RETAINING 1
(V80756) (93149-20)
***
535 MS9954-06 .PLUG, MACHINE THD 1
(92474-6)
-Item not illustrated
2 -540 M25988-1-906 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92447-6)
545 M25988-1-026 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92444-26)
545A M83248-2-026 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(94408-26) ALT FOR
ITEM 545
550 M25988-1-920 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92447-20)

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1047
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
555 93031-1 .SEAL, SAFETY WIRE NP
-560 215370-1 .VALVE ASSEMBLY, RELIEF 1
565 205527 ..NUT, RELIEF VALVE 1
570 204872 ..COVER, RELIEF VALVE 1
575 210235 ..WASHER 1
580 M25988-1-119 ..PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92445-19)
585 215373 ..SPRING, COMPRESSION 1
590 215372 ..PISTON, RELIEF VALVE 1
595 215371 ..HOUSING, RELIEF VALVE 1
600 215893 .COVER, FLTR BYPASS VALVE 1
ATTACHING PARTS
605 MS9519-09 .BOLT (92472-9) 3
610 AN960-416L .WASHER, FLAT (90790-35) A,B,C NP
REPL BY MS9320-10 D,E
-610A MS9320-10 .WASHER, FLAT F,G,H 3
(92265-10) J,K,L
REPLS AN960-416L M,N,P
Q,R,S
T,U,V
W,X,Y
Z
***
615 M25988-1-126 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92445-26)
620 215892 .GUIDE, VALVE, FLTR BYPASS 1
625 215894 .SPRING, COMPRESSION 1
627 219948 .INSERT, VALVE SEAT 1
(REPAIR PART)
630 215891 VALVE, FLTR BYPASS 1
ATTACHING PART
635 MS16624-4025 .RING RETAINING 1
(93091)
***
-Item not illustrated
2 636 217558 .PLATE, COVER J,K,U 1
V,X
ATTACHING PARTS
637 MS9518-10 .BOLT (92497-10) J,K,U 2
V,X
638 MS9320-09 .WASHER, FLAT (92265-9) J,K,U 2
V,X
***
639 M25988-1-123 .PACKING, PREFORMED J,K,U NP
(92445-23) V,X
SUPSD BY M83248-1-123

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1048
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
639A M83248-1-123 .PACKING, PREFORMED J,K,U 1
(92528-23) V,X
SUPSDS M25988-1-123
-640 216259-1 .HOUSING ASSEMBLY, GEAR A,C,F NP
SUPSD BY 216443-1
ALT 217406-1
SUPSD BY 219825-1
SB 73-113
-640A 216443-1 .HOUSING ASSEMBLY, GEAR B,D,E NP
SUPSDS 216259-1 G,H
SB 73-001R1
ALT 217406-1 FOR
704300-2, -4, AND -6
SUPSD BY 219824-1
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-640B 217406-1 .HOUSING ASSEMBLY, GEAR J,K NP
ALT FOR 216259-1
ALT FOR 216443-1 FOR
704300-2, -4, AND -6
SUPSD BY 219823-1
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-640C 219823-1 .HOUSING ASSEMBLY, GEAR U,V,X 1
SUPSDS 207406-1
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-Item not illustrated
2 -640D 219824-1 .HOUSING ASSEMBLY, GEAR M,P,S 1
SUPSDS 216443-1 Q,T,W
SB 73-129 Z
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-640E 219825-1 .HOUSING ASSEMBLY, GEAR L,N,R 1
SUPSDS 216259-1 Y
SB 73-113
645 214870-2 ..PIN, DOWEL 4
650 KNNS524JM15- ..STUD, LOCKED IN 6
SY-56 (V29372) (216095)
655 MS21209F4-15 ..INSERT, HELICAL COIL, A,C,F 35
LOCKING (91935-2)

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1049
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
-655A MS21209F4-15 ..INSERT, HELICAL COIL, B,D,E 24
LOCKING (91935-2) G,H,J
K
-655B MS21209F4-15 ..INSERT, HELICAL COIL, L,N,R 30
LOCKING (91935-2) Y
-655C MS21209F4-15 ..INSERT, HELICAL COIL, M,P,Q 19
LOCKING (91935-2) S,T,W
Z
-655D MS21209F4-15 ..INSERT, HELICAL COIL, U,V,X 18
LOCKING (91935-2)
-656 MS21209F4-20 ..INSERT, HELICAL COIL, U,V,X 1
LOCKING (91935-13)
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
660 MS21209F5-15 ..INSERT, HELICAL COIL, A,C,F 10
LOCKING (91935-3) L,N,R
Y
660A MS21209F5-15 ..INSERT HELICAL COIL, B,D,E 22
LOCKING (91935-3) G,H,J
K,M,P
S,T,U
V,W,X
Z
665 MS122116 ..INSERT, HELICAL COIL, 4
FREE RUN (91530-1)
667 92476-4 ..INSERT J,K,U 4
V,X
670 216259-2 ..HOUSING, GEAR A,C,F NP
SUPSD BY 219825-2
SB 73-113
-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1050
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL WITH IPL
704300, 708300, AND 708600 SERIES

FIG. AIRLINE NOMENCLATURE EFF UNITS


ITEM PART NO. PART NO. 1234567 CODE ASSY
2 -670A 216443-2 ..HOUSING, GEAR B,D,E NP
SUPSDS 216259-2 G,H
SB 73-001R1
SUPSD BY 219824-2
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-670B 217406-2 ..HOUSING, GEAR J,K NP
SB 73-033
SB 73-055
SB 73-021
SUPSD BY 219823-2
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-670C 219823-2 ..HOUSING, GEAR U,V,X NP
SUPSDS 217406-2
SB 73-129
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-670D 219824-2 ..HOUSING, GEAR M,P,Q NP
SUPSDS 216443-2 S,T,W
SB 73-129 Z
SB 73-079
SB 73-113
-670E 219825-2 ..HOUSING, GEAR L,N,R NP
SUPSDS 216259-2 Y
SB 73-113
675 MS9954-06 .PLUG, MACHINE THD 1
(92474-6)
680 M25988-1-906 .PACKING, PREFORMED 1
(92447-6)

-Item not illustrated

73-11-11
© October 2009 Argo-Tech Corporation Proprietary Information - Page 1051/1052
Subject to the restrictions on the limitations page Oct 16/09

You might also like